Home

Power IQ User Guide--4.0

Contents

1. ccceeeeeeeteeeereees Setting Default Estimated Voltages ccesceeececeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeees SUPPOM TON PVG rnin ee EEE E Aa EEE Valid IPv6 Address FOrMats eceso Adding PDUs to Power IQ Management cccceseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeees Discovery ProgreSs StatuS riasin naiiai aiaa Validating PDU Credentials x ccissecccesteacesteraracctnancettevaccemareaeaetin caress Editing PDUs under Power IQ Management Configure Estimated Voltages ccccccceeeeseeeceeeeeseeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeeeees Adding PDUs in Bulk with CSV Files Adding MRV PDUS cccseeceeeeceeeeeseneeeeeaeseceeeseeeeseaeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeaees Adding Raritan EMX ccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeseeaeeeeeeaas Adding Veris Branch Circuit Monitors with Acquisuite Adding PDUs Managed by Dominion SX s es Raritan xi Contents Bulk Gonfiguration of Dominion PX PDU Siinseid aaa ai a 26 Requirements for Bulk Gontigurationws sects igrana ai 26 Plan New Rollout eesesrcirsiensieirreri recien Ena EEEE EEEE EEA ASEENAAN 26 View Saved Rollout Plans dsrin aa E a 27 Edita Saved Rollout Plan aaccciccssctencstacewisin nevevteaeecudusnacdenens sareiltncnsanesatersieaueedanesmaeeeinieceeeis 27 EXECUTE a Saved Rollout Plam eg sceicesececiuven devereeatenetenedisene su saceit aneusehiswaetgtesnecdiasansceeuvas Aexeee 28 View Status ot Rollout Plans im Progress is ccisssccceeviaecsasaee teveceescceeiaeeseuateeadceaenese
2. c cccceeecceceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeesaeeeeneeseeeees 246 PDUCircuitBreakerReadingDailyRollups ccccceeecceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeesaaeseeaeeeneeees 247 Raritan i Contents PDUCircuitBreakerReadingMonthlyRollups siisii 248 PDUSensorReadingsRollup To Be Deprecated ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeseteeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeees 249 PDUSensorReadingHourly RollUpy cicicc ci akin aaa adler 249 PDUSensorReadingDallyRollp1 ciceti god Beanie an nities 250 PDUS nsorReadingMonthly Rollup eviscccvssisceversesceeutusecndenenscacetdtrccsanceasevebeancndiacanseeeivveoeese 251 PDUSENSOMS assoni niies EEE ANE NAERAA EAEEREN ENNA 251 I ALAC SIMMONS EEE A E A E E N E A A E EE 252 FOOLS e E E ERE E EEEE EE E E O saree 253 ROOMS iarten nens saae teat Actes E A E te soacteuesaaaiees eanees 253 PAIS N GS Gcsaeeete sateen svesnaaetrat E a ane RE cess EA E AO E E O ia anaes 254 ROWS eneee eE EE AEE O E E E 254 RACKS areenaan AE aaa E RERE E E NE E A E E O E 254 EDOMNOQE Sioasi ten eenia E aaae E A AE E E 255 ASSEtSHIDS oinaan EE EEEE E EA on eaten E a aets auae 256 RaCKUMIS aonane E E A eaueanaawecs aces 256 Sample ODBC QUEN OSa aa a E EEEa aeaaea aaa E 257 Obtain Active Power and Apparent Power Data for a PDU With IP Address 66 214 208 G2 fa decctessukaceccissanedesakededersacteneaauadsaesasteacaseacdaxtassecevaivioedessaunnacsayieedettubecdteiees 257 Obtain Active Power and Apparent Power for an IT Device With Name DBServer
3. fa PDU has multiple line readings in the Current column all values are shown separated by commas When filtering by Greater Than gt the highest number is used When filtering by Less Than lt the lowest number is used e Filter by inlet temperature In the Inlet Temperature C column filter enter the number of degrees Celsius in the Greater Than gt Less Than lt or Equal To field to view only PDUs with inlet temperature sensor readings in the correct range The inlet temperature shown is the maximum reading for all inlet positioned temperature sensors associated with the PDU Export the PDUs List to CSV Export the PDU list to create a CSV file containing all the data listed in the grid on the PDUs tab The exported file contains the same columns as the page in Power IQ If you have applied filters the same filters will apply to the exported information The export PDUs CSV file is not the same as the file used for importing PDUs into Power IQ See Adding PDUs in Bulk with CSV Files on page 22 gt To export the PDUs list to CSV 1 Inthe PDUs tab click the Export Save icon l in the upper right corner of the grid 2 Save or open the file using the dialog that appears Raritan sa Chapter 10 Viewing PDUs Launch the Web Interface for a Dominion PX PDU You can launch the web interface for a Dominion PX PDU in Power IQ Users must have identical credentials on Power IQ and on the
4. Image Widget The image widget displays an image that you upload on the dashboard The maximum images size is 800 pixels high by 800 pixels wide The maximum file size is 2MB for dashboard images Images uploaded for logo usage can be up to 512KB Uploading a new image to an image widget removes the previously uploaded image For details on adding a logo to every page in Power IQ see Display a Logo on Every Page on page 182 gt To configure the image widget 1 Inthe Dashboard tab click the icon in the upper right corner of the page The Report Configuration dialog appears 2 Drag and drop the Image widget icon into a row See Setting the Dashboard Layout on page 63 for details 3 Click the Settings icon 4 Click the Browse button select the image and click Open 5 Click Save The widget is added to the dashboard Raritan 70 Chapter 5 Dashboard Report Heading Widget The report heading widget allows you to add and format text on the dashboard Position the report heading widget above or next to other widgets to use it as a heading See Setting the Dashboard Layout on page 63 gt To configure the report heading widget 1 Inthe Dashboard tab click the icon in the upper right corner of the page The Report Configuration dialog appears 2 Drag and drop the Report Heading widget icon into a row See Setting the Dashboard Layout on page 63 for details Title 3 Inthe Te
5. The names are written back to the PDU If you connect to the PDU directly the outlets appear there with their new names Naming Outlets in Bulk with CSV Files gt To name outlets in bulk with CSV files 1 Inthe PDUs tab choose Activities gt Outlet Naming 2 Click Browse then select the CSV file 3 Click Import Power IQ names the outlets according to the values in the CSV file The names are written back to the PDU If you connect to the PDU directly the outlets appear there with their new names Raritan Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Setting SNMP System Attributes for PDUs In addition to naming the outlets of PDUs this CSV file can be used to set three SNMP system attributes These attributes are SYS_CONTACT SYS_NAME and SYS_LOCATION These settings are optional values in the CSV file e SYS CONTACT is used to identify a person to contact regarding the PDU For example the IT administrator e SYS NAME is used to set the name of the PDU e SYS LOCATION is used to describe where the PDU is located For example Sales Rack Server Closet 2 Note Setting SNMP system attributes is not available for Dominion PX versions lower than 1 3 Baytech Eaton Geist Liebert or Avocent PDUs Leave these fields blank for those PDUs 31 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Structure of the Outlet Name CSV File The CSV file used for outlet naming and setting SN
6. Verify that there aren t any other network issues preventing communication between Power IQ and the target PDU Confirm that the PDU is powered on and is responding to requests over the network For example responding to ICMP echo or PING requests Some PDUs allow the SNMP agent to be started and stopped through the PDU s management interface Verify that SNMP is running on the PDU and that it is responding to SNMP requests by running SNMP diagnostics from Power IQ or through 3rd party tools Raritan Cause The configured SNMP timeout and retry value are insufficient for your use case For example managing remote PDUs over a WAN and due to network latency or bandwidth limitations the default SNMP settings result in a large number of SNMP timeouts The SNMP agent on the target PDU is not responding to requests One possible reason is that the PDU s processor is busy handling other tasks and is temporarily unable to respond to SNMP requests Chapter 10 Viewing PDUs Solution If you suspect that the default SNMP settings used by Power IQ are insufficient it may be possible to correct the issue by modifying the default SNMP settings used by Power IQ See Advanced Thread Pooling Settings on page 16 Verify that SNMP is running on the PDU and that it is responding to SNMP requests by running SNMP diagnostics from Power IQ or through 3rd party tools If the SNMP agent on the PDU is the issue restarting the SNMP a
7. e power_rating The power rating of this device in watts or VA e decommissioned Indicates whether this device has been decommissioned or not This value is either true or false e custom_field_1 A custom field for the user e custom_field_2 A second custom field for the user e device_ip The IP address of the device Required when also importing a graceful shutdown command e shutdown_command_name The name of the shutdown command assigned to this device See Add Shutdown Commands on page 171 e shutdown_wait_time The number of seconds Power IQ should wait for the shutdown to complete before powering off the associated outlet See Enable Graceful Shutdown for an IT Device on page 172 Sample CSV columns for Devices With and Without Graceful Shutdown Commands gt A device with a graceful shutdown command DEVICE Device 54 Web Server 7 RACK Rack 12 Marketing Linux Server false Dell PowerEdge R910 Tag 336549 192 168 43 142 Marketing Linux Servers Shutdown Commanads 5 gt A device without a graceful shutdown command DEVICE Device 55 Router RACK Rack 12 Marketing Cisco Router false Cisco 7600 Router Tag 0441 42 aa Raritan Z Raritan Chapter 8 Data Management CSV Columns for OUTLET Objects A line that describes an Outlet object has the following attribute columns in this order e object_type this value is always OUTLET e pdu_ip The IP address of the PDU t
8. A dashboard and its widgets are called a report in Power IQ When you see the term report on a dashboard page it means the whole dashboard configuration and all its widgets Choose to share a report on the dashboard when you want to make it public Sharing reports gives other Power IQ users access to your dashboards and the widgets it contains Users must have the View and the Create Reports and Charts role assigned to view your shared dashboards Reports that are shared are marked as You are sharing Reports that have been shared by other users are marked as Shared by username The data that displays in a report is based on each individual user s permissions in Power IQ If another user does not have permission to see information about a rack or datacenter for example that you have shared a report about the user will not see the data Users that you share a report with cannot edit your report You cannot edit reports that you did not create gt To share a dashboard 1 Inthe Dashboards tab select a report If you only have 1 dashboard it will be displayed already If you have configured multiple dashboards click the 4 icon in the upper right corner to open the Report Browser Hover over the dashboard you want to view then click the View link that appears The selected dashboard loads in the Dashboard tab 2 Inthe Dashboard tab click the icon in the upper right corner of the page The Report Configuration dia
9. Integer Timestamp Real Real Real Real Real Notes Unique ID for each reading Foreign key reference to PDUs table Foreign key reference to PDUInlets table Inlet number on the PDU Local timestamp for the first day of the month over which the rollup was calculated Average voltage reading during rollup interval Minimum voltage reading during rollup interval Maximum voltage reading during rollup interval Average current reading Amps during rollup interval Minimum current reading Amps during rollup interval 227 Appendix A ODBC Access 228 Field MaxCurrent PowerFactor MinPowerFactor MaxPowerFactor ActivePower MinActive Power MaxActivePower ApparentPower MinApparentPower MaxApparentPower VoltAmpHours WaittHours Type Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Notes Maximum current reading Amps during rollup interval Average Power factor reading during rollup interval Minimum power factor reading during rollup interval Maximum power factor reading during rollup interval Active power drawn by the inlet in Watts Minimum active power Watts reading during rollup interval Maximum active power Watts reading during rollup interval Apparent power VA drawn by the inlet Minimum apparent power VA reading during rollup interval Maximum apparent power VA reading durin
10. New Unknown Lost Communication Degraded Poll incomplete 132 Explanation Most recent poll of the target PDU was successful The system has not yet completed a successful scan or poll of the PDU This is typical for systems that have been recently added The system has not yet completed a successful scan or poll of the PDU This is typical for systems that have been recently added This status indicates thatPower IQ can no longer collect power data from the PDU Most PDUs are managed via the SNMP protocol and in this case Power IQ can t communicate with the PDU over SNMP See Troubleshooting Connectivity Health on page 134 This status indicates certain non critical aspects of the poll failed The issue is most commonly caused when data buffered data retrieval is enabled in Power IQ but is configured with a read SNMP community string instead of a write community string In this case Power IQ can still perform a poll but it won t be able to enable data buffering and set the appropriate sample rate on PDUs that support data buffering such as Raritan PX Other possible causes of this error are incompatibility issues with Raritan PX running older firmware revisions or if Power IQ is unable to persist sensor readings data to CSV file Certain aspects of the scan or poll failed such as Raritan Status Application error No auth No contact Badadmcred Missing credentials Raritan
11. See Event Rules or Actions in the Raritan Dominion PX User Guide Note Model numbers that begin with DPX2 support Event Rules Raritan Dominion PX Supported Events Event description Outlet Current Upper Critical Threshold Outlet Current Upper Warning Threshold Outlet Current Lower Critical Threshold Outlet Current Lower Warning Threshold Raritan Trap name thresholdAlarm or outletSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or outletSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or outletSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or Common event name outletCurrentUpperCritical outletCurrentUpperCriticalClear outletCurrentUpperWarning outletCurrentUpperWarningClear outletCurrentLowerCritical outletCurrentLowerCriticalClear outletCurrentLowerWarning outletCurrentLowerWarningClear 43 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Raritan Dominion PX Supported Events Event description Outlet Voltage Upper Critical Threshold Outlet Voltage Upper Warning Threshold Outlet Voltage Lower Critical Threshold Outlet Voltage Lower Warning Threshold Outlet Pole Current Upper Critical Threshold Outlet Pole Current Upper Warning Threshold Outlet Pole Current Lower Critical Threshold Outlet Pole Current Lower Warning Threshold Outlet Pole Voltage Upper Critical Threshold Outlet Pole Voltage Upper Warning Threshold Outlet Pole Voltage Lower Critical Threshold Outlet Pole Voltage Lower Warning
12. Z Raritan APC Netbotz Supported Events 34 35 APC Supported Events 34 Aphel Supported Events 34 36 Appliance Administration 182 ASHRAE Envelope Descriptions 72 74 Asset Strip and Tag Events 132 Asset Strips 131 AssetStrips 256 Assign Roles to a User 33 64 81 84 85 Assign Roles to a User Group 83 84 85 Assign Roles within a Data Center 81 83 84 85 116 117 Automatic Delete of Cleared Events 55 Avocent Supported Events 34 36 B Basic Configuration for SSH Shutdown 172 174 Basic Configuration for Windows Remote Shutdown 176 Baytech Supported Events 34 36 Buffered Data Retrieval 8 11 12 Bulk Configuration of Dominion PX PDUs 26 C Calculate Potential Cooling Energy Savings 73 77 Capacity Forecast Chart Widget 64 67 Capacity Gauge Widget 64 68 Change the Administrator Password 79 Change Web User Session Timeouts 95 Check PDUs Added with Dynamic Plugins 188 192 Circuit Breaker Attributes 186 Clear Events 54 64 128 Clearing Object Mappings 110 Configuration for PX1 Environmental Sensors 147 Configuration for PX2 Environmental Sensors e 155 Configure Estimated Voltages 17 22 Configure Notification Filters 52 55 56 57 Configure PDU Details Smart PDU View 116 Configure Power Control Options 166 167 176 Configure Rack Details Smart Rack View 68 117 275 Index Con
13. _ AD SRV 136 port 7 gt AD SRV 136 port 7 BLADE CHASSIS 1 _ BLADE CHASSIS 1 BLADE CHASSIS 1 BLADE CHASSIS 1 BLADE CHASSIS 1 BLADE CHASSIS 1 BLADE CHASSIS 1 BLADE CHASSIS 1 BLADE CHASSIS 1 RLADF CHASSIS 1 10 29 2010 8 00 00 AM 10 29 2010 9 00 00 AM 10 29 2010 10 00 00 AM 10 27 2010 11 00 00 AM _10 2772010 12 00 00 PM 10 27 2010 1 00 00 PM 10 27 2010 2 00 00 PM 10 27 2010 3 00 00 PM 10 27 2010 4 00 00 PM 10 27 2010 5 00 00 PM 10 27 2010 6 00 00 PM 10 27 2010 7 00 00 PM 102772010 A nn nn PM Record Iela f 135 rii Tools Window Help Raritan Appendix A ODBC Access gt Find the maximum power reading per IT device SELECT Summation per Device of hourly readings Name Max Summation per Device of hourly readings SumOfMaximumActivePower AS MaxOfSumOfMaximumActivePower FROM Summation per Device of hourly readings GROUP BY Summation per Device of hourly readings Name Fa Microsoft Access Maximum per Device Select Query ES Eile Edt View Insert Format Records Tools Window Help A Aai BE eae SMO Blasi Bvi mle Kx E E Py Name Max fSumOfMaximumActivePower JAD SRV 136 port 7 Adobe Flex KX2 139 PORT 11 _ Adobe Photoshop KX2 139 PORT 9 BLADE CHASSIS 1 BLADE CHASSIS 2 Cisco 151 gt Cisco 2500 151 Cisco 2500 Router 136 clISCO 8X117 PORT 1 cisco 85x117 PORT 2 CISCO 5X129 PORT 1 _ CISCO SX 129 PORT 2
14. Changing the SNMP settings may help if you have too many PDUs in Lost Communication LostComm state See Troubleshooting Lost Communication Status in PDUs on page 15 for details on possible causes and other solutions Warning You should only change these settings if you are an expert SNMP user or with Raritan Technical Support s help Changes to these values can negatively affect Power IQ performance or result in loss of data gt Recommended changes Increase how many times Power IQ will attempt an individual SNMP request and how long Power IQ will wait for an individual SNMP request A poll of a PDU can potentially involve hundreds of individual SNMP requests It is recommended to gradually increase the Read timeout and Retries settings and allow several poll intervals to pass to gauge the impact of the change before making additional changes If you see a large number of unexplained outages for Raritan PX1 or PX2 PDUs it may also be necessary to decrease the Maximum rows per request PX setting In a small number of cases the default value of 100 may result in SNMP response packets that are too large for customer networks to handle correctly due to packet fragmentation This is related to PDUs being managed remotely over a WAN Decreasing this value results in some loss of efficiency because Power IQhas to send more SNMP requests to the target PDU given that a smaller set of data is sent back in each SNMP response By de
15. Contact Closure Sensors 144 Control Power to Devices in a Group 168 Control Power to Outlets in a Data Center xi 167 170 176 276 Cooling Chart Details How Your Sensor Data is Charted 76 Cooling Chart Widget 64 72 130 Correlated Fields in ODBC Tables 217 218 Create a Device Group 176 Create a Support Connection 210 Create a System Configuration Backup File 98 Create Database Connection in Excel 268 Create Device Groups for Power Control 168 169 176 Creating a Chart 195 198 203 Creating the Power IQ Virtual Machine 2 CSV Columns for DATA_CENTER Objects 106 CSV Columns for DEVICE Objects 108 CSV Columns for FLOOR ROOM AISLE and ROW Objects 107 CSV Columns for OUTLET Objects 109 CSV Columns for PDU Objects 109 CSV Columns for RACK Objects 107 Customizing Your View of PDUs Devices and Events 53 59 136 Cyberswitching Supported Events 34 37 D Dashboard 61 198 Data Backups 98 Data Management 97 Data Storage Configuration Calculator xi 9 10 DataCenters 252 Default User Groups 81 Delete a User 80 Delete a User Group 82 Describing the Sensor Location 151 153 159 160 Details Smart PDU View 127 Device Chart Measurements 202 Device Chart Settings 65 195 198 200 201 Device Chart Widget 64 65 198 Disable Graceful Shutdown for an IT Device 173 Disabling LDAP Authentication
16. Create advanced reports and charts with reporting programs such as SQL report writer Crystal Reports and Microsoft Access Follow these instructions to use Microsoft Access ODBC Access must be enabled See Configuring ODBC Access to Power IQ on page 214 You must install a PostgreSQL driver first See Install and Configure a PostgreSQL Driver Install and Configure a PostgreSQL Driver You must install and configure a PostgreSQL driver before you can use Microsoft Access to create table reports of your Power IQ data gt To install and configure a PostgreSQL driver 1 Configure Power IQ to allow ODBC access from your client IP address See Configuring ODBC Access to Power IQ on page 214 2 Go to http www postgresql org ftp odbc versions msi and download the latest driver zip file Run the msi file contained in the zip to install the driver on your client Go to Control Panel gt Administrative Tools gt Data Sources ODBC Click Add then select the driver PostgreSQL Unicode and click Finish 5 Inthe dialog that appears enter the Power IQ database information Database raritan Server Power IQ IP address User Name odbcuser Description Enter a name for this data source SSL Mode disable Port 5432 Password raritan Click Test If the test is successful click Save Click OK an Raritan Raritan Appendix A ODBC Access Link Database Tables in Microsoft A
17. MinimumCurrent Real MaximumCurrent Real AverageCurrent Real MinimumUnutilizedCapacit Real y MaximumUnutilizedCapaci Real ty Notes Unique ID for each reading Foreign key reference to PDU Line number on the PDU Inlet number on the PDU Timestamp when rollup was created Lowest current Amps reading during rollup interval Maximum current Amps reading during rollup interval Average current Amps reading during rollup interval Lowest unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval Maximum unutilized capacity Amps during Z Raritan Raritan Field AverageUnutilizedCapacit y Type Real Appendix A ODBC Access Notes rollup interval Average unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval PDULineReadingDailyRollups The PDULineReadingsDailyRollup view summarizes the line readings power data over the daily roll up interval Field PDULineReadingsRollupl D PDUID LineNumber InletNumber Time MinimumCurrent MaximumCurrent AverageCurrent Type Integer Integer Integer Integer Timestamp with Timezone Real Real Real MinimumUnutilizedCapacit Real y MaximumUnutilizedCapaci Real ty AverageUnutilizedCapacit y Real Notes Unique ID for each reading Foreign key reference to PDU Line number on the PDU Inlet number on the PDU Timestamp when rollup was created Lowest current Amps reading during rollup interva
18. SensorID Integer Database ID of the sensor as seen in PDUSensors Time Timestamp with Timestamp when rollup Timezone was created Minimum Value Real Lowest sensor reading during rollup interval MaximumValue Real Maximum sensor reading during rollup interval AverageValue Real Average sensor reading during rollup interval Raritan Raritan Appendix A ODBC Access PDUSensorReadingMonthlyRollup The PDUSensorReadingsMonthlyRollup view summarizes the sensor readings power data over the roll up interval Hourly roll ups are rolled up once a day Daily roll ups are rolled up once a month When data is rolled up shorter interval roll up entries in the PDUSensorReadingsRollup view are purged Field Type Notes PDUSensorReadingsRollu Integer Unique ID for each pID reading SensorID Integer Database ID of the sensor as seen in PDUSensors Time Timestamp with Local timestamp for the Timezone first day of the month over which the rollup was calculated Minimum Value Real Lowest sensor reading during rollup interval MaximumValue Real Maximum sensor reading during rollup interval AverageValue Real Average sensor reading during rollup interval PDUSensors The PDUSensors view contains information about sensors attached to PDUs that Power IQ manages Field Type Notes SensorID Integer Auto generated ID PDUID Integer Foreign key reference to PDUs table PDUSensorID Integer ID of the sensor on the PDU
19. The Analytics tab allow you to create and view custom reports based on Power IQ s knowledge of your data center and the power measurements it takes Reports are created as a way to organize charts See Adding Reports to the Analytics Page on page 196 Each report can contain one or more charts There are two chart types Device and Health See Creating a Chart on page 198 e Device charts show power measurements of your devices See Device Chart Settings on page 198 e Health charts show connectivity and event statuses of your PDUs See PDU Health Chart Settings on page 203 This list contains some examples of the types of information you can include in charts e The Active Power consumed by Test Rack 2 over the past hour e How many Kilowatt Hours were used by Rows A B and C in the Data Center last month e f power costs 0 062 per kWh what did the IT server room cost to power last year e What is the health status of all PDUs in the system based on connectivity and events received You must configure an Enterprise Data Model before using Analytics The Enterprise Data Model populates the Data Center tab with a hierarchical representation of your data center See Enterprise Relationships on page 100 Reports 9 add 9 Remove IB add chat 9 Manage Relationships M Browse Relationships Power Consumption Hj alex New Chart BB 6 x L Data Center Operating Costs Power Consumption Reports PERNE EAA ee ee
20. gt To view sensor information in the Smart Rack views e See Energy and Environmental Trends Smart Views on page 117 Asset Strips Power IQ can detect asset management strips connected to PDUs The asset strip information displays in the PDU details page gt To view asset strip information 1 Inthe PDUs tab click the link for a PDU with an asset strip 2 Scroll down to the Asset Strip section to view the details gt To change the color of an LED 1 Inthe row of the asset tag whose color you want to change double click the hexadecimal color code Select the new color from the chart of colors The LED color on the strip changes gt To associate an asset tag with an IT device 1 Copy the asset tag ID number You can find this on the PDU details page for the PDU connected to the asset strip 131 Chapter 10 Viewing PDUs 2 Inthe Devices tab select the device you want to associate with the asset tag 3 Inthe Device details page paste the code into the Asset Tag Id field then click Save Asset Strip and Tag Events Power IQ can receive an event whenever an asset strip or tag is moved See Raritan Dominion PX Supported Events on page 43 PDU Connectivity Health Statuses These statuses may appear in the mouse over text when your mouse hovers over the Health column for a PDU on the PDU listings page The statuses also appear in the Health section of the PDU details page Status OK
21. 100 Filter the PDUs List You can customize your view of the PDUs list by using filters sorting and hiding or displaying columns of data See Customizing Your View of PDUs Devices and Events on page 59 gt To filter the PDUs list In the PDUs tab all PDUs in the system display in a list Most columns of data contain a filter criteria selection Click the arrow in the column header to open the options Filter is the last option e Most columns can be filtered by entering a search term in the column s filter Label Name Location Manufacturer Model Firmware Belongs To are filtered by search terms Belongs To refers to the PDUs parent object in the EDM For example a PDU probably belongs to a Rack object in the EDM To check look for the level directly above the PDU in the Data Centers tab hierarchy i Raritan Chapter 10 Viewing PDUs e Filter by PDU health In the Health column filter select the health statuses you want to view Good Warning or Critical then select the source for each status either Connectivity or Active Events Select multiple options for each as needed e Filter by power readings including Current Amps Active Power Watts or Apparent Power VA In the Current Active Power or Apparent Power column filter enter the number of amps watts or volt amperes in the Greater Than gt Less Than lt or Equal To field to view only PDUs with readings in the correct range
22. 176 Searching for PDUs 138 Security and Encryption 90 Security Questions 274 Sensor Measurement Accuracy 162 Raritan Index Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs 131 139 Servertech Supported Events 34 51 Set a Capacity 67 68 117 Set a Different Power On Delay for a Device 178 Set Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature 193 Setting Default Estimated Voltages 17 22 Setting SNMP System Attributes for PDUs 31 Setting the Dashboard Layout 63 64 65 66 67 69 70 71 72 Setting the Default SNMP Version for PDUs 17 Setting the Z Coordinate Format 159 Sharing a Dashboard 62 Sharing Reports on the Analytics Page 197 Shutting Down and Restarting Power IQ 57 180 Smart Rack View and Smart PDU View 84 110 115 129 SMTP Server Settings 55 57 Software Configuration for Sensors on PX1 and PX2 147 Specify Inlet Outlet or Outside Air Location for Environmental Sensors 72 76 130 131 States of Managed Sensors 162 Stop a Support Connection 211 Structure of the Add PDUs CSV File 23 Structure of the Enterprise Model CSV File 105 Structure of the Outlet Name CSV File 32 Support and Licensing 210 Support Connections 5 210 Support for IPv6 xi 17 Supported Events 33 34 System Configuration Backup File Retention xi 99 T Timezone Configuration for ODBC Data 215 Troubleshooting Connectivity Health x
23. 22 SAO ON a a a Raritan Chapter 15 Analytics Adding Reports to the Analytics Page The analytics page can include multiple report pages A report page is a collection of one or more charts Creating multiple reports is a good way to organize the Analytics information by category or specific need gt To add a report to the Analytics page 1 Click Add in the Reports column and enter a name for the report 2 Inthe Reports toolbar select the Share This Report checkbox to make the report and charts public gt To view a report e Inthe Analytics tab select a report in the Reports column The report opens in the main section of the page e If the report has been shared by another user you cannot edit it Shared reports are marked as Shared by username i Z Raritan Chapter 15 Analytics Sharing Reports on the Analytics Page Z Raritan Choose to share a report when you want to make it public Sharing reports gives other Power IQ users access to the report and the charts it contains Users must have the View and the Create Reports and Charts role assigned to view your shared reports Reports that are shared are marked in the list as You are sharing Reports that have been shared by other users are marked as Shared by username The data that displays in a report is based on each individual user s permissions in Power IQ If another user does not have permission to see information about a rac
24. 89 Discovery Progress Status 20 Display a Logo on Every Page 69 182 Download and Install Microsoft Query for Mac included in Office 2011 v14 1 2 262 Download and Install ODBC Client Driver for Mac 262 Downloading Daily Sensor Readings 97 179 Raritan Downloading System Configuration Backup Files 98 Dynamic Plugins 134 184 E Edit a Saved Rollout Plan 27 Edit a Saved Upgrade Plan 207 Edit a User 80 Edit a User Group Name 82 Editing PDUs under Power IQ Management 12 20 127 132 133 EDMNodes 255 Enable Graceful Shutdown for an IT Device 108 170 171 172 Enable or Disable Event Notifications 52 55 64 Enable or Disable Power Control 166 167 169 170 176 Enable or Disable Storing Raw Readings in CSV Files on Disk xi 9 10 Enabling Buffered Data Retrieval from Raritan PX 1 2 5 or Higher 11 12 Enabling Single Sign On for Raritan Products xi 94 138 Enabling the Web API User Account 95 Enabling the WS API 95 Encrypting Data Backup Files 93 Energy and Environmental Trends Details xi 118 Energy and Environmental Trends Smart Views 117 131 Energy Trends Details xi 119 Enterprise Relationships 67 100 115 195 Event Fuse Handling 58 Event Listing Smart PDU View 128 Execute a Saved Rollout Plan 27 28 Execute a Saved Upgrade Plan 206 207 Export Sensor Data 73 75 76 Export the Events Li
25. Click OK to save the changes Describing the Sensor Location Use the X Y and Z coordinates to describe each sensor s physical location You can use these location values to track records of environmental conditions in fixed locations around your IT equipment The X Y and Z values act as additional attributes and are not tied to any specific measurement scheme If you choose to you can use non measurement values For example X Brown Cabinet Row Y Third Rack Z Top of Cabinet Values for the X Y and Z coordinates may consist of e For X and Y Any combination of alphanumeric characters The coordinate value can be 0 to 32 characters long e For Z when the Z coordinate format is set to Rack Units any numeric value ranging from 0 to 60 e For Z when the Z coordinate format is set to Free Form any alphanumeric characters from 0 to 32 characters Tip To configure and retrieve these coordinate values over SNMP see the Power IQ MIB To configure and retrieve these values over the CLI see Using the Command Line Interface Raritan Raritan Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs Viewing Sensor Data Readings of the environmental sensors will display in the web interface after these sensors are properly connected and managed The Dashboard page shows the information for managed environmental sensors only while the External Sensors page shows the information for both of managed and unmanaged ones
26. Download and Install ODBC Client Driver for Mac 1 Goto http www actualtech com product_opensourcedatabases php see http www actualtech com product_opensourcedatabases php http www actualtech com product_opensourcedatabases php to download the ODBC Pack for Mac OSX Note The driver is free to try You can confirm that it works for you first by following the steps in this guide 2 Follow the usual Mac steps to install the Actual ODBC Pack pkg Download and Install Microsoft Query for Mac included in Office 2011 v14 1 2 1 Make sure you have the latest updates for your version of Microsoft Excel 2 If you are using Mac OS X Lion or higher you must use Microsoft Office 2011 v14 1 2 or higher Raritan Z Raritan Appendix A ODBC Access Allow Your Mac to Access Power IQ via ODBC I 2 4 Login to Power IQ In the Settings tab click ODBC Access in the Data Management section The Configure ODBC Database Access page opens Click Add Double click the 0 0 0 0 0 Network Address then enter the IP Address information of your Mac Or leave the default 0 0 0 0 0 to allow access from all IP addresses Click Save Roritan Power IQ Dashboard Data Centers Events PDUs Devices Analytics Settings The ODBC settings have been saved and they are now active Configure ODBC Database Access Q Add Remove Network Address Net
27. If a sensor reading row is colored it means the sensor reading already crosses one of the thresholds or the circuit breaker has tripped See The Yellow or Red Highlighted Reading gt i To view managed environmental sensors only Click the Dashboard icon in the Dominion PX Explorer pane and the Dashboard page opens in the right pane Locate the External Sensors section on the Dashboard page The section shows Total number of managed sensors Total number of unmanaged sensors Information of each managed sensor including Name Reading State To view both of managed and unmanaged environmental sensors If the PDU folder is not expanded expand it to show all components and component groups See Expanding the Tree Note The PDU folder is named my PX by default The name changes after customizing the device name See Naming the PDU Click External Sensors in the Dominion PX Explorer pane and the External Sensors page opens in the right pane Detailed information for each connected sensor is displayed including Label number Serial number Sensor type Name Reading a State 161 Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs Channel for a contact closure sensor only Sensor Measurement Accuracy Raritan environmental sensors are with the following factory specifications Calibration is not required for environmental sensors e Temperature 2 degrees Celsius e Hum
28. Inlet Voltage Upper Warning Threshold Inlet Voltage Lower Critical Threshold Inlet Voltage Lower Warning Threshold Inlet Pole Current Upper Critical Threshold Inlet Pole Current Upper Warning Threshold Inlet Pole Current Lower Critical Threshold Inlet Pole Current Lower Warning Threshold Inlet Pole Voltage Upper Critical Threshold Inlet Pole Voltage Upper Warning Threshold Inlet Pole Voltage Lower Critical Threshold Trap name inletSensorStateChange inletSensorStateChange inletSensorStateChange inletSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or inletPoleSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or inletPoleSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or inletPoleSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or inletPoleSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or inletPoleSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or inletPoleSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or inletPoleSensorStateChange Common event name inletVoltageUpperCritical lineVoltageUpperCriticalClear inletVoltageUpperWarning inletVoltageUpperWarningClear inletVoltageLowerCritical inletVoltageLowerCriticalClear inletVoltageLowerWarning inletVoltageLowerWarningClear inletCurrentUpperCritical inletCurrentUpperCriticalClear inletCurrentUpperW arning inletCurrentUpperW arningClear inletCurrentLowerCritical inletCurrentLowerCriticalClear inletCurrentLowerWarning inletCurrentLowerW arningClear inletVoltageUpperCritical lineVoltageUpperCriticalClear inletVoltageUpper
29. Raritan Mi IIN Mlin Copyright 2013 Raritan Inc PIQ OR V4 0 2 E February 2013 255 80 6092 00 This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright All rights reserved No part of this document may be photocopied reproduced or translated into another language without express prior written consent of Raritan Inc Copyright 2013 Raritan Inc All third party software and hardware mentioned in this document are registered trademarks or trademarks of and are the property of their respective holders FCC Information This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a commercial installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential environment may cause harmful interference VCCI Information Japan CORRS HRLBRES SRRSAERMHBMS VCCI 0HE ESC TFAZAMRRHRECT TORE t RE CATS CBR MEENSRCFCEPHVET COMPILERS PBOICHREBT SBLIBKENSCEPHVET Raritan is not responsible for damage to this product resulting from accident disaster misuse abuse non Raritan modification of the product or other events outside of Raritan s reasonable c
30. Raritan Power IQ encrypts data backup files according to your settings gt To encrypt the data backup files 1 Inthe Settings tab click Data Backup Encryption in the Security and Encryption section Select the Encrypt Backups checkbox Select an Encryption Algorithm from the list 93 94 Chapter 7 Security and Encryption Note Use PGP instead of X 509 SMIME certificates for new backups X 509 certificates cannot be used on backups that exceed 2 GB in size The option to use X 509 only exists for legacy compatibility Click Browse then select and upload a certificate to Power IQ Certificates must follow the selected encryption algorithm standard Make sure to save both the public certificate and private key you generate Both are needed to decrypt the data Click Save Example Certificate creation using openssl openssl req out public key outform PEM x509 days 365 set_ serial 10834 subj C US ST New Jersey O Raritan OU Power Management CN Backup Encryption newkey rsa 1024 keyout private key Note public key is the name of the public key file and private key is the name of the private key file Enabling Single Sign On for Raritan Products You can launch the web interface of a Raritan PX1 or PX2 PDUs ora Raritan EMX by clicking the Launch link on the PDU details page When single sign on is not enabled users must then login manually Enable single sign on to allow user
31. alarmUnit2 alarmUnit3 alarm Unit4 Servertech Supported Events Servertech Supported Events Event description Trap name Common event name Infeed Current High Threshold infeedLoadEvent inletCurrentUpperCritical inletCurrentUpperCriticalClear Infeed Current Low Threshold infeedLoadEvent inletCurrentLowerCritical inletCurrentLowerCriticalClear Outlet Current High outletLoadEvent outletCurrentUpperCritical Thresholds outletCurrentUpperCriticalClear Outlet Current Low Thresholds outletLoadEvent outletCurrentLowerCritical outletCurrentLowerCriticalClear Outlet Current Status Change outletChangeEvent outletPowerOn outletPowerOff 51 Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Servertech Supported Events Event description Trap name Common event name Temp Env Sensor High tempHumidSensorT empEvent envTemperatureUpperCritical Thresnold envTemperatureUpperCriticalClear Temp Env Sensor Low tempHumidSensorT empEvent envTemperatureLowerCritical Tnrasnola envTemperatureLowerCriticalClear Humidity Env Sensor High tempHumidSensorHumidEvent envHumidityUpperCritical Thresholds envHumidityUpperCriticalClear Humidity Env Sensor Low tempHumidSensorHumidEvent envHumidityLowerCritical Thresholds envHumidityLowerCriticalClear PDU Connectivity Lost and Restored Events Power IQ generates PDU connectivity events when connectivity is lost or restored with a PDU The PDU s health status will change to red when connectivity is
32. all users who used to have the Administrator role will now be assigned the Site Administrator role Configuring LDAP Authentication gt 1 86 To configure LDAP authentication Ensure all user accounts have been created on the LDAP server Gather the settings information See Gathering LDAP Configuration Settings on page 87 Enable and configure LDAP in Power IQ See Configuring LDAP Authentication Settings on page 87 Create all user accounts in Power IQ with identical credentials as on the LDAP server This step must be completed AFTER you enable LDAP to ensure the users are created properly See Adding Editing and Deleting Users on page 79 Raritan Chapter 6 User Configuration Authorization and Authentication Gathering LDAP Configuration Settings The following is a list of configuration information you should know before enabling LDAP authentication in Power IQ If you are not familiar with these settings ask your LDAP administrator to help you prepare this list LDAP configuration settings Type of LDAP Server used Microsoft Active Directory or other LDAP server IP Address of the LDAP server Network port used by the LDAP server f using a custom port number what type of encryption is used TLS SSL or No Encryption Base DN of the server used for searching for users Bind type of the server Anonymous bind or standard binding The bind DN setting if using standard bi
33. as gathered from the pdu SensorNumber Integer Sensor number on the PDU AttributeName VarChar 64 Type of sensor Label VarChar 255 Sensor s label as gathered from the PDU 251 Appendix A ODBC Access 252 Field Type Notes Removed VarChar 64 When the sensor was removed from the system or null for current sensors Position VarChar 10 Sensor position on the PDU inlet outlet or outside air DataCenters The DataCenters view contains information about data center objects as part of the Enterprise Relationship Model The fields in this view correspond to the item attributes in the model Field DataCenter ID Name CompanyName ContactName ContactPhone ContactEmail City State Country PeakKWHRate OffPeakKWHRate PeakBegin Type Integer VarChar 255 VarChar 255 VarChar 255 VarChar 255 VarChar 255 VarChar 255 VarChar 255 VarChar 255 Double Double Double Notes Auto generated ID Human assigned name for this data center object Name of the company that owns this data center Name of the person to contact regarding data center Phone number for contact Email for contact City location of data center State location of data center Country location of data center Energy cost per Kilowatt Hour during peak hours Energy cost per Kilowatt Hour during off peak hours Time of day peak hours begin Raritan Raritan Field Type PeakEn
34. enter the PDU s position number in the chain or serial port number in the Proxy Index field You can also specify branch circuit monitors using the Proxy Index field See Adding Veris Branch Circuit Monitors with Acquisuite on page 25 Note If the PDU is not in this type of configuration leave the Proxy Index field blank Raritan Raritan 9 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Enter an asset tag number or other asset management code in the External Key field Optional Enter data in Custom Field 1 and Custom Field 2 Optional The labels may have been changed in Power IQ to identify these fields If the PDU is a Raritan PX enter a valid Username and Password for the PDU in the PDU Administrative Credentials section Re enter the password in the Password Confirm field Select the SNMP Version For SNMP version 1 2c PDUs enter an SNMP Community String that has at least READ permissions to this PDU This enables polling the PDU for data Enter an SNMP community string that has both READ and WRITE permissions to the PDU to enable power control outlet renaming and buffered data retrieval a For SNMP version 3 PDUs enter the Username and select an Authorization Level The authorization levels are noAuthNoPriv No Authentication Passkey No Encoding Passkey authNoPriv Authentication Passkey No Encoding Passkey authPriv Authentication Passkey Encoding Passkey a Depending on the Authori
35. inletVoltageUpperCriticalClear inletVoltageLowerCritical inletVoltageLowerCriticalClear cbTripped cbRecovered envTemperatureUpperCritical envTemperatureUpperCriticalClear envTemperatureLowerCritical envTemperatureLowerCriticalClear Common event name inletCurrentUpperCritical 37 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Cyberswitching Supported Events Event description Inlet Current Upper Warning Threshold Outlet Current Upper Warning Threshold Outlet Current Lower Warning Threshold Trap name tricomG2UnitCurrentWarning tricomG2OutletHighCurrentWarning tricomG2OutletLowCurrentWarning Circuit Breaker Tripped tricomG2OutletTripped Geist Supported Events Geist Supported Events Event description Trap name Inlet Current Upper Critical Threshold Inlet Current Upper Critical Threshold Cleared Circuit Breaker Current Upper Critical Threshold Circuit Breaker Current Upper Critical Threshold Cleared Outlet Current Upper Critical Threshold Outlet Current Upper Critical Threshold Cleared totalDeciAmpsPhaseAT RAP totalDeciAmpsPhaseBT RAP totalDeciAmpsPhaseCT RAP outleti ADeciAmpsTRAP outlet1 2CDeciAmpsTRAP outlet1 ADeciAmpsTRAP outlet12CDeciAmpsTRAP Geist EM Supported Events Geist EM Supported Events Event description Circuit Breaker Current Threshold Warning Event Trap name mainChannelDeciAmps0O1WARN mainChannelDeciAmpsO7WARN Common event name inletCurrentUpperW arnin
36. on page 38 Geist V3 see Geist V3 Supported Events on page 39 Hewlett Packard see Hewlett Packard Supported Events on page 40 Knurr see Knurr Supported Events on page 41 Liebert see Liebert Supported Events on page 42 MRV see MRV Supported Events on page 42 Raritan Dominion PX see Raritan Dominion PX Supported Events on page 43 Rittal see Rittal Supported Events on page 49 Servertech see Servertech Supported Events on page 51 APC Supported Events APC Supported Events Event description Trap name Common event name Underload Threshold rPDULowLoad inletCurrentLowerWarning Underload Condition Cleared rPDULowLoadCleared inletCurrentLowerWarningClear Low Overload Threshold rPDUNearOverload inletCurrentUpperW arning Low Overload Threshold rPDUNearOverloadCleared inletCurrentUpperW arningClear cleared Overload Threshold rPDUOverload inletCurrentUpperCritical Overload Threshold cleared rPDUOverloadCleared inletCurrentUpperCriticalClear Outlet Turned on rPDUOutletOn outletPowerOn Outlet Turned off rPDUOutletOff outletPowerOff 34 Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks APC Supported Events Event description Trap name Common event name High temperature threshold envHighTempThresholdViolation envTemperatureUpperCritical violated on the probe High temperature threshold envHighTempThresholdViolationClea envTemperatureUpperCriticalClear violation cleared on the probe red Low temp
37. see Editing PDUs under Power IQ Management on page 20 133 134 Chapter 10 Viewing PDUs Status Unmanageable Troubleshooting Connectivity Health Explanation This indicates that Power IQ contains no plug in capable of managing the PDU The target PDU is not supported by this version of Power IQ or the plug in requires a proxy index and one was not specified Specify an appropriate proxy index if one is required but was not specified Make sure Power IQ supports the PDU See the list of supported PDUs at http www raritan com resources power iq rack pdu support Create a dynamic plugin for the PDU See Dynamic Plugins on page 184 A PDU s Lost Communication or No Contact connectivity health status may be caused by one of these common problems Troubleshoot using the following checklist Cause The user has configured Power IQ with the wrong community string for the PDU The user has configured Power IQ with the wrong IP address for the PDU There is an actual network connectivity issue between Power IQ and the target PDU The PDU is powered off or not connected to the network SNMP support is disabled on the PDU Solution Verify that Power IQ is configured with the correct SNMP community string Verify that Power IQ is configured with the correct IP address Make sure the required ports are open between Power IQ and the PDU See Ports Open Between Power IQ and PDUs on page 5
38. supported Windows TCP 139 NetBIOS Session Service for Windows systems only TCP 445 For NetRPC commands only Basic Configuration for SSH Shutdown 174 Open Ports Open port 22 Authentication for SSH Power IQ can send a shutdown command via SSH to systems that share an authentication method including the following methods common user directories common username and password common username and password users managed by a common LDAP server common username and encrypted key Append the public key file as a string to the ssh authorized_ keys file of the user on each machine to be shut down Raritan Chapter 12 Power Control e The user must have permission to shut down the machines using the authentication method e Each authentication method must be tested from the command line gt Shutdown Commands There are two types of shutdown commands that you can use in Power IQ 1 A call to the native shutdown command which varies by Unix type OR 2 A common shutdown script that carries out a backup Each method must be tested from the command line of each machine to be shut down The command has 30 minutes to complete before Power IQ stops trying If the time expires Power IQ closes the SSH connection logs an error and does NOT power off the outlet If the command returns stderr Power IQ assumes a failure Power IQ logs stdout and stderr Error details are written to th
39. 012 kW Total Active Power kW e e e Temperature AEI1750014 C e o o o o o ee o o o o o Humidity AEI1750014 e eee o o o o o o o o o e fe Show maximum v readings forthe past day KA aa 5E Raritan Z Raritan Chapter 9 Smart Rack View and Smart PDU View Energy Trends Details Smart PDU view shows Energy Trends only in charts e Active Power e T Energy e Line Current one trend line for each line in the PDU e Circuit Breaker Current one trend line for each circuit breaker in the PDU Active Power W o l aM w IT Energy kWh 0 062 kWh Line 1 Current A O Om Rt o a t Line 2 Current A oe S A Line 3 Current A b O _ _ 0 504 A oO Circuit Breaker 1 CB1 Current A X d 0 236 A 7 Circuit Breaker 2 CB2 Current A 0 558 A t Circuit Breaker 3 CB3 Current A 0 0 A Show maximum v readings for the past week v a J e Ss A A ne am e 119 120 Chapter 9 Smart Rack View and Smart PDU View IT Devices Smart Rack View The IT Devices section of the Smart Rack view contains a list of all devices that are connected to one or more outlets in the rack If a device does not have any associated outlets it will not appear
40. Access Formulate a Database Query After creating the database connection Microsoft Excel Microsoft Query shows a list of all data tables that Power IQ makes available See Power IQ ODBC Schema on page 218 00o Microsoft Query Tables aisles Query View SQL View Show Tables Test asset_strips blade_slots circuit_breaker_readings circuit_breaker_readings_rollup data_centers databasechangelog databasechangeloglock dc_rows device_device_group_joins device_groups devices edm_nodes edm_roots event_configs event_configuration event_notification_filters event_params events Field z firmware_configuration firmwares Sort Not Sorted gt flexnet_licenses floors fw_upgrade_status Show v images job_messages jobs rT ee Criteria amarg de AE Asiei AA Oe ee a veer a gt To formulate a database query These instructions will create a report providing the max min average power utilization of every PDU in Power IQ 1 Click SQL View 2 Copy and paste this EXACT siring including every quotation mark every capitalization and so on The string must be used Exactly as shown SELECT PDUReadingsRollup PDUID PDUs ID PDUs PDUName PDUReadingsRollup AverageActivePower PDUReadingsRollup AverageApparentPower PDUReadingsRollup MaximumActivePower PDUReadingsRollup MaximumApparentPower PDUReadingsRollup Minimu
41. Actions to export the entire model as a single CSV file This file can then be edited to make additions or used as a template to create a new file See Exporting Object Mappings as CSV Data on page 110 Note Uploading this CSV file only describes the relationship between objects including PDUs and outlets It cannot be used to add PDUs to Power IQ management Add all PDUs to Power IQ first before associating them into the Enterprise Model Importing a CSV file that lists a PDU not added to Power IQ results in an error gt To import object mappings 1 Inthe Settings tab click Enterprise Relationships The Enterprise Relationship page opens 2 Inthe CSV Data Mapping Actions area click Browse and select the CSV file 3 Click Import A status window indicates any issues that occurred when the upload completes If any errors have occurred none of the objects in the file are added Edit the CSV file to correct any issues and try again Raritan Chapter 8 Data Management Structure of the Enterprise Model CSV File The object mapping CSV files have the following general structure e One Object per line e All Objects except for a Data Center list another valid object as a parent e All Objects have a unique key for their type e The CSV file has a maximum length of 2500 lines objects e Within a single CSV file object order is not important All objects are processed at the same time An object s un
42. Addi a Power Control Task cscs tacensstacceieen drvevesseceatstadnenese oeetanaeteweees taeacteaeanneeyeaaaeate 169 Configuring Graceful SMUTC OWE 2 sicsccctves ccseeeaasicceunsn dexeee anaa adea AEA haaa EEES 170 Add Shutdown GommanSss cies sccechacciinsy Seceeesseceattadcnennse ccdeetanaetiweeus eanactineasncey ete aneee 171 Enable Graceful Shutdown for an IT De VICG ceceeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaesteneeeeeeees 172 Disable Graceful Shutdown for an IT DeVICE c ccceesceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaaesteaeeeeeeeees 173 View the IT Devices Using a Shutdown Command cccccceceeeeeeseeeeeeeeseaeeeseaeeeeeeseaees 173 Remove a Shutdown Command from Power lQ ou eeceeseeeeeseeeceeeeeneeeneeeeeeseeeteneeseeenaes 173 Preparing Servers for Graceful SHUIGOWM essiensa annasan odaia 174 Open Ports for Graceful SMUTGOW Misses ioden cents te ccnassne nedecueaceneiea dees teeneedeasreaeeareae sane 174 Basic Contiguration for SSH SHUtGOWI xc evs cceeeaae ett a ccna senacenteandersans ceetvaad eesuee neva teiaaeeee 174 Basic Configuration for Windows Remote Shutdown cccccceceeeseeceeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeseaees 176 When Will Graceful Shutdown Abort 00 cccececeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeceaeeeeaaeseceeeseaeeescaeeseaaeeneeeeeaas 176 Create Device Groups for Power Control cc ccceececeeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeaaeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseeeeseaees 176 Create a Device Group cccceecceceecceeeeeceeeeeeeeeee
43. Adding PDUs to Power IQ Management on page 18 Specify the following information when adding the Veris BCM to ensure Power IQ connects to the correct panel Field name in Add a PDU page Modbus BCM information IP Address IP address of the Acquisuite modbus Proxy Index Device number of the BCM panel REQUIRED Example The device number of the panel as configured in the Acquisuite This information can be found in the Acquisuite web client Each panel displays as a PDU with up to 42 outlets Each branch displays as an outlet Each single phase branch is monitored independently as a single phase circuit Groupings into multi phase circuits is not supported Adding PDUs Managed by Dominion SX You can add PDUs that are managed by a Dominion SX serial console to Power IQ Specify the following information when adding the PDU to ensure Power IQ connects to the correct SX managed PDU See Adding PDUs to Power IQ Management on page 18 Field name in Add a PDU page Modbus BCM information IP Address IP address of the Dominion SX Proxy Index Dominion SX port number that the PDU is connected to PDU Administrative Credentials Dominion SX username and password Username Password Password Confirm SNMP fields Leave blank 25 26 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Bulk Configuration of Dominion PX PDUs By leveraging Dominion PX s ability to create a backup of its configuration Power IQ can configure additio
44. Buffered Data Retrieval from Raritan PX 1 2 5 or Higher on page 12 for instruction on enabling the feature You must set a Sample Interval when using buffered data retrieval The polling interval controls how often Power IQ requests buffered data from Raritan PX PDUs the sample interval controls how granular the buffered data is For example With a polling interval of 1 hour and a sample interval of 1 minute Raritan PX PDUs under Power IQ management collect measurements each minute and store the data in the Raritan PX s data buffer Every hour Power IQ then retrieves the data buffer with the last hour s measurements from each Raritan PX Shorter sample intervals cause Raritan PX PDUs to fill their buffers more quickly As a result Power IQ may limit the polling interval to prevent data loss due to filled buffers When buffered data retrieval is in use Power IQ polls other PDUs that do not support this feature at the Sample Interval This helps maintain a consistent granularity of measurements across all readings The Buffered Data Retrieval feature may consume the space available for data storage rapidly since it allows Power IQ to retrieve a great deal of data at once Note If you enable Buffered Data Retrieval Raritan strongly suggests enabling NTP and configuring Power IQ and your Raritan PX PDUs to use the same NTP servers This ensures that all recorded data is in sync whether generated by Power IQ or Raritan PX Note T
45. Centers tab right click an IT device or higher level if enabled then select On or Off 2 If required enter a reason message for the power control operation and click OK to confirm gt To control power in the PDUs tab 1 Inthe PDUs tab select a PDU then click View 2 Select the checkboxes of the outlets you want to control in the Readings section 167 Chapter 12 Power Control 3 Click Power Control gt On Power Control gt Off or Power Control gt Cycle 4 If required enter a reason message for the power control operation and click OK to confirm gt To control power in the Devices tab 1 Inthe Devices tab select a device Click Power Control gt On or Power Control gt Off If required enter a reason message for the power control operation and click OK to confirm Control Power to Devices in a Group You can manually control power to devices in a group or schedule a task to run a power control operation at a specified time gt To control power to devices in a group manually 1 Inthe Devices tab choose Activities gt Device Groups 2 Select the checkbox for the device group you want to control power to 3 Click Power Control gt On or Power Control gt Off All devices in the group are powered on or off sequence specified in the group settings Devices are powered off in sequence and powered on in the reverse sequence See Create Device Groups for Power Control on pa
46. Chapter 10 Viewing PDUs Explanation retrieving the model name persisting outlet sensor data to CSV file or retrieving information via SNMP This can be due to an incompatibility with this version of the PDU or because the SNMP is misconfigured or the agent is disabled on the target PDU Make sure the PDU s SNMP settings are correct See Editing PDUs under Power IQ Management on page 20 This indicates an unexpected application error Contact Raritan Technical Support http www raritan com support contact support This indicates invalid or missing credentials Correct the PDU s credentials See Editing PDUs under Power IQ Management on page 20 This indicates that Power IQ was unable to communicate with the PDU over any of the supported management protocols and so can t discover and manage the PDU The most often used protocol is SNMP but a few PDU models are managed using other protocols like HTTP There are a number of possible root causes for this This may indicate that the IP address is incorrect Correct the PDU s IP address See Editing PDUs under Power IQ Management on page 20 This indicates that the PDU was configured with an invalid administrative username or password SNMP communication is still possible and Power IQ can manage the PDU but firmware upgrades will not work This indicates invalid or missing credentials Correct the PDU s credentials See Editing PDUs under Power IQ Management
47. Choose External Sensors gt External Sensors Details The External Sensor Details page opens All environmental sensors are listed on this page after they are detected The environmental sensor list is sorted by the sensor ID Sensor ID SerialNumber Type Channel Name Reading State Managed 1 PRCO190292 Cortact On Off 1 On Off PRC0190292 1 Normal Remove 2 PRC0190292 Contact On Ott 2 On Off PRC0190292 2 Normal Remove 3 AEI7 400022 Humidity Humidity AEI7TA00022 59 rel ok Remove 4 28 degrees C Temperature AEIMA0U022 AEI7 A00022 Temperature Temperature AEITA00022 82 degree F ok Remove AE 400021 Hurnidt y Manage AEI7A00021 Temperature Manage 2 Verify whether desired sensors are being managed by checking the Managed column Presence of the Remove button indicates that the corresponding sensor is being managed Presence of the Manage button indicates that the corresponding sensor is NOT being managed 3 To manage a sensor that is not under management do either of the following Click the corresponding Manage button An ID number anda name are automatically assigned to the managed sensor and the Raritan PX starts to track and display the sensor s reading and or state Raritan 149 Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs Manually assign an ID number to the sensor A sensor becomes managed after you assign an ID number to it The default name is automatically assigned If another
48. Contents vi Configuring Remote Storage of Archive Files cccccccesseceeneeceeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeeeeseaeeesaeeeeaeeseeneess 99 Configuring Remote Access to Database e cccecccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeseeaeeeeeeesaeeeeaaeseeneeeeaees 100 Enterprise Relationships aticiictockeiiicoece cd tevece sored dad geeesdk Hededagaheaeseaceted AAEE EEA AREEN 100 Overview of the Enterprise Model v iscciecicscic cee atic iastiee aciedideeusiedagedaneeediceeccees 101 importing Object MAPPINGS rruan seisein aee e aE 104 Exporting Object MappingS as CSV Data eis siss ccccstcsntesasacecntececcreiteeeetstestecteaanseeeveecaeeh 110 Clearing Object Mapping aascccurss cerecescnceennsn cera asa ccente ta cexesiee eevecuea centre eE aaa a 110 Viewing the Enterprise MOOG i sscccscsececviecesesseenctens dence a 110 Viewing Enterprise Relationship Summaries ceeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeaesseneeeeaees 111 Configuring Custom Fields sisien euina centile aden aa aaa 114 Chapter 9 Smart Rack View and Smart PDU View 115 Opening th Smart Vi WSs naaa aaa raa anaa aa raa a aaah 116 Configure PDU Details Smart PDU View sssini iani 116 Configure Rack Details Smart Rack VieW ccccccccccceeseeeseeeeceeeeeaaeseeaeeseeeeseaeeeeaaeseeneeeeaees 117 Energy and Environmental Trends Smart ViCWS c ccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeseaeeseeeeeeeneess 117 Energy and Environmental Trends DetallS cccecccceceeecc
49. Event Notifications on page 55 for details on receiving email notifications of events Raritan Chapter 5 Dashboard Device Chart Widget The device chart widget displays a default setting of average active power over the past 24 hours You can configure the device chart to display power measurements for different parts of the data center gt To configure the device chart widget 1 Inthe Dashboard tab click the icon in the upper right corner of the page The Report Configuration dialog appears 2 Drag and drop the Device Chart widget icon into a row See Setting the Dashboard Layout on page 63 for details 3 See Device Chart Settings on page 198 for details on configuring this chart 4 Click Save The widget is added to the dashboard gt To use the device chart widget e Click the export icon to export all data in the chart to a CSV file e The chart will automatically refresh at each polling interval Click the refresh icon to refresh the chart manually PDU Health Chart Widget The default PDU health chart widget shows overall health of all PDUs in the system You can configure the chart to show overall health which includes connectivity and active events or active events only or connectivity only You can also set the chart to include all PDUs in the system or just the PDUs in a specific level of a data center The chart refreshes automatically every minute gt To configure t
50. ID for each reading Foreign key reference to PDUs table Foreign key reference to PDUOutlets table Outlet number on the PDU Timestamp when rollup was created Lowest current Amps reading during rollup interval Maximum current Amps reading during rollup interval Average current Amps reading during rollup interval Lowest active power Watts reading during rollup interval Maximum active power Watts reading during rollup interval Average active power Watts reading during rollup interval Lowest apparent power VA reading during rollup 235 236 Appendix A ODBC Access Field MaximumApparentPower AverageApparentPower Minimum Voltage MaximumVoltage AverageVoltage VoltAmpHours WaittHours AveragePowerFactor MinimumPowerFactor MaximumPowerFactor Type Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Notes interval Maximum apparent power VA reading during rollup interval Average apparent power VA reading during rollup interval Minimum voltage reading during rollup interval Maximum voltage reading during rollup interval Average voltage reading during rollup interval Maximum of the cumulative volt amp hour meter readings over the rollup interval Maximum of the cumulative watt hour meter readings over the rollup interval Average power factor reading during rollup interval Minimum power factor reading during
51. If no value is entered the default value is used 4 Click Save Adding PDUs in Bulk with CSV Files You can add PDUs in bulk by uploading a CSV file Power IQ does not check the credentials of the PDU while adding it during a CSV import If the credentials are incorrect an event called PDUCredentialsInvalid is logged Importing more than 100 PDUs at a time causes polling to suspend while the import is in progress You can download a step by step CSV template file in the Support section of Raritan s website under Firmware and Documentation See http www raritan com support power iq gt To add PDUs in bulk with CSV files 1 Inthe PDUs tab choose Activities gt Import PDUs from CSV file The Import PDUs page opens Click Browse and select the CSV file Select View progress of the import as each PDU is discovered to view the discovery progress and the resulting status Optional 4 Click Begin Import Raritan Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Structure of the Add PDUs CSV File The structure of the CSV file is as follows One line per PDU to import No header row Each line has only the following value columns in the following order 1 IP address 2 Proxy index If the PDU is in a daisy chained configuration or console server configuration enter the PDU s position number in the chain or serial port number See Proxy Index Details on page 24 Leave blank if the PDU
52. Latest line current reading for the PDU or the maximum of the line currents for three phase PDUs The PDU s rated voltage The PDU s rated current The PDU s rated volt amps 219 220 Appendix A ODBC Access Field Type DefaultAssetStripConn varchar ectedLEDColor DefaultAssetStripDisco varchar nnectedLEDColor Notes The color of the LED in hex when asset is connected The color of the LED in hex when asset is disconnected PDUOutlets The PDUOutlets view shows the outlets associated with a PDU Field Type PDUOutletsID Integer PDUID Integer OutletID Integer OutletName VarChar 64 OutletState VarChar 64 ITDevicelD Integer PDUOutletNumber Integer OutletRatedAmps Integer Notes Unique outlet number Foreign key reference to PDUs table PDU outlet number Outlet name Outlet state Associated IT Device ID foreign key PDU outlet number The rated amps of the outlet PDUCircuitBreakers The PDUCircuitBreakers view shows the circuit breakers associated with a PDU Field Type PDUCircuitBreakersID Integer PDUID Integer CircuitBreakerOrdinal Integer CircuitBreakerState Integer CircuitBreakerLabel VarChar 64 Notes Unique CB Number Foreign key reference to PDUs table Circuit breaker number on the PDU 0 closed 1 open 3 unknown Label assigned to a CB Raritan Raritan Appendix A ODBC Access Field Type Notes CircuitBreakerRating Integer The rat
53. Management section 2 Inthe Configure Custom Fields box enter the new field name next to each custom field 3 To assign data to the field enter the data in the newly renamed custom field in either the Data Centers tab on the objects page or in the PDUs or Devices tab in the details page Data Center custom fields can only be accessed in the Data Centers tab Or you can use CSV import to update the information See Importing Object Mappings on page 104 ae Raritan Chapter 9 5 Raritan Smart Rack View and Smart PDU View The Data Centers tab displays all objects you have configured in your enterprise data model which is the hierarchical representation of your data centers rooms aisles rows racks PDUs and IT devices The rack and PDU levels of your enterprise data model are the sources of important information such as power readings sensor readings and events Power IQ offers an advanced display for these two levels called the Smart Rack view and Smart PDU view The Smart Rack and Smart PDU views are automatically available for every rack and PDU object in your enterprise data model You must add PDUs to Power IQ then configure the enterprise data model before you can see the views in the Data Centers tab See Adding PDUs to Power IQ Management on page 18 and Enterprise Relationships on page 100 Windows Rack Room H Energy and Environmental Trends Total Active Power kW Temp 1 C Humidi
54. Maximum number of database connections Upper limit on number of database connections that may be used by the poller thread pool default 225 This parameter effects poller operation when dynamic thread pool sizing is enabled or disabled e Dynamic restart threshold Defines how large the delta between the configured max pool size and the calculated ideal pool size must be before a Poller JVM restart is justified default 5 e Minimum time between restarts in minutes Defines minimum time between Poller restarts due to thread pool resizing default 1440 that is only allow Poller to restart once every 24 hours to adjust thread pool size e Interval between thread pool evaluations in minutes Defines how frequently the Poller service will evaluate the thread pool size to determine if resizing is needed default 60 e Low water mark Thread pool scheduler low water mark Low water mark controls how aggressively threads are removed from the thread pool This water mark represents the ratio of threads to items in the queue The higher the value the more likely a thread will be removed from the pool default 01 e High water mark Thread pool scheduler high water mark High water mark controls how aggressively threads are added to the thread pool This water mark represents the ratio of threads to items in the queue The smaller the value the more likely a thread will be added to the pool default 10 Raritan Support fo
55. Readings POU lement Current A Unutized Capacty A J Inlet 1 ut 000 24 00 t on 23 10 GS 000 2400 1 The inlet voltage reading is the Minimum of the Min Line Voltage line voltages 2 The inlet current reading is the maximum of the Max Line Current line currents 3 The line voltage readings are from line to line L1 L1 L2 L2 L2 L3 L3 L3 L1 5 Raritan ki Chapter 9 Smart Rack View and Smart PDU View 126 Multi Inlet PDU Readings A multi inlet PDU displays readings for each inlet and for each line of each inlet the same as single inlet PDUs The Smart PDU Readings section contains this information Inlet Outlet Readings PDU Element IT Device Voltage V Current A Active Po ApparentP Power Factor Active Ene infeed 1 infeed 1 204 7 213 1 664 1 897 0 877174 3 736 620 infeed 2 infeed 2 205 3 459 795 987 0 805471 1 816 650 infeed 3 infeed 3 203 3 084 542 748 0 724599 1 105 940 Totals 3 001 3 632 6 659 210 Line Readings PDU Element Voltage V Current A Unutilized Capacity A B Inlet Outlet 1 L1 207 L2 204 3 667 28 333 L3 204 7 213 24 787 B Inlet Outlet 2 L1 L2 205 2 455 29 545 L3 205 2 453 29 547 B Inlet Outlet 3 Raritan Chapter 9 Smart Rack View and Smart PDU View Details Smart PDU View The Details section of the Smart PDU view contains all information about the PDU This information is also available in the PDU Details pag
56. Recommended Polling Intervals on page 8 for details on settings that help Power IQ poll faster Recommended Polling Intervals The optimal polling interval depends on your business needs the number of PDUs you have deployed their types and the platform you are running Power IQ on Outlet metered PDUs are a larger system load than unit level metered PDUs Raritan PDUs have a unique feature to store readings Storing readings gives you the added flexibility to set a poll rate and a sample rate See Buffered Data Retrieval on page 11 for more detail Start with a longer polling and sample interval to ensure system operation Gradually shorten the polling and sample interval as business needs require For Raritan PX2 PDU deployments with Raritan s E1 2 hardware appliance you can generally collect 5 minute samples per 2 100 outlet metered PDUs or 5 minute samples per 3 200 unit level metered PDUs with a 30 minute poll interval Your actual results may vary based upon local conditions PDUs that provide less data than the Raritan PDU have a lower system load You can therefore likely poll those PDUs at the stated sample rate for a given configuration To allow faster polling disable the storage of raw sensor readings in CSV files to the Power IQ disk Disabling this setting allows Power IQ to poll more devices at a faster polling interval but you won t have access to raw readings in CSV format See Configure Raw Sensor Readings Storag
57. The Dominion PX can monitor the environmental conditions such as temperature and humidity where environmental sensors are placed gt 1 To add environmental sensors Physically connect environmental sensors to the Dominion PX device See Connecting Environmental Sensors Optional Log in to the Dominion PX web interface The Dominion PX should have detected the connected sensors and display them in the web interface Identify each sensor through the sensor s serial number See Identifying Environmental Sensors on page 156 on page 148 The Dominion PX should automatically manage the detected sensors Verify whether detected sensors are managed If not have them managed See Managing Environmental Sensors on page 157 on page 149 Configure the sensors See Configuring Environmental Sensors on page 158 on page 150 The steps include a Name the sensor b Ifthe connected sensor is a Raritan contact closure sensor specify an appropriate sensor type c Mark the sensor s physical location on the rack or in the room d For a numeric sensor configure the sensor s threshold hysteresis and assertion timeout settings e Ifthe sensor is a numeric sensor configure its upper and lower thresholds Note Numeric sensors use numeric values to indicate the environmental or internal conditions while discrete on off sensors use alphabetical characters only to indicate the state changes Only numeric sensors have
58. Timestamp with Timestamp when rollup Timezone was created Minimum Value Real Lowest sensor reading during rollup interval MaximumValue Real Maximum sensor reading during rollup interval AverageValue Real Average sensor reading during rollup interval PDUSensorReadingHourlyRollup The PDUSensorReadingsHourlyRollup view summarizes the sensor readings power data over the roll up interval Hourly roll ups are rolled up once a day Daily roll ups are rolled up once a month When data is rolled up shorter interval roll up entries in the PDUSensorReadingsRollup view are purged Field Type Notes PDUSensorReadingsRollu Integer Unique ID for each pID reading SensorID Integer Database ID of the 249 Appendix A ODBC Access Field Type Notes sensor as seen in PDUSensors Time Timestamp with Timestamp when rollup Timezone was created MinimumValue Real Lowest sensor reading during rollup interval MaximumValue Real Maximum sensor reading during rollup interval AverageValue Real Average sensor reading during rollup interval PDUSensorReadingDailyRollup The PDUSensorReadingsDailyRollup view summarizes the sensor readings power data over the roll up interval Hourly roll ups are rolled up once a day Daily roll ups are rolled up once a month When data is rolled up shorter interval roll up entries in the PDUSensorReadingsRollup view are purged Field Type Notes PDUSensorReadingsRollu Integer Unique ID for each pID reading
59. Upgrade Plans on page 208 for details on checking completed upgrades Upgrade Timing Each PX PDU upgrade takes approximately 5 10 minutes If you select Allow simultaneous rollouts in the plan options 25 upgrades will begin simultaneously and each batch of 25 will take approximately 10 minutes 207 Raritan Chapter 16 Upgrading Dominion PX PDUs View Status of Upgrade Plans in Progress Upgrade plans in progress have 3 possible statuses e Init Rebooting the PDU Login Logging in to the PDU Verify Verifying the new firmware version on the PDU gt To view status of upgrade plans in progress The status page for plans in progress displays when you execute the plan You can return to the status page at any time even after the plan has finished 1 Inthe PDUs tab choose Activities gt Upgrade Firmware Click View saved plans All saved plans display in a list Click the Status link for the plan you executed to view the status page View Completed Upgrade Plans When a plan has been executed you can view details of the plan status and results of each PDU included in the plan gt To view completed upgrades 1 Inthe PDUs tab choose Activities gt Upgrade Firmware 2 Click View previously completed upgrades All completed plans display in a list 3 Click the Plan name link to view the details If the plan completed successfully a success message displays at the top of the plan detail
60. a contact closure sensor s processor is lost all detectors that is all switches connected to the same sensor module show the unavailable state Note When the sensor is deemed unavailable the existing sensor configuration remains unchanged For example the ID number assigned to the sensor remains associated with it The Raritan PX continues to ping unavailable sensors and moves out of the unavailable state after detecting the sensor for two consecutive scans normal State This state indicates the sensor is in the normal state For a contact closure sensor usually this state is the normal state you have set e Ifthe normal state is set to Normally Closed the normal state means the contact closure switch is closed e Ifthe normal state is set to Normally Open the normal state means the contact closure switch is open For a Raritan s floor water sensor the normal state must be set to Normally Closed which means no water is detected Note See Configuring a Contact Closure Sensor on page 144 for information on setting the normal state or dip switch 163 Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs 164 alarmed State This state means a discrete on off sensor is in the abnormal state Usually for a contact closure sensor the meaning of this state varies based on the sensor s normal state setting e If the normal state is set to Normally Closed the alarmed state means the contact closure s
61. affect this reading Active Power W Latest poll reading is shown Current A Latest poll reading is shown Each outlet shows a Trend chart showing the active power trend or the current amps trend Each circuit breaker shows a Trend chart with the current amps trend When Active Power is selected N A displays in the Trend and Active Power columns for circuit breakers Note In Internet Explorer 7 and 8 click Load Chart to view the trend chart e Outlets that are powered on display in black e Outlets that are powered off display in gray gt To change the trend chart display The minimum maximum average setting and the time period setting change what data is included in the small trend charts The last column always displays the latest poll data 1 Atthe bottom of the PDU Elements section select the readings and time period to include in the fields 2 Trend minimum maximum or average readings Not available for past hour readings For the past hour day week month Select either Active Power or Current in amps gt To perform power control on outlets 1 Select the checkboxes for each outlet To select all outlets in a rack select the top checkbox 2 Choose Power Control gt On Power Control gt Off or Power Control gt Cycle Note Power Off and Power Cycle operations on this page do not use graceful shutdown even if it is enabled for a selected device Raritan Raritan Cha
62. and Sets The community string must be configured for v1 and v2c access in both the Get Clients section and the Set Clients section on the MRV PDU 274 Index 3 3 Phase PDU Outlet Readings for Raritan PX1 e xi 123 A About Object Values 111 Accessing Audit Logs 181 Active Events Widget 64 Add a Dynamic Plugin 185 187 Add a License File 212 Add a Power Control Task 168 169 170 Add a User 79 Add a User Group 82 Add Devices to a Group in the Data Centers Tab 177 Add Devices to an Existing Device Group 177 Add Power IQ as an ODBC Information Source to your Mac 263 Add Shutdown Commands 108 170 171 172 Adding MRV PDUs 24 Adding PDUs in Bulk with CSV Files 18 22 137 Adding PDUs Managed by Dominion SX xi 25 Adding PDUs to Power IQ Management 18 20 24 25 115 188 Adding Raritan EMX 24 Adding Reports to the Analytics Page 195 196 198 Adding Veris Branch Circuit Monitors with Acquisuite xi 18 25 Adding Editing and Deleting User Groups 81 Adding Editing and Deleting Users 79 86 Additional Configuration Tasks 7 Advanced Polling Settings xi 13 Advanced Reporting with Database and Reporting Programs 216 Advanced SNMP Settings 13 14 15 Advanced Thread Pooling Settings 16 135 Aisles 254 Allow HTML Widgets on Dashboard 71 182 Allow Your Mac to Access Power IQ via ODBC 263 Analytics 194
63. change Select Custom then select the Min Temperature and Max Temperature and the Min Humidity and Max Humidity 7 Select Zoom In or Zoom Out to specify a more or less detailed view of the chart to display 8 Enter a name for the chart or check the Autoname checkbox to accept the system name The system name for a cooling chart contains the level of the enterprise data model such as data center and the sensor location information 9 Click Save The widget is added to the dashboard gt To use the cooling chart widget e Hover your mouse over the sensor data points to view details See View Sensor Data Point Details on page 75 e Click the export icon to export sensor data in the chart to a CSV file See Export Sensor Data on page 76 e The chart will automatically refresh at each polling interval Click the refresh icon to refresh the chart manually e To calculate savings see Calculate Potential Cooling Energy Savings on page 77 Requirements for Cooling Charts Cooling charts use data from the humidity and temperature sensors in your data center You must have at least 1 temperature sensor and at least 1 humidity sensor connected to use Cooling charts 73 Chapter 5 Dashboard ASHRAE Envelope Descriptions ASHRAE operating envelopes comprise the following settings e X Axis Temperature e Y Axis Humidity Ratio with the relative humidity percentage calculated along curves on the chart The
64. device in the device group a power off task will use graceful shutdown automatically unless you select the Skip Graceful Shutdown checkbox in the next step 3 Select the Skip Graceful Shutdown checkbox to force a hard shutdown for all devices in the device group even if graceful shutdown is enabled 4 Select the Leave Outlets On checkbox to leave outlets powered on in cases where devices have been powered off using graceful shutdown 5 Select the Device Group for the power control operation Specify when the task should run To schedule a task that runs only once select the Date from the calendar in the Run Once section To schedule a task that recurs select the checkboxes for the days of the week the task should run in the Recurring section For both types select the time the task should run in the Hour and Minute fields 7 Select the Active checkbox to allow this task to run Deselect this checkbox to stop the task from running 169 Chapter 12 Power Control 8 Click Save Configuring Graceful Shutdown You can configure Power IQ to send a graceful shutdown command to a server before powering off outlets Power IQ allows you to define a set of system wide shutdown commands with credentials to use across multiple devices Power IQ supports both SSH and NetRPC commands to shutdown either Unix or Windows servers gt Process for Configuring Graceful Shutdown in Power IQ 1 Enable power control See Enable o
65. driver Introduction and connections Data Source About Connection This is a fully functional ODBC driver However until a valid Database license key has been entered it will only return the first 3 rows Conclusion from any recordset To add a license key click the Licenses button Licenses We are continuously improving our ODBC drivers To check to see if an updated version of this driver is available click the Check for ODBC for Updates button MySQL PostgreSQL and SQLite To configure a new data source press the Continue button Check for Updates actualtechnologies Remember the license you want to buy is the Actual ODBC Driver for Open Source Databases Actual ODBC Driver for Open Source Databases for MySQL PostgreSQL and SQLite 1 Personal Edition up to 5 connections Y more connections 34 95 1 Your Mac now can access all the data on the Power IQ server and you can create reports using Microsoft Excel FileMaker Pro or any ODBC compliant reporting tool See Create Database Connection in Excel on page 268 for instructions on using Microsoft Excel Create Database Connection in Excel 1 On your Mac launch Excel 2 Choose Excel gt About Excel If you are running Mac Lion or higher make sure you have Excel version 14 1 2 or higher 3 Create anew Workbook and save it For example Power Consumption by Rack xlsx ii S Raritan Appendix A ODBC Access 4 Inthe E
66. during rollup interval Raritan Raritan Field Type MinApparentPower Real MaxApparentPower Real MaxUnutilizedCapacity Real MinUnutilizedCapacity Real UnutilizedCapacity Real VoltAmpHours Real WattHours Real Appendix A ODBC Access Notes Minimum apparent power VA reading during rollup interval Maximum apparent power VA reading during rollup interval Maximum unutilized capacity rated amps minus current reading during rollup interval Minimum unutilized capacity rated amps minus current reading during rollup interval Average unutilized capacity rated amps minus current reading during rollup interval Maximum of the cumulative volt amp hour meter readings over the rollup interval Maximum of the cumulative watt hour meter readings over the rollup interval PDUInletReadingDailyRollups Field Type PDUInletReadingsRollu Bigint pID PDUID Integer InletID Integer InletNumber Integer Time Timestamp Notes Primary key for the table Foreign key reference to PDUs table Foreign key reference to PDUInlets table The number of the inlet on the PDU Local timestamp 225 226 Appendix A ODBC Access Field Voltage MinVoltage MaxVoltage Current MinCurrent MaxCurrent PowerFactor MinPowerFactor MaxPowerFactor ActivePower MinActive Power MaxActivePower ApparentPower MinApparentPower Type Real Real Real Real Real Real Re
67. group in the Data Centers tab gt 1 To add devices to a group from the Data Centers tab In the Data Centers tab select a device to add to the group To add all devices from a section of the data center select the room or aisle or rack You can select any level up to and including the data center Right click the selected level select Add devices to a device group then select the group To add a group select Create a new device group enter a device group name then click Create device group Configure the Power Control Settings for a Device Group Configure each device group to set the default power control delay and the sequence of devices for power control operations gt 1 To configure the power control settings for a device group In the Devices tab choose Activities gt Device Groups Click a device group Name link The Edit Device Group page opens Set the Default Power On Delay sec which is the number of seconds that Power IQ delays after powering on each device in the sequence of devices in a group These settings are the default power on delay for all new devices you add to the group Set the sequence for power control operations Select a device then click Up Down Top Bottom and Move To to arrange the device list in the sequence that power control operations should occur Devices will power off in the sequence set 177 Chapter 12 Power Control Devices will power on in th
68. in Power IQ except for Tasks in the Settings tab Power control Create reports and charts View EDM in the Data Centers tab View all other tabs in Power IQ Power control Create device groups Accounts page Selected EDM node and down when applied in Data Centers tab Global when applied in Settings gt User Accounts page Selected EDM node and down when applied in Data Centers tab Global when applied in Settings gt User Accounts page Selected EDM node and down when applied in Data Centers tab Global when applied in Settings gt User Accounts page 85 Chapter 6 User Configuration Authorization and Authentication Role Create Reports and x Charts Event Manager Tasks View devices device groups PDUs Create reports and charts in the Analytics tab Create dashboards in the Dashboard tab View the Events tab Create event notification filters View and clear events View events in the Smart PDUs view Applies To Selected EDM node and down when applied in Data Centers tab Global only applied in Settings gt User Accounts page The information a user can include or view in a report chart or dashboard is based on View permissions A user with this role also needs the View role or another role that includes View permission Global only applied in Settings gt User Accounts page Roles Information for Upgraded Systems If you upgraded Power IQ
69. is not in this type of configuration 3 Dominion PX username 4 Dominion PX password Leave the Dominion PX username and Dominion PX password fields blank for other PDUs 5 SNMP Community String Leave the SNMP Community String blank if it does not apply for a PDU 6 SNMPv3 enabled true or false Leave columns 7 12 blank if SNMPv3 is set to false 7 SNMPv3 username 8 SNMPv3 authorization level noAuthNoPriv authNoPriv or authPriv 9 Authorization protocol MD5 or SHA 10 Authorization passkey 11 Privacy protocol DES or AES 12 Privacy passkey 13 External key 14 Custom field 1 15 Custom field 2 23 24 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks gt For example 192 168 43 184 admin raritan private 192 168 44 101 PDUread The first line in this example represents a Dominion PX PDU The second line represents a PDU from another vendor Uploading this CSV file would instruct Power IQ to add two PDUs to management The first PDU is located at 192 168 43 184 and uses the login password combination admin raritan for authentication Its SNMP Community String is set to private The second PDU is located at 192 168 44 101 and does not use a user name and password for authentication Its SNMP Community String is set to PDUread Proxy Index Details For stand alone PDUs the proxy index field should be left blank For PDUs acting in a daisy chain or for PDUs that are being proxi
70. lost Loss of connectivity is a critical severity event Power IQ checks PDUs that it has lost communication with every 15 minutes If a PDU remains inaccessible for 1 hour the Connectivity Lost event is generated Once communication with the PDU is restored the Connectivity Restored event is generated and the health status will update To configure email notifications for this event see Configure Notification Filters on page 56 Event notifications must be enabled See Enable or Disable Event Notifications on page 55 The event details are in the table Event description Trap name Loss of connectivity detected Connectivity Lost A timestamp is associated with the event Connectivity with the PDU is Connectivity Restored restored ae Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks View Events The Events tab displays all events that Power IQ receives from configured PDUs gt To view events Click the Events tab The Events browser page opens To view event details Click the Events tab The Events browser page opens Click the links in the Events column to open the Event details page Filter the Events List You can customize your view of the Events list by using filters and sorting See Customizing Your View of PDUs Devices and Events on page 59 gt To filter the events list In the Events tab all events in the system display in a list Most columns of data contain a fi
71. oO RN Click Start Roll Out to execute the plan See View Status of Rollout Plans in Progress on page 28 for details on checking rollouts in progress See View Completed Rollout Plans on page 29 for details on checking completed rollouts Rollout Timing Each PX PDU configuration takes approximately 30 seconds If you select Allow simultaneous rollouts in the plan options 25 configurations will begin simultaneously and each batch of 25 will take approximately 30 seconds View Status of Rollout Plans in Progress Rollout plans in progress have 3 possible statuses e init Initializing to prepare the PDU for configuration e Login Logging in to the PDU e Verify Verifying the PDU is responsive after configuration is complete gt To view status of upgrade plans in progress The status page for plans in progress displays when you execute the plan You can return to the status page at any time even after the plan has finished 1 Inthe PDUs tab choose Activities gt Bulk Configuration 2 Click View saved plans All saved plans display in a list 3 Click the Status link for the plan you executed to view the status page Raritan Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks View Completed Rollout Plans When a plan has been executed you can view details of the plan status and results of each PDU included in the plan gt To view completed rollouts 1 Inthe PDUs tab choose Ac
72. on your Dominion PX device Note Depending on the model you purchased the total number of SENSOR ports varies gt To connect environmental sensors via an optional PX sensor hub 1 Connect a Raritan sensor hub to the Dominion PX device a Plug one end of the Raritan provided phone cable 4 wire 6 pin RJ 12 into the IN port Port 1 of the hub b Plug the other end into the SENSOR port on the Dominion PX device 2 Connect Raritan environmental sensors to any of the four OUT ports on the hub Raritan n Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs Raritan sensor hubs CANNOT be cascaded so at most a sensor hub can be connected to each SENSOR port on the Dominion PX device This diagram illustrates a configuration with a sensor hub connected The Dominion PX device Raritan provided phone cable Raritan PX sensor hub Raritan environmental sensors gt To connect environmental sensors via a Raritan Y cable 1 Plug the connector of a Y cable into the SENSOR port on your Dominion PX device a SENSOR 2 AY cable has two sensor ports Plug Raritan environmental sensors into the Y cable s sensor ports ij Z Raritan Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs 3 Repeat the above steps if there are additional SENSOR ports on your Dominion PX model If there are any Raritan air flow sensors attached make sure that sensor faces the source of the wind such as a fan in the appropri
73. sensor already occupied the ID number at the time of assignment that sensor becomes unmanaged after losing the ID number For details see Assigning or Changing the ID Number Assign sensor 1 AEI7400021 Humidity to sensor ID A sensor s default name comprises the sensor type and serial number such as Humidity AEI7A00021 If the sensor is a contact closure sensor a channel number is added to the end of the default name Note When the number of managed sensors reaches the maximum you CANNOT manage additional sensors until you remove or replace any managed sensors To remove a sensor see Unmanaging Environmental Sensors To replace a sensor see Assigning or Changing the ID Number Configuring Environmental Sensors You can assign new names to managed sensors for identifying them easily and to provide them with location descriptions For numeric sensors you can also configure thresholds that enable the Raritan PX to generate an alert or notification when environmental conditions detected by the sensors move outside of your ideal values Note Numeric sensors use numeric values to indicate the environmental or internal conditions while discrete on off sensors use alphabetical characters only to indicate the state changes Only numeric sensors have the threshold settings gt To configure environmental sensors 1 You can trigger the setup page for the desired environmental sensor by doing either of the following C
74. smaller than lt or equal to Raritan Raritan Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs above upper non critical State Only a numeric sensor shows this state This state means the sensor reading is above the upper non critical threshold as indicated below Upper Non Critical Threshold lt Reading lt Upper Critical Threshold Note The symbol lt means smaller than lt or equal to above upper critical State This state means a numeric sensor s reading is above the upper critical threshold as indicated below Upper Critical Threshold lt Reading Note The symbol lt means smaller than lt or equal to 165 Chapter 12 Power Control Power control is only available for PDUs that support this feature Power IQ must have valid SNMP write access to the PDU for power control to work In This Chapter Enable or Disable Power Control sisi sites cieatessccennttacesadtasctecneeesaiedesete 166 Configure Power Control Options icsiiizecacaccesestevesattca deaeleneractesaseasndeneds 166 Control Power to Outlets in a Data Center 0 cccceceeeeeeeseteeeeseeeeeees 167 Control Power to Devices in a Group c ccceeeeeeseeceeeeeseteeeseaeeeeeeeeenees 168 Scheduling Power Control ccccceeceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeseaeeseeeseneees 168 Configuring Graceful Shutdown cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeneeceeeeeseeeesaeeeeeeeeneees 170 Preparing Servers fo
75. target Raritan product and be logged in to Power IQ with those credentials for single sign on to succeed Single sign on must be enabled in Settings gt Single Sign On See Enabling Single Sign On for Raritan PDUs see Enabling Single Sign On for Raritan Products on page 94 gt To launch the web interface for a Dominion PX 1 Inthe PDUs tab select a Dominion PX PDU 2 Hover your mouse on the Actions column then click the center icon to go directly to this PDU in a new window If single sign on is not enabled log in Searching for PDUs Use the Quick Search tool at the top of the Power IQ interface to search for a PDU admin Logoff Help 192 168 43 249 2 Type the name or IP address of a PDU into the Quick Search field If a match is found Power IQ displays that PDU s detail page Note When searching by name the whole name of the PDU must be entered Search is case sensitive sea Raritan Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs Raritan Dominion PX1 and PX2 PDUs support environmental and contact closure sensors which you can poll through Power IQ The sensors must be setup and configured correctly via PX1 or PX2 before they will work correctly with Power IQ In This Chapter Hardware Configuration for Sensors on PX1 and PX2 c eeeeees 139 Software Configuration for Sensors on PX1 and PX2 ceeeeees 147 Sensor Measurement Accuracy ccccccececcceceeeeeeeeeee
76. the Auto Name checkbox to enter a name manually The Include Legend checkbox is enabled by default and a chart legend for the data will be included Deselect the Include Legend checkbox to remove the legend Removing the legend can make a chart more readable depending on how many lines of data are included Click OK to save the settings and view the chart Manually Define Individual Device Chart Lines You can manually define individual device chart lines to choose the data for each line individually You can add data from different sections of the data center to the same chart with this option gt To manually define individual device chart lines See Device Chart Settings on page 198 to start the chart configuration In the Chart Settings select Manually define lines to enable the Individual Lines Advanced tab 1 In the Individual Lines Advanced tab select a line in the Lines column By default there is one line called Power IQ that represents the whole system In the Select what you want to see on this line field click the browse button then select the data center node you want to chart on this line Expand or collapse the nodes by clicking the plus and minus signs The name of the node selected displays in the field at the bottom on the dialog Click Select Node to save the line To add more lines click Add then select the line and repeat step 2 to configure it Raritan R
77. the EDM hierarchy a maximum of 350 child objects per parent is recommended For example a Data Center should not have more than 350 Racks under it 109 110 Chapter 8 Data Management Exporting Object Mappings as CSV Data Power IQ can export the existing enterprise model as a CSV file You can edit this file to make additions to your enterprise infrastructure then Import the edited file to update the enterprise model The CSV file can also be used as a template to create additional import files gt To export object mappings as CSV data 1 Inthe Settings tab click Enterprise Relationships 2 Inthe CSV Data Mapping Actions area click Export Relationships Power IQ exports the Enterprise Model as a single CSV file regardless of how many objects it contains If you want to re import a file that contains more than 2500 objects separate them into multiple CSV files Clearing Object Mappings Clearing the mappings erases all enterprise objects and their mappings from the database gt To clear object mappings 1 Inthe Settings tab click Enterprise Relationships in the Data Management section 2 Inthe CSV Data Mapping Actions box click Clear Enterprise Relationships 3 Click Clear all enterprise relationships in the warning message to confirm Viewing the Enterprise Model The Data Centers view is a hierarchical view of your Enterprise Relationship objects To view this display click the Data C
78. the Events List to CSV 0 eccccceceeesceceeeeeceneeeeeaeeeeeee sense saaeeeeaaeeeeeeeseaeeesaeeseaaeseneeeeaas 54 Clear Vents sais ragana kintada anae sagen calene ta cageessaldedey aTa AE aA ASAA Ane TAARNA AAi 54 Automatic Delete of Cleared EVents c ccceccceseeeceeseceeeeeseeeesaeeseaeeseeeeescaeeesaeeeeneeseaees 55 Enable or Disable Event Notifications cccceeeeceeeeenneeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeseeaaeeeeeeaeeeeseaas 55 Event Fuse Handling 0c sceteccecnecteccseetcadegne ete sdueeteegeceeenessiea tetsececetegeass tesdeagenteacaesindsuanesteceues 58 Configuring Proxy Connections to Power IQ cceccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeceaeeeeaaeseneeeseaeessaeeeeeeseenees 58 Configuring PDU Display Settings View PDUs by IP or Name 0 ceccceeeeceeeeeeeeeteeeeteeeeeeeees 59 Customizing Your View of PDUs Devices and Event cccccccseeeeeesseeeeeeenaeeesesnaeeeeessaeeeeeeaas 59 Chapter 5 Dashboard 61 viewing the DaSNDO ANC ioiii EEE sil eens tinea mated Adalat 61 SHARING aA DASNOO SNC issena ang ceetete davese case than deve ata a a a NE A Eaa Ea 62 Setting the Dashboard Layout cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeee seas eeeeaeceeeeeseeeeseaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeessaeeseeeseeneees 63 Configuring Widgets cccccccccceeseeeeeeeceeeeesaeeeeaeeseeeeeceaeeeeaaesaeaeescaeeeseaeseeaaesgaeeeseaeeeeaesseaeeseeneess 64 Active Events WidQet cccecseececeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeceeaaeeeseeaeeeseeaeeeseeseeeeeeneeaeseen
79. the racks The Smart PDU view contains five sections Energy Trends PDU Elements Readings Details Event Listing Configure PDU Details Smart PDU View The Configure PDU Details button on the Smart PDU view opens a dialog for accessing the classic PDU Details page and editing for user permissions on this PDU gt 1 2 To access PDU details configuration Click the Configure PDU Details button In the dialog that appears Click the View PDU details link to open the PDU Details page See Viewing a PDU on page 129 View and change the roles and permissions assigned for users of this PDU See Assign Roles within a Data Center on page 84 for more details Raritan Chapter 9 Smart Rack View and Smart PDU View Click Add Role to gt Add User Role or Add Role to gt Add Group Role Adding a Group Role will give permissions selected to all users in the group Select the user or group who needs permission to this PDU Select the role to allow in the Roles list Click OK Configure Rack Details Smart Rack View The Configure Rack Details button on the Smart Rack view opens a dialog changing the rack name location external key and capacity and editing for user permissions on this rack gt To access rack details configuration 1 Click the Configure Rack Details button 2 Inthe dialog that appears Enter anew rack name location external key or capacity See Set a Capa
80. to a CSV file 1 Inthe PDUs tab choose Activities gt Outlet Naming 2 Click the export link Management Power IQ can receive SNMP traps from supported PDUs and display them as events You can also enable notifications so that Power IQ sends an email message for specific events User Permissions for Event Management You must have the Event Manager role to view the Events tab See Assign Roles to a User on page 81 Prepare PDUs for Power IQ Event Management Power IQ receives and displays supported events in the Events tab and sends notifications if enabled You must configure PDUs to send the supported SNMP traps to Power IQ SNMP v1 and SNMP v2 trap types are supported See Supported Events on page 34 PDU trap names differ by vendor so Power IQ maps the trap names to common event names to highlight the common traps across PDUs 33 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Supported Events Power IQ supports the following events from supported PDUs See the vendor name for supported events APC see APC Supported Events on page 34 APC Netboiz see APC Netbotz Supported Events on page 35 Aphel see Aphel Supported Events on page 36 Avocent see Avocent Supported Events on page 36 Baytech see Baytech Supported Events on page 36 Cyberswitching see Cyberswitching Supported Events on page 37 Geist see Geist Supported Events on page 38 Geist EM see Geist EM Supported Events
81. use case For example you need to manage remote PDUs over a WAN Network latency or bandwidth do not work well with the default SNMP settings resulting in a large number of SNMP timeouts that show up as LostComm state PDUs The SNMP agent on the PDU is not responding to requests The PDU s processor may be busy handling other tasks and is temporarily unable to respond to SNMP requests 15 16 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Advanced Thread Pooling Settings Warning The configured thread pool settings determine how many Power IQ resources are allocated to polling PDUs The default settings are designed to work for most use cases and should not need to be changed If you are experiencing performance issues related to polling Raritan Technical support can work with you to determine if changing the thread pool settings will be beneficial Warning Do not change these settings without the guidance of Raritan Technical Support e Enable dynamic thread pool sizing Determines if dynamic thread pool sizing is enabled default true e Threads per core If dynamic sizing is disabled this value will be used to calculate thread pool size default value 10 This parameter affects poller operation when dynamic thread pool sizing is enabled or disabled e Dynamic thread pool size Dynamically calculated ideal thread pool size default 0 e Maximum CPU utilization Target CPU utilization for polling PDUs default 80 e
82. 1 Setup Show setup of external sensor Humidity AE7A00021 1 Serial Humber AEN A00021 Type Humidity Sensor Id 1 Sensor llame Humidity AEI7400021 Location X 0 Location Y 0 Location Z Rack Units 0 Rack Uni C U Thresholds lower upper hysteresis critical non critical non critical critical fi is M M ra x 5 Configure the upper and lower thresholds for numeric sensors mV m Raritan a Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs The Upper Critical and Lower Critical values are points at which the Raritan PX considers the operating environment critical and outside the range of the acceptable threshold Once critical the sensor reading must drop below the Upper Non critical or raise above the Lower Non critical value before the Raritan PX considers the environment to be acceptable again Note Only numeric sensors have the threshold settings A discrete on off sensor such as a contact closure sensor does not have threshold settings so the Thresholds panel is unavailable 6 If necessary change the default hysteresis value in the Thresholds panel To disable the hysteresis type 0 zero To enable the hysteresis type a non zero value which must meet the rules described in the table Threshold Criterion Upper critical threshold Larger than or equal to the following formula upper non critical threshold hysteresis Upper non crit
83. 2 14 14 24 647 INFO DefaultUDPTransportMapping 127 0 0 1 0 onResponse got an exception varbind for S P EE 11S 742 401 22d 561 error SNMP ERROR NO SUCH OBJECT 2011 05 12 14 14 24 647 INFO DefaultUDPTransportMapping 127 0 0 1 0 onResponse got an exception varbind for IES E o 14S AZ A 2 2s de BG a2 error SNMP ERROR NO SUCH OBJECT 2011 05 12 14 14 24 647 INFO DefaultUDPTransportMapping 127 0 0 1 0 onResponse got an exception varbind for 1 3 6 124 1 13742 4 1 2 2 1 56 3 error SNMP ERROR NO SUCH OBJECT 2011 05 12 14 14 24 647 INFO DefaultUDPTransportMapping 127 0 0 1 0 onResponse got an exception varbind for 123 6 1 4 0 13742 24012202 215624 error SNMP ERROR NO SUCH OBJECT 2011 05 12 14 14 24 647 INFO DefaultUDPTransportMapping 127 0 0 1 0 onResponse got an exception varbind for 1 360 124 1213742 421 222 1556 9 error SNMP ERROR NO SUCH OBJECT 2011 05 12 14 14 24 647 INFO DefaultUDPTransportMapping 127 0 0 1 0 onResponse got an exception varbind for 1 3 6 1 4 1 13742 4 1 2 2 1 56 6 error SNMP ERROR NO SUCH OBJECT 2011 05 12 14 14 24 647 INFO DefaultUDPTransportMapping 127 0 0 1 0 onResponse got an exception varbind for 1 3 6 1 4 1S 742 24 2 e222 BOLT error SNMP ERROR NO SUCH OBJECT 2011 05 12 14 14 24 648 INFO DefaultUDPTransportMapping 127 0 0 1 0 onResponse got an exception varbind for 1336 1242 0213742 4 1 2 2 1 56 8 error SNMP ERR
84. 210 for details about open port requirements for support connections to Raritan Technical Support Ports Open Between Power IQ and PDUs e Port 161 UDP Required for all PDUs e Port 162 UDP Required for Dominion PX PDU traps to be sent to Power IQ e Port 443 TCP Required for Dominion PX PDU firmware upgrades performed through Power IQ e Port 623 UDP Required for Dominion PX PDUs Standard IPMI communication port Ports Open Between Clients and Power IQ e Port 443 TCP allows the web interface e Port 5432 TCP allows ODBC access Optional e Port 22 SSH allows Raritan technical support to log into the shell e 80 HTTP insecure connection to the web UI that immediately forwards to 443 HTTPS e 111 rpcbind Chapter 3 Connecting to Power IQ Raritan Connect to Power IQ using a web browser on any machine on the network In the browser s address bar enter the IP address or hostname assigned to Power IQ For example httos 192 168 1 10 Answer yes to any security alerts and accept all certificates If this is your first time connecting to Power IQ you must upload your license and accept the End User Licensing Agreement before logging in If this is not your first time connecting to Power IQ skip to step 4 Licenses are LIC files Repeat this step to add incremental licenses if needed Note Your license file can be retrieved from the Raritan web site after you have activated your reg
85. 211 Liebert Supported Events 34 42 Limitations of Dynamic Plugins 184 Link Database Tables in Microsoft Access 217 218 Loading Power IQ onto the Virtual Machine 2 277 Index Maintenance Tasks 179 Manage Configuration Files 29 Manage Event Notifications for Users 57 Manage Firmware Versions 209 Managing Environmental Sensors 147 149 157 Manually Define Individual Device Chart Lines e 199 200 MRY Supported Events 34 42 Multi Inlet PDU Readings xi 126 N Naming Environmental Sensors 130 131 Naming Individual Outlets 30 Naming Outlets in Bulk with CSV Files 30 33 O Object Types and their Hierarchy 103 Obtain Active Power and Apparent Power Data for a PDU With IP Address 66 214 208 92 257 Obtain Active Power and Apparent Power for an IT Device With Name 258 ODBC Access 9 92 100 214 ODBC Client Configuration 215 ODBC Configuration and Sample Query for Apple Users xi 262 OID Variables and Format 187 188 Open Port Requirements 5 Open Ports for Graceful Shutdown 170 174 Opening the Smart Views 116 Outlet Attributes 186 Outlet Control Values 186 Overall PDU Health 66 204 Overview of the Enterprise Model 101 P PDU Attributes 186 PDU Components 185 PDU Connectivity Health Statuses xi 20 132 PDU Connectivity Lost and Restored Events 52 PDU Elements Smart Views xi 121 167 PDU Healt
86. 258 Report Maximum Power Reading for Each IT Device Since Added to Power IQ 259 Finding All Entities in a Rack 20 0 ececceceecccceessecceeeeeeeeeeeeseceeeeeaeceeesneaaeeseeeceaeseeeaseesneeeseneaes 261 ODBC Configuration and Sample Query for Apple Users cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeetaeeeeeeeeaees 262 Download and Install ODBC Client Driver for Mac ceecceeeesteeeeeesteeeeesseeeeesneeeenes 262 Download and Install Microsoft Query for Mac included in Office 2011 v14 1 2 262 Allow Your Mac to Access Power IQ Vid ODBC ccccccccceteceeeesneeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeesaeeeeneaas 263 Add Power IQ as an ODBC Information Source to your Mac c cceeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeetees 263 Create Database Connection in Excel cccccccccceeeeeeceeeeceeeeeceaeeeeaeeseneeescaeessaeeeeeeeeeaees 268 Formulate a Database Query 0 cccccceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeecaaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseeeeeeeeess 270 Appendix B Frequently Asked Questions 274 SECUILY QUESTIONS acea aan E AENEON ERARA NEAN REENER ENEAN RER 274 PDU QUOSTIONS srren EEE ENNER EAN EEREN 274 Index 275 X Z Raritan Raritan What s New in the Power IQ Help The following sections have changed or information has been added to the Power IQ User Guide based on enhancements and changes to the software and or user documentation Configuring Polling Intervals on page 7 Recommended Polling Intervals on page 8 Configure Raw Sensor Readi
87. 36 port 7 10 29 2010 6 00 00 AM JAD SRV 136 port 7 10 29 2010 7 00 00 AM JAD SRV 136 port 7 10 29 2010 8 00 00 AM JAD SRV 136 pot7 10 29 2010 9 00 00 AM BLADE CHASSIS 1 10 27 2010 10 00 00 AM BLADE CHASSIS 1 10 27 2010 10 00 00 AM BLADE CHASSIS 1 10 27 2010 10 00 00 AM BLADE CHASSIS 1 10 27 2010 11 00 00 AM BLADE CHASSIS 1 10 27 2010 11 00 00 AM BLADE CHASSIS 1 10 27 2010 11 00 00 AM BLADE CHASSIS 1 10 27 2010 12 00 00 PM 10 27 2010 12 00 00 PM RLADF CHASSIS 1 1079010 12 0N NN PM Record 4 J 146 gt Leif of 1866 5 Raritan i Appendix A ODBC Access Group hourly outlet readings per IT device ELECT List of all Devices with all readings for all utlets Name List of all Devices with all readings for ll outlets Time Sum List of all Devices with all eadings for all outlets MaximumActivePower AS umOfMaximumActivePower ROUP BY List of all Devices with all readings for all tlets Name List of all Devices with all readings for 1 outlets Time RDER BY List of all Devices with all readings for all 260 utlets Name gt S O a S FROM List of all Devices with all readings forall outlets G 0 a O O E Microsoft Access Summation per Device of hourly readings Select Query EG Bile Edit View Insert Format Records M E OBIGRAY Sa ml 3 lt 1 GV 1 a6 gt ox E Name Time Sum fMaximumActivePower JAD SRV 136 port 7
88. 3b123f8 669e 4007 97bf ca9d85c431f8 Raritan Technical Support uses his number to identify your support connection Raritan a Chapter 17 Support and Licensing Stop a Support Connection Once Raritan technical support has finished using the support connection you can stop it Stopping the support connection will close the SSH connection from your Power IQ device to poweriq access raritan com gt Stop a support connection 1 Inthe Settings tab click Get Support in the Appliance Services section 2 Click Stop Save Support Logs If you have trouble creating a support connection the support logs may help Technical Support find the problem gt To save support logs 1 Inthe Settings tab click Get Support in the Appliance Services section 2 Click Save then save the file using the dialog that appears Licensing Power IQ requires a license Licenses allow you to add a certain number of PDUs to Power IQ You may need more than one license file to be allowed to add your full number of PDUs View Licenses The licenses that you have uploaded to Power IQ are available to view gt To view licenses 1 If you have not already done so get a Power IQ license file by contacting Raritan Customer Support 2 Inthe Web Client click Administration gt Settings The Settings page opens in a secondary browser window Click Product Licensing in the Application Administration panel Click Add in t
89. 7 05 Raritan Appendix A ODBC Access Report Maximum Power Reading for Each IT Device Since Added to Power IQ To obtain the maximum power reading for an IT device since it was added to Power IQ three queries are needed These sample queries group data by device name This assumes that device names are unique If your device names are not unique use IT Device ID for grouping 1 Query for all devices with all readings for all outlets 2 Group per device per hour all outlets of a device and sum up the outlet usage 3 Find the maximum power per device of the total power consumption gt List all outlet readings for all devices SELECT odbc_ITDevices Name odbc_PDUOutletReadingsRollup Time odbc _PDUOutlets PDUOutletsID odbc_PDUOutletReadingsRollup MaximumActivePower FROM odbc_ITDevices odbc _PDUOutlets odbc_PDUOutletReadingsRollup WHERE odbc_PDUOutletReadingsRollup RollupInterval 1 AND odbc_PDUOutletReadingsRollup OutletID odbc_PDUOut lets PDUOutletsID AND odbc_PDUOutlets ITDeviceID odbc_ITDevices ITDev iceID ORDER BY odbc_ITDevices Name odbc_PDUOutletReadingsRollup Time odbc _PDUOutlets PDUOutletsID E Microsoft Access List of all Devices with all readings for all outlets Select Query ES Eile Edit view Insert Format Records Tools Window Help a AA RIE TAR 4a 9 21 At Ys AYIA gt DA eame i at MarimumnActireP awer JAD SRY 1
90. AirflowWarning envUnderAirflowWarningClear envOverAirPressureCritical envOverAirPressureCriticalClear envOverAirPressureWarning envOverAirPressureWarningClear Raritan Raritan Dominion PX Supported Events Event description Air Pressure Under Critical Threshold Air Pressure Under Warning Threshold Rittal Supported Events Rittal Supported Events Event description Inlet Current Upper Critical Threshold Inlet Current Upper Critical Threshold Cleared Inlet Current Lower Critical Threshold Inlet Current Lower Critical Threshold Cleared Inlet Voltage Upper Critical Threshold Raritan Trap name thresholdAlarm or externalSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or externalSensorStateChange Trap name alarm Unit1 alarmUnit2 alarmUnit3 alarm Unit4 alarm Unit1 alarmUnit2 alarmUnit3 alarm Unit4 alarmUnit1 alarmUnit2 alarmUnit3 alarm Unit4 alarm Unit1 alarmUnit2 alarmUnit3 alarm Unit4 alarm Unit1 alarmUnit2 alarmUnit3 alarmUnit4 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Common event name envUnderAirPressureCritical envUnderAirPressureCriticalClear envUnderAirPressureWarning envUnderAirPressureWarningClear Common event name inletCurrentUpperCritical inletCurrentUpperCriticalClear inletCurrentLowerCritical inletCurrentLowerCriticalClear inletVoltageUpperCritical 49 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Rittal Supported Events Event descr
91. CISCO SX 179 PORT 3 Record ul af 7 gt ifr of 35 Finding All Entities in a Rack The following query shows all the entities such as IT Devices and PDUs contained in a specific rack The example uses Rack 4 1 Retrieve the EDMNodes id for a rack with Rackld 4 oculan gt select id from EDMNodes where edm_entity_type Rack and edm_entity_id 4 id 14 1 row 2 Use the EDMNodes id 14 to retrieve entities contained under this rack oculan gt select EDMNodes FROM EDMNodes EDMNodes AS parent where EDMNodes id parent id AND EDMNodes Ift gt parent Ift AND EDMNodes rgt lt parent rgt AND parent id 14 ORDER BY EDMNodes Ift The table shows a sample custom report 5E Raritan i 262 Appendix A ODBC Access ID Lft Rgt EDM_Entity Type EDM _Entity_ID Created_at 11 16 48 257348 11 16 48 257348 04 11 16 48 274988 11 16 48 274988 04 1 4 5 Device 3 2009 06 19 0 2 6 T Device 4 2009 06 19 0 3 8 9 Device 5 2009 06 19 11 16 48 276324 11 16 48 276324 04 0 ODBC Configuration and Sample Query for Apple Users This section contains instructions for configuring ODBC and creating custom reports for Apple users These instructions apply to the following Apple products 1 Mac OS 10 7 x or higher These instructions were tested in Lion 2 Microsoft Excel 2011 The sample report provides the Max Min Avg power consumption of every rack in the data center
92. Data Center on page 167 and Scheduling Power Control on page 168 Create a Device Group gt To create device groups for power control 1 Make sure power control and scheduled power control is enabled See Enable or Disable Power Control on page 166 and Configure Power Control Options on page 166 In the Devices tab select the devices you want to add to the group Click Add to Device Group gt Create a new device group In the Create a new device group dialog enter a name for the group then click Create device group Raritan Raritan 5 Chapter 12 Power Control The group is created and the selected devices are added A success message displays Click View device group to open the device group details where you can set the default power control delays and sequence of devices for power control operations See Configure the Power Control Settings for a Device Group on page 177 Add Devices to an Existing Device Group Once groups have been created you can add devices to the group in the Devices tab 1 2 In the Devices tab select the devices you want to add to the group Click Add to Device Group and the list of groups that have been created displays beneath the Create a new group option Select the group you want to add the devices to Add Devices to a Group in the Data Centers Tab You can add one device or all devices within a data center row rack and so on to a
93. InletReading DallyRoOMNUPS xs csccicccecteces chs nect te eeteded i cteace tedidcaak nats NENA EEEE 225 PDUInletReadingMOnthlyROWMUPS csccccsieccc sei ences th cedeceasdeoteeededesti ects theedediasdensiseesedaatiee 227 PDURGACINGS E E EE E E E nets tetedietaniaccaaebeeasteree 229 PDUO tetReadinNg S serinin ds Real Med a aa E aa Naiak 229 PDULINGREAGINGS oice xsi csteczecetedeniecteaeebocidc oid EEEE EAEE ARE EAEE EEEE 231 PDUCircuitBreakersReadings cnisia Mie adnate a aaa ik 232 PDUSensorReadiNGS oinnia aa aa aaa adari 232 PDUOutletReadingsRollup To Be Deprecated cccecccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeees 233 PDUO tletReadingHourlyRo lUS siaaa aaoo 235 PDUOutletReadingDallyROlups ainiin aaan aaiaa ea taaak 236 PDUOutletReadingMonthlyROMUPS csicccecisceveseeaceensssnendenenadacedsinecdentiagevereerandtesancytveoaess 238 PDUReadingsRollup To Be Deprecated jaz iccic ciccctees cocsseeecccectes Aeeatenedeuatiensedaneentecacten dees 240 PDULineReadingsRollup To Be Deprecated ccccceeeecccceeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeenenes 241 PDULineReading Hourly Rollup ccs ecccctets ceseensccatets seceeeseeietee i 242 PDULineReading Dally RONUPS vies stecevetines aatiennaater eerie aera ed 243 PDULineReading Monthly ROMUDS vciivecsccden ey cescaterdeueneriecdieeene dete tier eatindanenie aed 244 PDUCircuitBreakerReadingsRollup To Be Deprecated ccceeecceeeeeeeeteeeeteeeeeeeees 245 PDUCircuitBreakerReadingHourlyROllups
94. MP system attributes uses the following structure There is one PDU per line row CSV Import Templates are also available at http www raritan com support power iq Note The following PDUs have manufacturer limitations that affect renaming via SNMP Outlet and system attribute naming is not available via SNMP for Avocent or Geist PDUs Outlet naming via SNMP is not available for Tripp Lite PDUs or the Eaton Pulluzi model PDU The standard Eaton model does support outlet naming System attribute naming via SNMP is not available for Baytech PDUs Names for Servertech PDUs cannot contain spaces Setting SNMP system attributes is not available for Dominion PX versions lower than 1 3 Baytech Eaton Geist Liebert or Avocent PDUs Leave these fields blank for those PDUs e The first column is an IP address identifying a PDU e The second column is the Proxy Index value Leave this value blank if the PDU does not support or is not using this configuration You cannot change the Proxy Index value via CSV import See Proxy Index Details on page 24 e The third column is the SNMP SYS_CONTACT value Optional e The fourth column is for the SNMP SYS_NAME value Optional e The fifth column is for the SNMP SYS_LOCATION value Optional e Each value column following the SYS_LOCATION represents an outlet on that PDU Outlets start at 1 and increase sequentially with each column These values indicate only what is changed by the naming operat
95. MS sccchicaicscettves covet aatcncenan deve aa a aadA A EA ES 162 unavailable State cies oeteeaaigceictian cenekeenaceieenin deve AEA EEE EAE aces AE ae cites eee 163 MOMA LAL ts ease teas see ee cara ANE A dee ea cee Sn E oe geese E 163 valarmed Stale gctce tas ee seleaaigetict an EE EEA EEE ee AEE 164 OK LAL ees eee say age ne e cites used suse AA st deve ees seeuis eaceabste sec E E 164 Pelow lower critical State access cczeseetacetnin deve einai a NEE EA aE aaa 164 below lower non critical State sss secaxsesacceersn devevesaccentstacexissee nedecuaaceneieee aces teenedessreaeesiiee eed 164 ADOVE UPPEr non critical State sccveceesaceeesin ceveveras conten dace see nedbevaaceneseeeaceatennceeeareneeiiees ieee 165 ADOVE UDPEF critical State wicccss Aetescenaceten an devateeeecetean cesses acgbehae deanna nceatebnceeasseencdiiees eee 165 Chapter 12 Power Control 166 Enable or Disable Power Controls cictin dint iiitin ae Wein aa hele 166 Gontigure Power Control Options sissa ead ae Ale Minidisc aaa 166 Control Power to Outlets in a Data Centel ciccii cciac eatin cideiee dec iesdcterdicdaa dedistesdidiaccens 167 Control Power to Devicesin a Group wisjtiniekihi ana hacee Al a a aaien 168 Scheduling POwWer Control cess sc2seacatecin se deveuecistcnetuin seve deenacepbeancctvueesoceuelencerussaaueeieeaacdevertereyiebecueel 168 View Power Control Task RESUS iscccccceusinteveceransentssndesesses nestdeaacenessea aces tennceeeacaeceeareen ck 169
96. NTER ROOM FLOOR or AISLE as a parent RACK The rack object type This object can have a DATA_CENTER ROOM FLOOR AISLE or ROW as a parent DEVICE The IT Device object type This object can only have a RACK as a parent Two objects represent outlets and Power Distribution Units OUTLET The outlet object type This object can only have a DEVICE as a parent PDU The PDU object type This object represents PDUs that do not have outlet level metering and are unable of communicating device specific data to the system A model does not necessarily have to contain all object levels For example a model could include Device Exchange Server has a Rack IT Rack 1 as its parent object Rack IT Rack 1 has a Data Center IT Data Center as its parent object Room Server Closet could never have Rack IT Rack 1 as a parent An object can only be mapped to a larger parent object 103 104 Chapter 8 Data Management Importing Object Mappings The most efficient way to create or add to an enterprise model is to import the objects and their mappings These mappings are imported as one or more Comma Separated Value CSV files Additional CSV files append to the Enterprise Data Model except when objects are duplicated in the CSV files In the case of duplicates the last uploaded object updates the previous entries If an Enterprise Data Model already exists you can click Export Relationships under CSV Data Mapping
97. OR NO SUCH OBJECT 2011 05 12 14 14 24 648 WARN SnmpUtils oid SnmpUtils oid SnmpUtils oid SnmpUtils oid SnmpUtils oid Snmputils oid SnmpUtils oid Snmputils oid PollScheduler Scheduler 10 Pool fiber09 SnmpOutletCollector collect failed to retrieve data for mapping symbol outlet_active power 191 Chapter 14 Appliance Administration gt Add PDU fails with error Application Error or PDU connectivity is Application Error The dynamic plugin encountered an unexpected error that it cannot recover from while attempting to add the PDU to Power IQ The PDU health shows as Critical in this case if the PDU is added Check PDUs Added with Dynamic Plugins After you add a PDU using a dynamic plugin you should check the data collected to verify accuracy gt 1 2 To check PDUs added with dynamic plugins In the PDUs tab click the PDU link The PDU details page opens Examine the page to verify that all the data you created mappings for is available If you do not see data you expected check your mappings Check power measurement values to make sure that multipliers were entered correctly If you see issues check all mappings and the log file to troubleshoot To access the dynamic plugins log In the Settings tab click Dynamic Plugins in the Appliance Administration section Click View Log View PDUs Using a Dynamic Pl
98. Raritan provided phone cable Raritan PX sensor hub O Raritan environmental sensors If there are any Raritan air flow sensors attached make sure that sensor faces the source of the wind such as a fan in the appropriate orientation as indicated by the arrow on that sensor Note The temperature and humidity sensors are compatible with all Dominion PX models with these prefixes DPXS DPXR DPCS DPCR PX 5nnn PX 4nnn and PX 3nnn where n is a number 140 Z Raritan Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs Connecting Environmental Sensors to a PX2 To enable the detection of environmental factors around the Dominion PX connect one or more Raritan environmental sensors to the Dominion PX device The maximum distance for all sensor cabling plugged into the product s sensor port should not exceed 30 meters 100 feet Contact Raritan Technical Support if you have questions You can connect up to 16 environmental sensors to a Dominion PX device by using a Raritan sensor hub Note that a Raritan environmental sensor usually contains more than one sensor For example a DPX T2H2 counts as 4 sensors anda DPX T3H1 counts as 4 sensors Warning For proper operation wait for 15 30 seconds between each connection operation or each disconnection operation of environmental sensors gt To directly connect one or multiple environmental sensors e Plug the connector of the environmental sensor into the SENSOR port
99. Settings tab click Enterprise Relationships in the Data Management section of the page The Orphaned Systems information is in the top right section of the page that opens See the table for explanations and possible action required Outlets Mapped Outlets Not Mapped The number of PDUs that are The number of PDUs that are PDU mapped to a parent object such as mapped to a parent object Mapped a rack and have at least one such as a rack but do not outlet mapped to an IT device have any outlets mapped to IT devices No action is required No action is required The number of PDUs that are not The number of PDUs that are PDU Not mapped to a parent object such as not mapped to a parent object Mapped a rack but have 1 or more outlets such as a rack and have zero mapped to IT devices outlets mapped to a device Action required Action required If you have unmapped PDUs If you have unmapped you must assign them to a PDUs you must assign parent object for analytics to them to a parent object for perform correctly analytics to perform correctly See Find and Map Unmapped PDUs on page 113 See Find and Map Unmapped PDUs on page 113 Raritan Raritan Chapter 8 Data Management Find and Map Unmapped PDUs There are several ways to find unmapped PDUs so that you can map them to parent objects in the Enterprise Data Model All PDUs must be mapped to a parent object such as a rack PDUs that are not properl
100. Threshold Outlet Power on off 44 Trap name outletSensorStateChange outletSensorStateChange outletSensorStateChange outletSensorStateChange outletSensorStateChange outletPoleSensorStateChange outletPoleSensorStateChange outletPoleSensorStateChange outletPoleSensorStateChange outletPoleSensorStateChange outletPoleSensorStateChange outletPoleSensorStateChange outletPoleSensorStateChange powerControl Common event name outletVoltageUpperCritical outletVoltageUpperCriticalClear outletVoltageUpperWarning outletVoltageUpperWarningClear outletVoltageLowerCritical outletVoltageLowerCriticalClear outletVoltageLowerWarning outletVoltageLowerWarningClear outletCurrentUpperCritical outletCurrentUpperCriticalClear outletCurrentUpperWarning outletCurrentUpperW arningClear outletCurrentLowerCritical outletCurrentLowerCriticalClear outletCurrentLowerWarning outletCurrentLowerWarningClear outletVoltageUpperCritical outletVoltageUpperCriticalClear outletVoltageUpperWarning outletVoltageUpperWarningClear outletVoltageLowerCritical outletVoltageLowerCriticalClear outletVoltageLowerWarning outletVoltageLowerWarningClear outletPowerOn utletPowerOff Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Raritan Dominion PX Supported Events Event description Circuit Breaker Current Upper Critical Threshold Circuit Breaker Current Upper Warning Threshold Circuit Breaker Current Lower Critical T
101. U fails with error Unmanageable or PDU connectivity is Unmanageable The wrong PDU System OID or the wrong PDU Model OID is specified in the dynamic plugin e Dynamic Plugin Log file excerpt sample when PDU System OID is wrong 2011 05 12 13 44 40 394 INFO DiscoverTask 192 168 100 100 PduDiscovery supportsSystemObjectId target sysObjectId 1 3 6 1 4 1 13742 4 2011 05 12 13 44 40 450 INFO DiscoverTask 192 168 100 100 PduDiscovery supportsSystemObjectId no dynamic plugin capable of managing PDU w sysObjectID 1 3 6 1 4 1 13742 4 e Dynamic Plugin Log file excerpt sample when PDU Model OID is wrong 2011 05 12 12 23 36 836 INFO DefaultUDPTransportMapping 127 0 0 1 0 SnmpUtils onResponse got an exception varbind for oid 1 3 6 1 4 1 13742 4 1 1 120 0 error SNMP ERROR NO SUCH OBJECT 2011 05 12 12 23 36 836 WARN DiscoverTask 192 168 100 100 PduDiscovery getModelName failed to retrieve model nam 2011 05 12 12 23 36 837 INFO DiscoverTask 192 168 100 100 PduDiscovery discover Model Name not Found gt Information on PDU details page is wrong or missing If adding the PDU is successful but information on the PDU details page is missing or wrong an incorrect OID for outlet active power may be specified in the dynamic plugin for example e Dynamic Plugin Log file excerpt sample when Outlet Active Power is wrong Raritan Z Raritan Chapter 14 Appliance Administration 2011 05 1
102. Warning inletVoltageUpperWarningClear inletVoltageLowerCritical inletVoltageLowerCriticalClear Raritan Raritan Dominion PX Supported Events Event description Inlet Pole Voltage Lower Warning Threshold Env Temperature Upper Critical Threshold Env Temperature Upper Warning Threshold Env Temperature Lower Critical Threshold Env Temperature Lower Warning Threshold Relative Humidity Upper Critical Threshold Relative Humidity Upper Warning Threshold Relative Humidity Lower Critical Threshold Relative Humidity Lower Warning Threshold Raritan Trap name thresholdAlarm or inletPoleSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or externalSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or externalSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or externalSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or externalSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or externalSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or externalSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or externalSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or externalSensorStateChange Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Common event name inletVoltageLowerWarning inletVoltageLowerWarningClear envTemperatureUpperCritical envTemperatureUpperCriticalClear envTemperatureUpperWarning envTemperatureUpperWarningClear envTemperatureLowerCritical envTemperatureLowerCriticalClear envTemperatureLowerWarning envTemperatureLowerWarningClear envHumidityUpperCritical envHumidityUpperCritica
103. ach server to be shutdown Login can include letters digits underscores dots and hyphens Enter the appropriate credentials for the account specified in the Login field See Basic Configuration for SSH Shutdown on page 174 for more details on authentication The following options are valid a Password and Password Confirmation b Private Key c Private Key and Passcode and Passcode Confirmation In the Command field enter the command See Sample SSH Shutdown Commands on page 175 for examples Click Add Enable Graceful Shutdown for an IT Device Enable graceful shutdown for an IT Device if you want Power IQ to send a shutdown command that you configure to a server before powering it off You must add the shutdown commands before enabling graceful shutdown See Add Shutdown Commands on page 171 gt 1 To enable graceful shutdown for an IT device In the Data Centers tab select a device that requires graceful shutdown to be enabled Make sure the IP address for the device is completed in the IP Address field Expand the Graceful Shutdown section of the IT Device details page and select the Graceful Shutdown checkbox Select the command to send to the server from the Shutdown Command list You must add commands to Power IQ before selecting a command here See Add Shutdown Commands on page 171 In the Shutdown Wait field enter the number of seconds Power IQ should wait for the shutdown to compl
104. al Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Notes Average voltage reading during rollup interval Minimum voltage reading during rollup interval Maximum voltage reading during rollup interval Average current reading Amps during rollup interval Minimum current reading Amps during rollup interval Maximum current reading Amps during rollup interval Average Power factor reading during rollup interval Minimum power factor reading during rollup interval Maximum power factor reading during rollup interval Average active power Watts reading during rollup interval Minimum active power Watts reading during rollup interval Maximum active power Watts reading during rollup interval Average apparent power VA reading during rollup interval Minimum apparent power VA reading during rollup interval Raritan Raritan Field MaxApparentPower VoltAmpHours WaittHours Type Real Real Real Appendix A ODBC Access Notes Maximum apparent power VA reading during rollup interval Maximum of the cumulative volt amp hour meter readings over the rollup interval Maximum of the cumulative watt hour meter readings over the rollup interval PDUInletReadingMonthlyRollups Field Type PDUInletReadingsRollu Bigint pID PDUID InletID InletNumber Time Voltage MinVoltage MaxVoltage Current MinCurrent Integer Integer
105. al and sample interval should not be set to the same time period Set the polling interval to a longer time period than the sample interval For example 30 minute polling interval with a 10 minute sample interval See Configuring Polling Intervals on page 7 4 Click Save Poller Settings External Sensor Data from Raritan PX Raritan PX model PDUs version 1 6 and higher support buffered data for external sensors For Raritan PX model PDU versions earlier than 1 6 external sensor data is not recorded at the sample interval when Buffered Data Retrieval is enabled The external sensor data is recorded at the polling interval See Buffered Data Retrieval on page 11 Raritan Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Advanced Polling Settings WARNING Advanced Polling Settings including Advanced SNMP Settings and Advanced Thread Pooling Settings should only be used with Raritan Technical Support guidance or by expert users Changes to these values can negatively affect Power IQ performance or result in loss of data If you have PDUs in the Lost Comm state changing the default SNMP settings may help Do not proceed without Raritan Technical Support guidance See Troubleshooting Lost Communication Status in PDUs on page 15 for details on possible causes See Advanced SNMP Settings on page 14 for details on the settings 13 14 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Advanced SNMP Seitings
106. an also manually create an archive of the system configuration by clicking Create at any time gt To download the system configuration backup file 1 Inthe Settings tab click Data Backups in the Data Management section The Data Backups page opens 2 Select a backup entry from the list and click its name to download the backup file to your computer Create a System Configuration Backup File Power IQ creates a daily backup file You can create a new backup file at any time gt To create a system configuration backup file 1 Inthe Settings tab click Data Backups in the Data Management section Raritan Chapter 8 Data Management 2 Inthe Backup Archives box click Create The file is created and added at the top of the list Restoring System Configuration Backups Restoring a system configuration backup file returns Power IQ s configuration to the settings captured when the backup was made Note If you restore a backup containing an SSL security certificate that is different from the one currently installed on the system the progress bar for Restoring the system and restarting will not complete This happens because the browser will not accept any messages from Power IQ until you establish a secure connection using the restored certificate Start a new browser session and you can log into the system once the former certificate has been restored gt To restore a system configuration 1 Inthe S
107. apacity in the Capacity kW field On the Data Center level first expand the Ratings and Settings section to find the Capacity field Note For the Rack level click Configure Rack Details in the Smart Rack view to find the Capacity field See Configure Rack Details Smart Rack View on page 117 3 Click Save Capacity Gauge Widget The capacity gauge widget shows how much power a selected node of your data center has consumed over a specified time period The gauge shows a tick mark for minimum maximum and average power consumed during the time period The dial points to the real time active power reading gt To configure the capacity gauge widget 1 Inthe Dashboard tab click the icon in the upper right corner of the page The Report Configuration dialog appears Raritan Chapter 5 Dashboard 2 Drag and drop the Capacity Gauge widget icon into a row See Setting the Dashboard Layout on page 63 for details Click the Settings icon Enter a name in the Title field In the Show field click the browse button then select the data center node whose power consumption you want to show in the dial Expand or collapse the nodes by clicking the plus and minus signs The name of the node selected displays in the field at the bottom on the dialog Click Select Node 6 Inthe Period field select the time period of power consumption to include in the dial 7 Click Save The widget is added to the dashboard
108. are Power IQ Analytics 195 What is an Enterprise Model Object 101 What s New in the Power IQ Help xi What s the difference between 199 201 When Will Graceful Shutdown Abort e xi 176 280 Raritan Raritan gt U S Canada Latin America Monday Friday 8 a m 6 p m ET Phone 800 724 8090 or 732 764 8886 For CommandCenter NOC Press 6 then Press 1 For CommandCenter Secure Gateway Press 6 then Press 2 Fax 732 764 8887 Email for CommandCenter NOC tech ccnoc raritan com Email for all other products tech raritan com gt China Beijing Monday Friday 9 a m 6 p m local time Phone 86 10 88091890 Shanghai Monday Friday 9 a m 6 p m local time Phone 86 21 5425 2499 GuangZhou Monday Friday 9 a m 6 p m local time Phone 86 20 8755 5561 gt India Monday Friday 9 a m 6 p m local time Phone 91 124 410 7881 gt Japan Monday Friday 9 30 a m 5 30 p m local time Phone 81 3 3523 5991 Email support japan raritan com gt Europe Europe Monday Friday 8 30 a m 5 p m GMT 1 CET Phone 31 10 2844040 Email tech europe raritan com United Kingdom Monday Friday 8 30 a m to 5 p m GMT Phone 44 0 20 7090 1390 France Monday Friday 8 30 a m 5 p m GMT 1 CET Phone 33 1 47 56 20 39 Germany Monday Friday 8 30 a m 5 30 p m GMT 1 CET Phone 49 20 17 47 98 0 Email rg support raritan com gt Melbourne Aus
109. area inside the region created by plotting the thresholds for these data points are recommended by ASHRAE to be safe and energy efficient zones of operation for a data center There are two ASHRAE envelopes available for display in Power IQ based on recommendations issued by ASHRAE in 2004 and in 2008 You can also create a custom region to display on the chart in addition to ASHRAE regions See Create a Custom Region gt ASHRAE 2004 Envelope The ASHRAE 2004 recommended operating envelope is a rectangular area with the following coordinates e 20 Celsius 68 F 40 RH e 20 Celsius 68 F 55 RH e 25 Celsius 77 F 40 RH e 25 Celsius 77 F 55 RH gt ASHRAE 2008 Envelope The ASHRAE 2008 recommended operating envelope is a pentagon shaped area with the following coordinates e 18 Celsius 64 4 F 42 RH e 18 Celsius 64 4 F 60 RH e 22 7 Celsius 73 F 60 RH e 27 Celsius 80 6 F 49 RH e 27 Celsius 80 6 F 25 RH Raritan Raritan Chapter 5 Dashboard View Sensor Data Point Details On a cooling chart the data points for your sensors display as green points You can verify whether the points are inside the recommended region you chose to display The cooling chart allows you to view the details of each data point and access the associated PDU details page Note If more than one sensor has the same reading the points will appear stacked so that 2 points appear to be 1 Hover the mous
110. aritan Chapter 15 Analytics 4 To filter a line to a more granular level select the line in the Lines column then enter your criteria in the fields in the Filter by Device Properties section For example to configure a chart that includes 1 line per rack or row for a certain customer add 1 line for each rack or row then enter the name of the customer in the Customer Name field of each line The text in the Name field displays as the line name in the legend of the chart when legends are enabled Select the Auto Name checkbox to allow the name to configure automatically based on the criteria of the line Deselect the Auto Name checkbox to enter a name manually Click the Chart Settings tab to finish the other chart configurations See Device Chart Settings on page 198 Click Save What s the difference between Pasi and Last time periods A Past measurement indicates the selected period of time up to the current moment For example If you view a device chart on Tuesday and the period is set to Past Week the chart includes data from last Tuesday through this Tuesday A Last measurement indicates the most recent completed period of time For example If you view a device chart on Tuesday and the period is set to Last Week the chart includes data from last Sunday through last Saturday The chart shows the last full week 201 Chapter 15 Analytics Device Chart Measurements Device charts can be confi
111. arized hourly in a PDUCircuitBreakerReadingsRollup view and the circuit breaker readings in this view are purged Field Type Notes PDUCircuitBreakerReadin Integer Unique ID for each reading gsID PDUID Integer Foreign key reference to PDUs table CircuitBreakerNumber Integer Circuit breaker number on the PDU CircuitBreakerlD Integer Foreign key reference to PDUCircuitBreakers table Time Timestamp with Local timestamp Timezone CurrentAmps Real Current value in Amps UnutilizedCapacity Real Available amps remaining on this circuit breaker MaxCurrentAmps Real Maximum amps drawn on the circuit breaker MinCurrentAmps Real Minimum amps drawn on the circuit breaker PDUSensorReadings The PDUSensorReadings view shows the data collected from PDU sensors A data record is added for each sensor polled This data is summarized hourly in a PDUSensorReadingsRollup view and the sensor readings in this view are purged Field Type Notes PDUSensorReadingsID Integer Unique ID for each reading SensorID Integer Database ID of the sensor as seen in PDUSensors Raritan Raritan Appendix A ODBC Access Field Type Notes Time Timestamp with Local timestamp when Timezone the reading occurred Value Real Sensor value MinimumValue Real Minimum sensor value over the sample period Applies to devices with data buffering enabled MaximumValue Real Maximum sensor value over the sample period Applies to devices with data buffer
112. at display to enter the credentials To delete previous credentials for either SNMP version select the Delete SNMP privacy credentials checkbox Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks For SNMP version 1 2c PDUs enter an SNMP Community String that has at least READ permissions to this PDU Use an SNMP community string that has both READ and WRITE permissions to the PDU to enable power control outlet renaming and buffered data retrieval Re enter the string in the Community String Confirm field For SNMP version 3 PDUs enter the Username and select an Authorization Level The authorization levels are noAuthNoPriv No Authentication Passkey No Encoding Passkey authNoPriv Authentication Passkey No Encoding Passkey authPriv Authentication Passkey Encoding Passkey a Depending on the Authorization Level selected you must enter additional credentials for Authorization and Privacy b Authorization Protocol Select MD5 or SHA c Enter the PDU s Authorization Passkey then re enter the passkey in the Authorization Passkey Confirm field d Privacy Protocol Select DES or AES e Enter the PDU s Privacy Passkey then re enter the passkey in the Privacy Passkey Confirm field 6 PDU Phase When Power IQ can detect the phase the Automatic option is selected and the phase displays For example Automatic determined to be single phase When a PDU does not report phase the Ignore
113. ate orientation as indicated by the arrow on that sensor Raritan 144 Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs Contact Closure Sensors Raritan s contact closure sensor DPX CC2 TR can detect the open and closed status of the connected detectors switches This feature requires the integration of at least a discrete on off detector switch to work properly The types of discrete detectors switches that can be plugged into DPX CC2 TR include those for e Door open closed detection e Door lock detection e Floor water detection e Smoke detection e Vibration detection Raritan does NOT produce most of the above detectors switches except floor water sensors When using third party probes you must test them with Raritan s DPX CC2 TR to ensure they work properly Important Integration and testing for third party detectors switches is the sole responsibility of the customer Raritan cannot assume any liability as a result of improper termination or failure incidental or consequential of third party detectors switches that customers provide and install Failure to follow installation and configuration instructions can result in false alarms or no alarms Raritan makes no statement or claim that all third party detectors switches will work with DPX CC2 TR Raritan has changed the design of contact closure sensors and made new contact closure sensors available for sale since the 4th quarter of 2012 Both ol
114. aved Power IQ adds an error message to the audit log gt To name environmental sensors 1 Inthe PDUs tab click the link for a PDU with sensors 2 Scroll down to the Reading section All attached sensors display in a list 3 Double click the name in the Sensor Label column then enter the new name Press Enter or click in a blank area of the page to submit the name A status dialog appears When the name change is complete a success message displays Click OK Z Raritan Raritan Chapter 10 Viewing PDUs Viewing Sensor Information Sensor information appears in the classic PDU details page for the PDU the sensor is connected to You can also view humidity and temperature sensor information in the Smart Rack view in the Data Centers tab See Energy and Environmental Trends Smart Views on page 117 For details on configuring sensors connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs see Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs on page 139 gt To view sensor information in the PDU Details page 1 Inthe PDUs tab click the link for the PDU the sensor is connected to The PDU details page opens 2 Scroll down to the Readings section The sensor readings are in the External sensor readings box See Naming Environmental Sensors on page 130 for details on changing sensor labels See Specify Inlet Outlet or Outside Air Location for Environmental Sensors on page 130 for details on changing sensor location
115. ccess Use Microsoft Access to create links between the Power IQ database tables you want to query See Correlated Fields in ODBC Tables on page 218 for details on which Power IQ tables can be linked These instructions refer to Access 2003 Other versions may vary gt To link database tables in Microsoft Access Note You only have to link database tables once in Microsoft Access and the links are retained You do not have to repeat this task each time you want to create queries or run reports 1 Choose File gt New then select Blank Database Name the file and click Create In the dialog that appears Tables is selected by default in the Object list Click New 4 Select Link Table and click OK In the dialog that appears select ODBC Databases in the Files of type list 6 Inthe dialog that appears click the Machine Data Source tab select the ODBC driver you installed and click OK 7 A list of all ODBC tables appears Select the table you want to link and click OK 8 Select the unique record identifier for the table and click OK The unique record identifier is typically the first item in the list See the table details in this guide to check See Power IQ ODBC Schema on page 218 9 The linked table appears in the list Repeat these steps to add other tables you want to query 10 Identify the relationships between the linked tables a Choose Tools gt Relationships b Select all the tables in th
116. ceaeeeeaaeseaeeceaeeesaaeseeaaeseaeeeseaeeseaaeseeneeseaees 176 Add Devices to an Existing Device Group c ccceceeeeeeceeceeceneeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeesnaeeeeeeeeeeeeeaas 177 Add Devices to a Group in the Data Centers Tab ccecccccececsnececeesteeeeeseaeeeeecsaeeeeneaes 177 Configure the Power Control Settings for a Device Group csseeeeeseeseeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 177 Remove a Device from a Group ccceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeecaaeeeeaaeeeeeeeseaeeeseaeeseeeeennees 178 Raritan Contents Set a Different Power On Delay for a Device 0 cece cece ceeneeeecee cee eeeeaeeeseeeeeaeeeseaesesaaeeeeneeeeaees 178 Chapter 13 Maintenance Tasks 179 Downloading Daily Sensor Readings sst siesdesecctavtevshendia iecangeiadies cejadeeactinnedaienn aaa 179 Upgrading Power IQ Firmware oc eie cist cea cetescns agasan ea a a eE EE 180 Shutting Down and Restarting Power Qatar ce ceri scteee cre cesnees ncetge tn N 180 ACCESSING AVAL LOG Seerpi E N 181 Chapter 14 Appliance Administration 182 Allow HTML Widgets on Dashboard eecceceeceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeseneeeeeseneeeeeseneaeeeeeeeaees 182 Display a Logo on Every Page ccsccccecseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeaneeeeesneeseeneneesesseneeseeseneeseeneeaeeeennes 182 Configuring the System ClOCK ccceccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeecaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaaeeseaeeseneeeseaeeesaeeeeeeseaees 183 Configuring NTP Server Settings c cccccceeeceeceeee
117. cene 100 Configuring Data Rollup Retention Raritan Power IQ performs periodic roll ups During a roll up the values over that period are averaged and stored along with the minimum and maximum values that were measured As time passes the stored roll up data itself is rolled up into larger sets of data Raw data measurements are rolled up every hour and 24 hourly roll ups are rolled up every day and so on Data does not have to be purged immediately after a roll up occurs For example raw data is rolled up every hour but a set of raw data can still be made available five hours later You can configure how long Power IQ retains each level of data Ideally you should adjust the data retention periods before adding PDUs to Power IQ management You should also revisit these settings after adding a large number of PDUs Note Power IQ collects a lot of data Keeping this data for long periods of time consumes large amounts of storage space and may affect performance If you need long term access to the raw poll data you should download daily sensor readings regularly See Downloading Daily Sensor Readings on page 179 Before making any changes to this configuration enter your settings in the data storage calculator to ensure adequate database capacity Improper configuration may result in data loss Access the data storage calculator by clicking the link on the Settings gt Data Rollup Retention page in Power IQ gt To
118. ch reading Foreign key reference to PDU Circuit breaker number on the PDU Foreign key reference to PDUCircuitBreakers table Local timestamp for the first day of the month over which the rollup was calculated Lowest current Amps reading during rollup interval Maximum current Amps reading during rollup interval Average current Amps reading during rollup interval Lowest unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval Maximum unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval Average unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval Raritan Raritan Appendix A ODBC Access PDUSensorReadingsRollup To Be Deprecated Note This table will be deprecated soon It is recommended to stop using it and use the new PDUSensorReadingsHourlyRollups PDUSensorReadingsDailyRollups and PDUSensorReadingsMonthlyRollups tables If you experience any performance issues move to the new tables The PDUSensorReadingsRollup view summarizes the sensor readings power data over the roll up interval Hourly roll ups are rolled up once a day Daily roll ups are rolled up once a month When data is rolled up shorter interval roll up entries in the PDUSensorReadingsRollup view are purged Field Type Notes PDUSensorReadingsRollu Integer Non unique ID for each pID reading SensorID Integer Database ID of the sensor as seen in PDUSensors RollupIinterval Integer 1 one hour 2 one day 3 one month Time
119. ch select the appropriate sensor type in the Binary Sensor Subtype field Contact The detector switch is designed to detect the door lock or door open closed status Smoke Detection The detector switch is designed to detect the appearance of smoke Raritan Raritan 6 7 9 10 Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs Water Detection The detector switch is designed to detect the appearance of water on the floor Vibration The detector switch is designed to detect the vibration in the floor Type a new name in the Name field Describe the sensor s location by assigning alphanumeric values to the X Y and Z coordinates See Describing the Sensor Location on page 160 on page 153 Note When the term Rack Units appears inside the parentheses in the Z location field indicating that the Z coordinate format is set to Rack Units you must type an integer number If the selected environmental sensor is a numeric sensor its threshold settings are displayed in the dialog Click Edit or double click the Threshold Configuration table to adjust the threshold deassertion hysteresis and assertion timeout settings To enable any threshold select the corresponding checkbox To disable a threshold deselect the checkbox After any threshold is enabled type an appropriate numeric value in the accompanying text box To enable the deassertion hysteresis for all thresholds type a numer
120. city on page 68 for details on this field View and change the roles and permissions assigned for users of this rack See Assign Roles within a Data Center on page 84 for more details Click Add Role to gt Add User Role or Add Role to gt Add Group Role Adding a Group Role will give permissions selected to all users in the group Select the user or group who needs permission to this rack Select the role to allow in the Roles list Click OK Energy and Environmental Trends Smart Views The Smart Rack view and Smart PDU view both contain large trend charts at the top of the page gt To change the trend chart settings 1 Atthe bottom of the trend charts section select the readings and time period to include in the fields 2 Trend minimum maximum or average readings Not available for past hour readings 3 For the past hour day week month Raritan m Chapter 9 Smart Rack View and Smart PDU View Energy and Environmental Trends Details Smart Rack view shows Energy and Environmental Trends in charts The first and last data points in the trend are shown at the left end of the chart The minimum and maximum values in the trend are shown at the right end of the chart e Environmental sensor charts Temperature one chart per sensor Humidity one chart per sensor e Total Active Power for all devices and PDUs in the rack g Energy and Environmental Trends gt 0 012 0
121. click New Virtual Machine in the Command box Choose Custom Click Next Enter a name for the virtual machine Click Next Choose a Datastore with at least 160GB of free space available Click Next You may need to select the Virtual Machine Version depending on your host Select the version Click Next Select Linux for the Guest Operating System then select CentOS 64 bit if available from the Version drop down If CentOS 64 bit is not available select Other Linux 64 bit Click Next Set the number of virtual processors to 1 2 or 4 depending on the size of your configuration See Virtual Machine Requirements on page 1 Click Next Adjust the amount of memory allocated for the virtual machine using the specifications on the DVD box as a guideline for your license size Click Next Set the number of NICs to one or two If there are two NICs one can be used for external access to the web interface and the other can be used as a private LAN for communication with the PDUs and other data center devices In either case make sure Connect at Power On is checked and leave all other settings at default Click Next Select LSI Logic for the SCSI Controller Click Next 12 13 Select Create a new virtual disk Click Next Set the Disk Capacity to 160GB minimum Select a disk provisioning option Select Store with the virtual machine Click Next Leave all advanced options at default Click Next Select the E
122. configure data rollup retention 1 Inthe Settings tab click Data Rollup Retention in the Data Management section 2 Start with the Retain raw data row Use the drop down lists in that row to select how long Power IQ should keep this raw data 97 98 Chapter 8 Data Management Data Backups 3 Inthe Retain hourly averages of data row configure how long hourly roll ups are stored 4 Inthe Retain daily averages of data row configure how long daily roll ups should be stored 5 Inthe Retain monthly averages of data row configure how long monthly roll ups should be stored by Power IQ Power IQ creates a daily system configuration backup file You can download the files to another location Downloading System Configuration Backup Files on page 98 To automatically download daily backup files setup a remote storage location See Configuring Remote Storage of Archive Files on page 99 You can also create a new system configuration backup file at any time See Create a System Configuration Backup File on page 98 If needed you can use a backup file to restore your Power IQ to an earlier backed up configuration See Restoring System Configuration Backups on page 99 Downloading System Configuration Backup Files The configuration of your Power IQ is backed up and archived once each day Administrators should periodically copy these backup files to an external server for redundancy purposes Note You c
123. cord events on Power IQ Recorded events include new users configuration changes and failed login attempts gt To configure logging through Syslog 1 Inthe Settings tab click Server Settings in the Appliance Administration section 2 Inthe Syslog Destinations box click Add then type the IP address of a Syslog server in the Syslog server address field This must be in the form of a numeric address 3 Click OK The server appears on the list of Current Syslog Destinations gt To stop a syslog server from recording events e Select the checkbox next to the server you want to remove then click Remove Configuring Polling Intervals At each polling interval Power IQ collects data from PDUs under its management gt To configure the polling interval 1 Inthe Settings tab click Power IQ Settings in the Appliance Administration section Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks 2 Inthe Polling Settings box select a time period from the Polling interval drop down list The time period indicates how much time passes before Power IQ starts a new polling cycle 3 Click Save Poller Settings Note When managing a large number of PDUs you may need to configure a longer time period for the polling interval Setting a longer time period helps ensure that all PDUs are polled within a given cycle A warning message appears if Power IQ is unable to poll all PDUs within the configured time period See
124. d Double CO2Factor Double CoolingFactor Double CustomField1 VarChar 255 CustomField2 VarChar 255 ExternalkKey VarChar 255 Appendix A ODBC Access Notes For example 19 5 19 30 hours Time of day peak hours end CO2 computational factor Cooling factor for data center A user defined field A user defined field The unique code used by the Enterprise Model to identify this data center Floors The Floors view contains information about Floor objects as part of the Enterprise Relationship Model The fields in this view correspond to the item attributes in the model Field Type FloorlD Integer Name VarChar 255 Externalkey VarChar 255 Notes Auto generated ID Human assigned name for this Floor object The unique code used by the Enterprise Model to identify this Floor Rooms The Rooms view contains information about Room objects as part of the Enterprise Relationship Model The fields in this view correspond to the item attributes in the model Field Type RoomID Integer Name VarChar 255 Externalkey VarChar 255 Notes Auto generated ID Human assigned name for this Room object The unique code used by the Enterprise Model to identify this Room 253 254 Appendix A ODBC Access Aisles The Aisles view contains information about Aisle objects as part of the Enterprise Relationship Model The fields in this view correspond to the item attributes in the model Field Ty
125. d and new contact closure sensors function in the same manner and the latest PX firmware supports the use of either one See Old and New Contact Closure Sensors for details Configuring a Contact Closure Sensor Before using DPX CC2 TR to detect the contact closure status water smoke or vibration you must determine the normal state by adjusting its dip switch which controls the LED state on the body of DPX CC2 TR A dip switch is associated with a channel gt To adjust the dip switch setting 1 Place the detectors switches connected to DPX CC2 TR to the position where you want to detect a specific environmental situation 2 Uncover the dip switch on the body of DPX CC2 TR Raritan Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs Old DPX CC2 TR 3 To set the Normal state for channel 1 locate the dip switch labeled 1 4 Use a pointed tip such as a pen to move the slide switch to the end labeled N O or N C N O Normally Open The open status of the connected detector switch is considered normal This is the default N C Normally Closed The closed status of the connected detector switch is considered normal For Raritan s water sensors the Normal state should be Normally Open which indicates there is no water detected Adjust the dip switch setting to Normally Open and verify that the LED of the channel where the Raritan s water sensor is connected remains OFF Old DPX CC2 TR Rarita
126. d drop the HTML widget icon into a row See Setting the Dashboard Layout on page 63 for details lt html gt If you don t see the HTML widget icon you must allow HTML portlets See Allow HTML Widgets on Dashboard on page 182 3 Click the Settings icon 4 Enter your HTML code in the HTML field 5 Click Save The widget is added to the dashboard Note If you see unexpected changes in your dashboard after adding an HTML widget you can reset it by disabling HTML portlets in the Settings tab See Allow HTML Widgets on Dashboard on page 182 Raritan 72 Chapter 5 Dashboard Cooling Chart Widget Cooling charts enable you to compare your data center s sensor readings against industry recommendations American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning ASHRAE is an industry consortium that provides guidelines for energy efficient data center operations ASHRAE recommends certain safe and energy efficient operating temperatures and humidity levels This data displays on the psychrometric chart in Power IQ ASHRAE offers two different sets of recommendations one from 2004 and one from 2008 The 2008 recommendations allow for slightly higher temperatures When viewed on the chart ASHRAE refers to these recommended regions of data as envelopes In Power IQ you configure the chart to display your data center s humidity and temperature readings on the same psychrometric chart as ASHRAE s
127. d option is selected You can keep this setting to ignore phase or set the phase manually To set the phase manually either if it cannot be determined automatically or is incorrect select the Manually set to single phase or Manually set to three phase option 7 Ifthe PDU is a Raritan PX enter a valid Username and Password for the PDU in the Raritan PX Credentials section Re enter the password in the Password Confirm field Leave the fields blank to keep using the password already configured If you want to use a blank password select the Delete PX credentials checkbox 8 Click Save Z Raritan 22 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Configure Estimated Voltages Power IQ can estimate Active Power for PDUs that do not directly provide Active Power measurements When voltage is not available from the PDU you can enter an estimated voltage value for the PDU This value will override the default value configured You can change the default inlet and outlet voltage for all new PDUs added to Power IQ See Setting Default Estimated Voltages on page 17 gt To configure estimated voltages 1 Inthe PDUs tab select a PDU then click the Edit this PDU icon LA in the Actions column 2 For three phase PDUs enter the voltages in the Manually Configured Inlet Voltage and Manually Configured Outlet Voltage fields 3 For single phase PDUs enter the inlet voltage in the Manually Configured Voltage field
128. d whose usage you want to view and click Edit 3 The list of IT devices that are using the shutdown command displays below the command details Remove a Shutdown Command from Power IQ When you remove a shutdown command from Power IQ you can assign a different command to the IT devices that were using the removed command Or you can disable graceful shutdown for those devices gt To remove a shutdown command from Power IQ 1 Inthe Devices tab choose Activities gt Shutdown Commands link 2 Select the command you want to remove from Power IQ and click Remove 173 Chapter 12 Power Control 3 If the command is being used by any IT devices a dialog appears an option and click a Select Remove Command from Devices and Disable Graceful Shutdown and click OK to remove the command from Power IQ and not assign a different shutdown command to the IT devices OR b Select Assign Another Shutdown Command to Devices and then select a different shutdown command from the list and click OK to assign a different shutdown command to the IT devices Preparing Servers for Graceful Shutdown Servers must be configured to allow the shutdown commands to run when you enable graceful shutdown from Power IQ Open Ports for Graceful Shutdown Servers that will receive graceful shutdown commands from Power IQ must have the following open ports gt Unix Linux TCP 22 For SSH commands only Custom SSH ports are not
129. dit virtual machine settings before completion checkbox then click Continue Select New CD DVD then select a Device Type option to map the CD DVD drive on the virtual machine Click Finish to save the drive and return to the main dialog Click Finish to create the virtual machine Loading Power IQ onto the Virtual Machine 1 From the tree in the left pane select the Power IQ Virtual Machine Raritan Chapter 1 Installing the Power IQ Application 2 Select the Console tab Click E to power up the virtual machine After a few moments the Power IQ kickstart page opens lt Raritan When you re ready to take control Power IQ Kickstart Installer POWER IQ INSTALLATION Reu 1 3 4 4 1 Install Power IQ on a hardware appliance 2 Install Power IQ on a UMware virtual machine Type 1 or 2 and press lt ENTER gt 3 Type 2for a VMware installation and press Enter to begin installation Installation takes 20 minutes When it completes press Enter to reboot the Power IQ virtual machine 4 The virtual machine reboots and displays a console prompt Raritan 3 Chapter 2 In This Chapter Configuring Power IQ for Access over Network cccecseceeeeesteeeeeeaes 4 Open Port Requirements Initial Configuration of Power IQ After installing Power IQ you must configure the system for access over the network Note Hardware versions only Connect a keyboard mouse and monitor to the P
130. dows systems 1 Inthe Devices tab choose Activities gt Shutdown Commands The Add New Shutdown Command page opens Click Add Select Using Windows Remote Shutdown and click Next In the Name field enter a name to describe this shutdown command This name appears in the list of shutdown commands to be selected when you enable graceful shutdown for a server See Enable Graceful Shutdown for an IT Device on page 172 5 Inthe Login field enter the username of the account to be authenticated on each server to be shutdown Login can include letters digits underscores dots and hyphens 6 Inthe Password and Password Confirmation fields enter the password for the username in the Login field 7 Inthe Comment field enter the message to display to users of the server when it is shutdown 8 Click Add gt Add shutdown commands using SSH SSH is the most common choice for shutting down Linux Unix or other systems 1 Inthe Devices tab choose Activities gt Shutdown Commands The Add New Shutdown Command page opens Click Add Select SSH and click Next In the Name field enter a name to describe this shutdown command This name appears in the list of shutdown commands to be selected when you enable graceful shutdown for a server See Enable Graceful Shutdown for an IT Device on page 172 171 172 Chapter 12 Power Control In the Login field enter the username of the account to be authenticated on e
131. e Details a Actions v IP Address 192 168 43 125 External Key 192 168 43 125 Name my_device Manufacturer Raritan Model PX 5532 Firmware 1 5 0 10315 Contact System Test Location NC Conf Lab Serial Num AEV8850032 Rated Volta 208V Rated Curr 35 00A Rated VA 12 5kVA Custom Fie Custom Fie SNMP Versi 1 2c POU Type OQR three Phase Belongs to Windows Rack Health Connectivity OK Most recent poll of the target PDU was successful Active events Good No active events e Click the Belongs To link to view the PDU s rack or appropriate parent object in the enterprise data model e Choose Actions gt Edit to open the edit page for PDU credentials See Editing PDUs under Power IQ Management on page 20 e Choose Actions gt Remove to delete the PDU from Power IQ The PDU and all data collected from it are deleted when you remove a PDU Click Remove PDU s and Data to confirm e Choose Actions gt Rescan to poll the PDU e Choose Actions gt SNMP Diagnostics to run SNMP walk on the PDU e Choose Actions gt Launch to open the web interface for Dominion PX PDUs only See Launch the Web Interface for a Dominion PX PDU on page 138 Raritan ve Chapter 9 Smart Rack View and Smart PDU View Event Listing Smart PDU View The Event Listing section of the Smart PDU view shows all events for the PDU e Click an Event link to open the Event details page e Select the checkbox for one or mo
132. e Requirements sccceiicese d deere idenreserg di edeenghutegegss 1 Preparing to Install Power IQ iss ciccsteeutiiee had aretivnn potecaetdeceionaaeess 1 Creating the Power IQ Virtual Machine ccccesseeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 2 Loading Power IQ onto the Virtual Machine cccceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 Virtual Machine Requirements Minimum RAM Datastore CPU Oos VMware Configuration GB GB GHz Number of PDUs 1 49 2 160 ormore 1 CentOS ESX ESXi 64 Bit 50 199 3 160 or more 2 CentOS ESX ESXi 64 Bit 200 or more 4 160 or more 4 CentOS ESX ESXi 64 Bit Preparing to Install Power IQ e Verify that you have the DVD containing the Power IQ ISO file e Verify the datastore has at least 160GB free for a new virtual machine e f you plan to install the virtual machine from the datastore verify that there is also 1 4GB free for the installation ISO file and copy the file from the DVD to the datastore e If you plan to install from a remote server copy the ISO file from the DVD to the server Note The instructions in this guide refer to the vSphere client which is compatible with ESX ESXi 4 0 and higher Raritan Chapter 1 Installing the Power IQ Application Creating the Power IQ Virtual Machine 1 are Nn 14 15 16 Connect to the VMware server using vSphere client Log in as a user that has permission to create start and stop virtual machines In the Summary tab
133. e on page 9 for details See Configuring Polling Intervals on page 7 for details on changing these settings gt Example PX2 with buffered data retrieval e 2 100 outlet metered PDUs e 5 minute sample rate e 30 minute polling interval Or Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks e 3 200 unit metered PDUs e 5 minute sample rate e 30 minute polling interval gt Example Non Raritan PDU without buffered data retrieval e 3 200 unit metered PDUs e 5 minute poll rate Configure Raw Sensor Readings Storage In Power IQ releases before 4 0 0 raw sensor readings collected by Power IQ are automatically stored in daily CSV files which are compressed into ZIP files at the end of each day Power IQ retains a maximum of eight full days of compressed CSV files depending on available disk space Power IQ 4 0 0 is capable of polling at faster rates than older Power IQ releases The more sensor readings that Power IQ collects the more likely it becomes that the disk partition where these CSV files are stored will run out of space This could prevent the Power IQ poller from functioning properly In Power IQ 4 0 0 if you require access to the raw sensor readings in CSV format you must enable this feature Depending on your Power IQ polling configuration such as number of managed PDUs polling interval sample rate Power IQ may not be able to store eight full days of readings In some configurations it may not be possib
134. e Current e Line Voltage Circuit Breaker Attributes e CB Name e CB Current e CB State tripped ok Outlet Attributes e Outlet Name e Outlet Pole Current e Outlet Active Power e Outlet Apparent Power e Outlet State e Outlet Switch Outlet Control Values e Outlet State on e Outlet State off e Outlet Switch on e Outlet Switch off Raritan Z Raritan Chapter 14 Appliance Administration Add a Dynamic Plugin Select the data you want to collect from your PDU and add the OID mapping for it to create the dynamic plugin When adding OID you can use variables to simplify data entry and reduce errors You must use the correct formatting which is validated when you save the plugin See OID Variables and Format on page 188 for details For a full list of available data you can map see Identify the OIDs for Mapping on page 185 gt 1 To add a dynamic plugin In the Settings tab click Dynamic Plugins in the Appliance Administration section Click Add Enter a name to identify this dynamic plugin in the Name field Names must be lowercase letters only Enter a description to identify this dynamic plugin in the Description field Enter the manufacturer of the PDU you want to add using this dynamic plugin in the Manufacturer field In the Use SNMPv1 field select Yes to use SNMPv1 communication Select No to use the default SNMPv2 communication In the following fields enter the value
135. e ID for each Type Integer 229 230 Appendix A ODBC Access Field PDUID OutletID OutletNumber Time CurrentAmps ActivePower ApparentPower WaittHour MaxCurrentAmps MinCurrentAmps MaxActivePower MinActive Power MaxApparentPower MinApparentPower Voltage MinVoltage MaxVoltage PowerFactor MinPowerFactor MaxPowerFactor Type Integer Integer Integer Timestamp with Timezone Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Notes reading Foreign key reference to PDUs table Foreign key reference to PDUOutlets table PDU outlet number Local timestamp Amps drawn by the outlet Active power drawn by the outlet Apparent power drawn by the outlet Cumulative watt hours consumed by the outlet if available for the PDU Maximum amps drawn by the outlet Minimum amps drawn by the outlet Maximum active power drawn by the outlet Minimum amps drawn by the outlet Maximum apparent power drawn by the outlet Minimum apparent power drawn by the outlet Voltage drawn by the outlet Minimum voltage reading Maximum voltage reading Power factor of the outlet Minimum power factor Maximum power factor Raritan Raritan Field VoltAmpHours Type Real Appendix A ODBC Access Notes Cumulative volt amp hours consumed by the outlet if available for the PDU PDULin
136. e Power IQ log Sample SSH Shutdown Commands Resources for information on writing SSH shutdown commands http www unix com man page OpenSolaris 1m shutdown gt Sample Linux command sbin shutdown h now gt Sample OpenSolaris command sudo E usr sbin shutdown y i5 g5 Raritan 175 Chapter 12 Power Control Basic Configuration for Windows Remote Shutdown NetRPC shutdown commands can be used to shutdown Windows machines remotely gt Open ports Open port 445 gt Authentication The Windows Remote Shutdown command requires a user account whose security policy allows shutdowns from a remote system Each server that will receive graceful shutdown commands must accept the user account s username and password gt Windows Server Configuration RPC commands must be enabled on each Windows server that you will shutdown via Power IQ When Will Graceful Shutdown Abort 176 If there is any error between beginning to connect with the server and the server returning from the shutdown script with a non zero code that is no errors in the script then the attempt is marked as failed and the outlet task does not proceed Create Device Groups for Power Control Create a group of devices when you need to perform a power control task on the whole group You can control power to the group manually or by scheduling a power control task to run at a certain time See Control Power to Outlets in a
137. e REVERSE sequence set Remove a Device from a Group gt To remove a device from a group 1 Inthe Devices tab choose Activities gt Device groups Click the device group Name link Select the device you want to remove then click Remove The device is removed from the group but not removed from Power IQ Set a Different Power On Delay for a Device 178 Power IQ will follow the default delay setting for power on sequences unless you specify a different delay setting for a device Delays are for power on sequences only The delay occurs after each power on operation completes 1 Inthe Devices tab click a device group Name link in the Device Groups column The Edit Device Group page opens 2 Select the device in the Devices in This Group list then double click the Power On Delay value and enter a new value in the field Raritan Chapter 13 Maintenance Tasks In This Chapter Downloading Daily Sensor Readings ccccceseeeeeeeeseteeeeseeeeneeeeees 179 Upgrading Power IQ Firmware ccceecceceeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeseaeeeeaaeeseneeees 180 Shutting Down and Restarting Power 1Q ccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 180 Accessing Audit LOS eiccic sicctiest scents thanccdtasl cencexadiides di one iceland ER AEE 181 Downloading Daily Sensor Readings Storage of daily raw readings in CSV files can be enabled or disabled When enabled depending on your configuration Power IQ can store up to 8 day
138. e Web API account is assigned the administrator role This role assignment cannot be changed gt To enable the Web API user account 1 Inthe Settings tab click Other Security Settings in the Security and Encryption section 2 Inthe Web API Settings select the Enable web API user web_api checkbox 3 Inthe Web API user password field and the Confirm password field enter a password The password must follow the requirements selected in Settings gt Password Requirements See Configuring Password Requirements on page 93 4 Click Save Change Web User Session Timeouts You can set Power IQ to log out any web users who have been inactive for a certain period of time gt To change web user session timeouts 1 Inthe Settings tab click Other Security Settings in the Security and Encryption section Raritan Chapter 7 Security and Encryption 2 3 In the User Session Timeout box select a time from the Log users out list The time indicates how long users can remain idle on the Power IQ web interface before being logged out Select Never to disable this feature Click Save Timeout Configuring the Authorization Warning Message The authorization warning message displays on the Power IQ login page You can change the default message gt To configure the authorization warning message Warning Do not use html scripts in the message Some scripts could Ca use the system to lock
139. e list and click Add The tables appear with lists of their fields Resize the tables to view the field names c Link the fields that relate by dragging and dropping a field from one table to the field it relates to in another table See the Microsoft Access help on Define relationships between tables for details Note Fields that have relationships are marked as foreign key relationships in the ODBC schema See Power IQ ODBC Schema on page 218 view the lists of fields See Correlated Fields in ODBC Tables on page 218 for details and an example 217 218 Appendix A ODBC Access Correlated Fields in ODBC Tables To find how tables in Power IQ relate to each other look for the foreign key reference fields in each table The tables are listed in this help See Power IQ ODBC Schema on page 218 gt Example the relationship between the PDUOuitlets table and the PDUs table The PDUOutlets table has a relationship to the PDUs table via the PDUID field in the PDUOutlets table PDUID Integer Foreign key reference to PDUs table See PDUOutlets on page 220 and PDUs on page 218 Both tables contain a field called PDUID Link these fields in Microsoft Access to enable these tables to be queried together See Link Database Tables in Microsoft Access on page 217 Power IQ ODBC Schema Power IQ makes a number of its data views available through the ODBC interface PDUs The PDUs view contains i
140. e mapping Mapping each object to its parent describes a model of equipment and how it is organized to Power IQ Two objects have special relationships Outlet When using a Dominion PX PDU with per outlet metering an outlet object is a single outlet on that PDU Its parent object is an IT Device a Device Object This IT Device is the item this outlet provides power to Using Dominion PX PDUs therefore allows Power IQ to measure the amount of power individual devices consume PDU For PDUs other than Dominion PX a PDU object is a single power distribution unit without per outlet metering Its parent object is a larger organizing object such as a Rack Row Aisle or Room and so on The PDU provides power to this parent object and by extension at least some of the Devices contained within Power IQ can only measure the power consumption at the PDU or parent object s level Raritan Raritan Chapter 8 Data Management Object Types and their Hierarchy There are nine types of objects used From largest to smallest they are DATA_CENTER The data center object type This object has no parent FLOOR The floor object type This object can only have a DATA_CENTER as a parent ROOM The room object type This object can have a DATA_CENTER or FLOOR as a parent AISLE The aisle object type This object can have a DATA_CENTER ROOM or FLOOR as a parent ROW The row object type This object can have a DATA_CE
141. e name of the object e parent_object_type One of DATA_CENTER FLOOR ROOM AISLE or ROW as described previously e parent_external_key The unique identifier for the parent object It can be aname number or any other kind of text This field must be unique to that parent object however many child objects may have the same parent e location an optional field that can be used to identify where rack sits in a row or aisle The Rack model object is similar to the Floor Room Aisle and Row objects The exception is the location value This value is intended to make the rack easier to identify and can be given a location value For example 3rd Rack to indicate the third rack in a particular row It can also use some other identifying trait For example Yellow if the rack has a yellow color Raritan a Chapter 8 Data Management CSV Columns for DEVICE Objects A line that describes a Device object has the following attribute columns in this order e object_type this value is always DEVICE e external_key The unique identifier for this object It can be a name number or any other kind of text This field must be unique e name The name of the data center e parent_object_type This value is always RACK e parent_external_key The unique identifier for the parent rack e customer The customer using this device e device_type The type of device For example exchange server or test unit
142. e over the point to view the details of each stacked point Export the sensor data to view the details of each point in a text file See Export Sensor Data on page 76 gt To view sensor data point details 1 Inthe Dashboard tab locate your cooling chart Hover the mouse over a green data point 2 The sensor data point details display in a pop up Humidity Sensor Label Humidity Sensor Location EDM Hierarchy Rack location Temperature Sensor Label Temperature Sensor Location EDM Hierarchy Rack location 3 Click the green data point The Sensor List for Data Point dialog appears 4 Click a row of data to open the PDU details page for the PDU where the sensor is located Pop up blockers may prevent this page from opening 75 76 Chapter 5 Dashboard Cooling Chart Details How Your Sensor Data is Charted By default Power IQ considers all environmental sensors to be inlet located You can specify a sensor as outlet inlet or outside air located in the PDU details page See Specify Inlet Outlet or Outside Air Location for Environmental Sensors on page 130 For each sensor data point the cooling chart will display the details of the associated humidity and temperature sensors See View Sensor Data Point Details on page 75 Each data point requires two coordinates temperature and humidity For each temperature measurement Power IQ correlates the corresponding humidity value If the same sensor does
143. e roll up interval Hourly roll ups are rolled up once a day Daily roll ups are rolled up once a month When data is rolled up shorter interval roll up entries in the PDULineReadingsRollup is purged Field PDULineReadingsRollupl D PDUID LineNumber InletNumber RollupIinterval Time MinimumCurrent MaximumCurrent AverageCurrent Type Integer Integer Integer Integer Integer Timestamp with Timezone Real Real Real Notes Non unique ID for each reading Foreign key reference to PDU Line number on the PDU Inlet number on the PDU 1 one hour 2 one day 3 one month Timestamp when rollup was created Lowest current Amps reading during rollup interval Maximum current Amps reading during rollup interval Average current Amps 241 Appendix A ODBC Access 242 Field Type MinimumUnutilizedCapacit Real y MaximumUnutilizedCapaci Real ty AverageUnutilizedCapacit Real y Notes reading during rollup interval Lowest unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval Maximum unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval Average unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval PDULineReadingHourlyRollups The PDULineReadingsHourlyRollup view summarizes the line readings power data over the hourly roll up interval Field Type PDULineReadingsRollup Integer D PDUID Integer LineNumber Integer InletNumber Integer Time Timestamp with Timezone
144. e validated Check the Validate and wait for discovery to complete before proceeding checkbox on the Add a New PDU page See Adding PDUs to Power IQ Management on page 18 for details on adding PDUs When you specify validation the PDU will not be added if the credentials are incorrect If you opt not to validate all PDUs will be added and those added with incorrect credentials will trigger an event called PDUCredentialsInvalid When adding PDUs to Power IQ with a CSV file the admin credentials are not validated before the PDU is added When credentials are found to be incorrect an event is logged Power IQ can poll PDUs without the correct credentials You cannot upgrade PDUs or use bulk configuration without the correct credentials Editing PDUs under Power IQ Management Editing a PDU allows you to reconfigure the SNMP community string for a PDU or change the username and password used to access that PDU You cannot edit IP address proxy index or name If these values have changed delete the PDU and re add it gt To edit PDUs under Power IQ management 1 Inthe PDUs tab click a PDU link to open the PDU Details Choose Actions gt Edit Enter an asset tag number or other asset management code in the External Key field Optional 4 Enter data in Custom Field 1 and Custom Field 2 Optional The labels may have been changed in Power IQ to identify these fields 5 Select the SNMP Version Then use the fields th
145. eReadings The PDULineReadings view shows the power data collected from PDU current carrying lines A data record is added for each line polled Single phase PDUs have 1 line Three phase PDUs have 3 lines This data is summarized hourly in a PDULineReadingsRollup view and the line readings in this view are purged Field PDULineReadingsID PDUID InletNumber LineNumber Time CurrentAmps UnutilizedCapacity MaxCurrentAmps MinCurrentAmps Voltage MinVoltage MaxVoltage Type Integer Integer Integer Integer Timestamp with Timezone Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Notes Unique ID for each reading Foreign Key Reference To PDUs table Inlet number on the PDU Line number on this PDU Local timestamp Amps drawn on this line Available amps remaining on this line Maximum amps drawn on this line Minimum amps drawn on this line Voltage for the line Minimum voltage reading over the sample period Applies to devices with data buffering enabled Maximum voltage reading over the sample period Applies to devices with data buffering enabled 231 Appendix A ODBC Access 232 PDUCircuitBreakersReadings The PDUCircuitBreakerReadings view shows the power data collected from circuit breakers on the PDU This view does not contain any data for PDUs that do not have circuit breakers A data record is added for each circuit breaker polled This data is summ
146. eaiiesanngniaridaianairads 134 Configure the Number of PDUs in the Listrier acitd araida 135 Filter the PDUS Listissiiviceccort sii ohbeitecotticc rnnr EE AREARE EERE EEEE EEA EEEE EEEE AEEA AENEAN 136 Export the PDUs List to CSV orrian aaa a aa E a nila dined 137 Launch the Web Interface for a Dominion PX PDU eeecccceeseeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeeneeaeeeensaee 138 SEARCHING TOK PDS vac a aecicee pease na aE ER A REE A EEEE A AEE 138 Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs 139 Hardware Configuration for Sensors on PX1 and PX2 ssssssssssisssrnesrrssrrssrrssrrssrrssrnssenssrnssnns 139 Connecting Environmental Sensors to a PX1 ecceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeeneeeeaees 139 Connecting Environmental Sensors to a PX2 ecceeeceeeesseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceneeeseaeeesaeeseneeseaees 141 Contact Closure Sensor Skinse aiaa raa aaa E Ea 144 5E Raritan Contents Configuring a Contact Closure Sen SON isinisisi insisi gaine 144 Contact Closure Sensor LEDS wi ccs cases tscevtes cagtees agian diatdeded acted sidatdiaaieddinetedidastem 146 Software Configuration for Sensors on PX1 ANd PX2 eeesceeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeseaeeesseeeeeeeeeeaees 147 Configuration for PX1 Environmental SeS Suisiana 147 Configuration for PX2 Environmental S nsors cceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeesaeeeeneeeeaees 155 Sensor Measurement ACCURACY seas ccvtves cedeeccasceeesin cess aade ea a Eaa Ea 162 StatesOf Managed SCMSO
147. eal Real Real Real Real Real Real Notes interval Maximum current Amps reading during rollup interval Average current Amps reading during rollup interval Lowest active power Watts reading during rollup interval Maximum active power Watts reading during rollup interval Average active power Watts reading during rollup interval Lowest apparent power VA reading during rollup interval Maximum apparent power VA reading during rollup interval Average apparent power VA reading during rollup interval Minimum power factor reading during rollup interval Maximum power factor reading during rollup interval Average power factor reading during rollup interval Minimum voltage reading during rollup interval Maximum voltage reading during rollup interval Average voltage reading during rollup interval Raritan Raritan Field WaittHours Type Real Appendix A ODBC Access Notes Maximum of the cumulative watt hour meter readings over the rollup interval PDUOutletReadingHourlyRollups Field PDUOutletReadingsRollup ID PDUID OutletID OutletNumber Time MinimumCurrent MaximumCurrent AverageCurrent MinimumActivePower MaximumActivePower AverageActivePower MinimumApparentPower Type Integer Integer Integer Integer Timestamp with Timezone Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Notes Unique
148. ecankceecdsdi cece tas EEEN EEE 210 LICCNSING E E E E E E E N E ceebeescees 211 Support Connections A support connection allows Raritan technical support to access your Power IQ to diagnose a problem You should open a support connection only when Raritan technical support requests one Prerequisites for Support Connections 1 The Power IQ device must be able to use DNS to resolve poweriq access raritan com The DNS server must be able to do name resolution for external host names 2 The Power IQ device must be able to make an outbound HTTPS request on port 443 to poweriq access raritan com You may have to require your firewall to allow this connection 3 The Power IQ device must be able to make an outbound SSH request on port 22 to poweriq access raritan com You may have to require your firewall to allow this connection Create a Support Connection Make sure your Power IQ device meets the prerequisites before creating a support connection See Prerequisites for Support Connections on page 210 gt To create a support connection 1 Inthe Settings tab click Get Support in the Appliance Services section 2 Click Start A log appears 3 Make sure the final line of the log includes this text support connection initialization complete 4 Contact Raritan Technical Support with your Appliance ID number The Appliance ID number is on the Settings tab in the Appliance Information section For example
149. ed through another PDU the proxy index field should contain the number of the PDU s position For daisy chained systems the proxy index field should be set to the PDU s position within the chain The head end or master system should have a proxy index value of 1 The second system in the chain would have a proxy address of 2 and so on For element managed systems such as PDUs behind a serial proxy the proxy index field should contain the serial port number to which the PDU is attached on the management console Adding MRV PDUs For MRV PDUs make sure you have configured the get and set clients with the same community string and use that community string when adding the PDU to Power IQ Adding Raritan EMX You can add a Raritan EMX to Power IQ the same way you add a PDU All information in this help that refers to PDUs can be applied to EMX with a few exceptions Power IQ collects and displays sensor and asset strip data from a EMX in the same way as other PDUs with attached sensors or asset strips EMX does not have any outlets You cannot upgrade or use bulk configuration for EMX through Power IQ See Adding PDUs to Power IQ Management on page 18 Z Raritan Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Adding Veris Branch Circuit Monitors with Acquisuite Use the Add a PDU function to add a Veris branch circuit monitor BCM connected to a Veris or Obvius Acquisuite modbus to Power IQ See
150. ed amps of the circuit breaker in amps CircuitBreakerRatedAm Integer The rated amps of the ps circuit breaker in amps PDULines Field Type Notes PDULinesID Integer Primary key for the table PDUInletsID Integer Foreign key reference to PDUlInlets table PDUID Integer Foreign key reference to PDUs table LineNumber Integer The inlet line number on the PDU PDvUInlets Field Type Notes PDUInletsID Integer Primary key for the PDUInlets table PDUID Integer Foreign key reference to PDUs table InletNumber Integer The number of the inlet on the PDU InletRatedAmps Integer The rated amps on the inlet PDUInletReadings A PDU can have multiple inlets To get a total reading for the PDU you must to request the values for all inlets on a PDU Field PDUInletReadingsID PDUID Type bigint Integer Notes Unique ID for each reading Foreign key reference to PDUs table 221 222 Appendix A ODBC Access Field InletID InletNumber Time Voltage MinVoltage MaxVoltage Current MinCurrent MaxCurrent PowerFactor MinPowerFactor MaxPowerFactor ActivePower Type Integer Integer timestamp with time zone Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Notes Foreign key reference to PDUInlets table Inlet number on the PDU Local timestamp Voltage at the inlet Minimum voltage reading over the sample period Applies to devices with data b
151. eeeeceeeeeaeseeneeesnnees 162 States of Managed Sensors ccccccccecsseceeeesneeeeesneeeeeesaeeeesesaeeeeeeaaes 162 Hardware Configuration for Sensors on PX1 and PX2 Raritan Connecting Environmental Sensors to a PX1 To enable the detection of environmental factors around the Dominion PX connect one or more Raritan environmental sensors to the Dominion PX device The maximum distance for all sensor cabling plugged into the product s sensor port should not exceed 30 meters 100 feet Contact Raritan Technical Support if you have questions gt To directly connect an environmental sensor Connect the cable of the environmental sensor to the Feature port on the Dominion PX device gt To connect environmental sensors via an optional PX sensor hub 1 Connect a Raritan sensor hub to the Dominion PX device a Plug one end of the Raritan provided phone cable 4 wire 6 pin RJ 12 into the IN port Port 1 of the hub b Plug the other end into the Feature port of the Dominion PX device 2 Connect Raritan environmental sensors to any of the four OUT ports on the hub 139 Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs Raritan sensor hubs CANNOT be cascaded so at most a sensor hub can be connected to each SENSOR port on the Dominion PX device This diagram illustrates a configuration with a sensor hub PP siete A ai e Jie N hy N d i to connected 1 The Dominion PX device
152. eeeeeeeeeeseneeecaaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseneeseaees 183 Configuring the System Clock Manually cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaeeseeeeeseeeeseaeeseneeseaees 184 Dynamic UNS es est aea eters ace ak ce wastes eg nett NAE ENSEN e ENNE NEEESE ENANS E EENE EEEE 184 Limitations of Dynamic PIUGINS cssssionansenceani edt puwdanioessanyes 184 Requirements tor Dynamic PIUGINS xc ccd tasers tines ecengtie A 184 PING 1G MIB FG iciaee a e N NE 185 Identity the OIDs for Mapping ersin ace gdlteceanGbidasese 185 Add a Dynamic PIUQIM zesarea O 187 Check PDUs Added with Dynamic PIUGQINS cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeteaeeesaeeseneeeeaees 192 View PDUs Using a Dynamic PIJIN iscsi scesceveseengd cet scivlaestesicauievecsiialiagarde asian 192 Set Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature cccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeceeeeeeaaeeeeaeeseeeeecaeeeeaaeeseneeseaees 193 Chapter 15 Analytics 194 What are Power IQ Analytics c ccceccceceeeceeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeaaeeeeeeeceeeeeseaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeeenaeeeeeeeeeeeeeaas 195 Adding Reports to the Analytics Page 0 c ceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeseeeeeeseneeeeeseneeeeeseneaeeeseenaees 196 Sharing Reports on the Analytics Page ccccccccceeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaaeeeeeeeseeeeeecaeeesaeeeeaeeseaees 197 Creating a CHAM as sc csseinedetees ceed irnia nae iaa aaia aeaii aaaea TaN aaaeaii 198 Configuring Charts Gessen annan asgi aeii aaaeaii aaia iadaaa e 198 Device Chart Setti
153. eeeeeseaeeeeneeeeneees 207 View Status of Upgrade Plans in Progress s 208 View Completed Upgrade Plans cceccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeeneeeeaes 208 Manage Firmware Versions ccceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeseeeeeesneeeeeenaeeeeeeaa 209 Plan a New Upgrade Raritan Bulk upgrade plans are only applicable to Dominion PX PDUs gt To plan a new upgrade In the PDUs tab choose Activities gt Upgrade Firmware Click Plan a New upgrade The upgrade planning wizard starts Enter a name for the plan and click Continue e oO N A summary of plan options appears at the top of the page Continue adding details of your upgrade plan at the bottom of the page or click the links in the summary list to add details 5 Inthe Choose Firmware Version section you can add a new firmware file or select a previously uploaded firmware file Firmware files are BIN files If the file is zipped unzip and upload the BIN file To add anew file click the Upload a New File tab then click Browse to select the file Enter comments Click Upload The file is automatically selected for the plan To select a previously uploaded file click the Available Files tab then select a file from the list and click Continue 205 206 Chapter 16 Upgrading Dominion PX PDUs 6 10 11 All PX PDUs available for the upgrade appear in a list Select the checkboxes for the PDUs you want to upgrade then click Se
154. eeseeeceeeeeeeceeeseeeceeeeneeeeenees 118 Energy Trends Detail riicieicoaccsecncctiseeecediic natadidectecansdecctavedetastinendatienwediasdeneasensietceceeeh 119 IT Devices Smart Rack VIEW siissticiceiac iid iatneld tidied sili ane ac Mit beetles aeania ieaS 120 PDU Elements lt Smart ViewS iisiceekiadniidindin dedi isan ne AEA ENARE 121 3 Phase PDU Outlet Readings for Raritan PX1 cincs ironisesti 123 PD US With FUSOS sisino eii Ene EEE E EEEN TEREE E NENE 123 Reddings Smart PDU VISW sisscsesscfeceeanscetseann causes n e A A EE AE AEE NE 124 Inlet Readings and Line Readings for Three Phase PDUS ssssseesissrrreriserrseriscerressises 125 MultizlInlet PDU ROACIAGS wa cccetveseressscacsnteceocuns deecuetven caxmactuacweaeis accuse uoewedven senna veboeueee s ceri 126 Details Smat PDU Wi OW esinen A EEA EEEE E E SEE ede oe 127 Event Listing Smat PDO ViGW siosioina a ada aaaea NEE 128 Chapter 10 Viewing PDUs 129 Viewing a PDU saci2edeetisheg seeded oedicecconsteckcvedvsenevertdibeoeiecit beeivd a pecdvad divest acavbleciceeasecdaanebedadeeesdlactedk 129 Specify Inlet Outlet or Outside Air Location for Environmental Sensors s 130 Naming Environmental S nSOrs aiiin aeaa ine daaccied anebestciedaoes 130 Viewing Sensor lnfOrmatlonyiissti tienes aa aaa a il Nania 131 ASSOL SUNS erinnere aaa Ea AA Eaa a aiaiai 131 PDU Connectivity Health Statuses irinin anaeandika ai daaa anian 132 Troubleshooting Connectivity Healthesistiiiinaoinaneiaisnnna
155. eneeenennes 64 Device Chart WidQet c ccccccceccceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeseaeeceaeeeseaeseeaaesgeeeseaeeseaaeedeaaeeeeneeeaas 65 PDU Health Chart Widget cccccceeeesceeeeeeeceeeeeeaeseeeeeseaeeecaaeseeaaeseaneeseaeeseeaeeseaaeeeeeeesaas 65 Capacity Forecast Chart WidQet c cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeesaaeseeeeeseaeessaeeeeeeeeeeeees 67 Capacity Gauge WidGet ceececeesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaaeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeeesaaeseeeeeseeeesiaeeseaeeseereees 68 image VV NA Obici ca cxiecns ds cae tate sagaina esas tn sanctus tare gece tbeuph ATIE ENESENN ARNEE A ESETE tntvaeesinguaee 69 Report Heading Widget cccsccccecescccceeeeeceeeeeeeceeeeneeeeeesaneeeeseeeeeeeneeaeeeeneeaeeesneneeenennes 70 HIME WY NOG CE tes acco tess sad wees ee cients zines aep ainak e tt needs Sedat Aee A ai a nt iaa AAT dafe 71 Cooling Chart Widget 0 cccesceceeeeeeeneeeeeaeeeeeeecaeeeeaaeedeaeeseaeeecaaeeeeaaeseneeseaeeesaaeseeaeesseneess 72 Raritan View Dashboards aS a SIIDGSNOW ceceec cece cece eeeececeeececeaeeeeuceeeessuaueaeeseeeeeeueeaneaeeeeess View Dashboard in Full Screen Mode c ccc cccccecececcecee cece ee ceceecessuaueeeeeeeeseeueeaaaaeeeeess Chapter6 User Configuration Authorization and Authentication Change the Administrator Password cccceeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeeneeseeneess Adding Editing and Deleting USCS acrscancgnianinesnginiiin Add A USET a
156. enters tab Power IQ displays its model of IT devices as a tree of objects From there you can view and change individual objects their mappings and their individual attributes See Smart Rack View and Smart PDU View on page 115 for details on the displays for Rack and PDU objects in the enterprise data model gt To view the enterprise model 1 Expand each Data Center in the left hand column to view the next level of objects it contains If these objects contain smaller objects they can also be expanded 2 Select an object from the resulting tree to view and adjust its details in the main section of the page Raritan Raritan Chapter 8 Data Management gt To add an object to the enterprise model e Click the Add button at the top of the column This adds a new object below if the new object is smaller or after the currently selected object gt To remove or rename an object in the enterprise model e Right click an object in the left hand column to rename it refresh the view or remove it from the tree About Object Values Objects shown in the main section display most of their values A specific object s parent is not displayed here but can be determined by the object they are nested under in the tree to the left The rest of the object s values can be adjusted from this main display These object values are the same values described by the columns in the CSV file Any changes that are saved h
157. erature threshold envLowTempThresholdViolation envTemperatureLowerCritical violated on the probe Low temperature threshold envLowTempThresholdViolationClea envTemperatureLowerCriticalClear violation cleared on the probe red High humidity threshold envHighHumidityThresholdViolation envHumidityUpperCritical violated on the probe High humidity threshold envHigHumidityThresholdViolationCl envHumidityUpperCriticalClear violation cleared on the probe eared Low humidity threshold envLowHumidityThresholdViolation envHumidityLowerCritical violated on the probe Low humidity threshold envLowHumidityThresholdViolationCl envHumidityLowerCriticalClear violation cleared on the probe eared APC Netboiz Supported Events APC Netbotz Supported Events Event description Trap name Common event name Temp Env Sensor High netBotzTempTooHigh envTemperatureUpperCritical Threshold Temp Env Sensor High netBotzTempTooHighRTN envTemperatureUpperCriticalClear Threshold Cleared Temp Env Sensor Low netBotzTempTooLow envTemperatureLowerCritical Threshold Temp Env Sensor Low netBotzTempTooLowRTN envTemperatureLowerCriticalClear Threshold Cleared Humidity Env Sensor High netBotzHumidityTooHigh envHumidityUpperCritical Threshold Humidity Env Sensor High netBotzHumidityTooHighRTN envHumidityUpperCriticalClear Threshold Cleared Humidity Env Sensor Low netBotzHumidityT ooLow envHumidityLowerCritical Threshold Raritan z Chapter 4 Additional Configura
158. ere appear in the CSV file the next time Power IQ exports the relationship model You can change the names of Custom Field 1 and Custom Field 2 for the Data Center Device and PDU objects See Configuring Custom Fields on page 114 Note You cannot use this page to change the parent of an object Changing the relationship of an object must be done through the CSV file See Importing Object Mappings on page 104 For example If a Rack called Test Rack 1 mistakenly has a Row called Sales Row as its parent you cannot use the Data Center view to move it to the row Testing Row Test Rack 1 s parent object type and parent external key values must be adjusted in the CSV file to make this change Viewing Enterprise Relationship Summaries This page provides an overview of the Enterprise Model configured in Power IQ From this page you can see how many objects Power IQ is tracking You can also see if any of those objects are not mapped for reporting gt To view enterprise relationship summaries 1 Click the Settings tab 2 Click Enterprise Relationships The Enterprise Relationship page opens 111 Chapter 8 Data Management View Orphaned Systems Information The Orphaned Systems information shows whether there are any PDUs in Power IQ that are not properly mapped to a parent object PDUs that are not properly mapped cannot be included in Analytics charts gt To view orphaned systems information e Inthe
159. ernal Sensors in the Dominion PX Explorer pane and the External Sensors page opens in the right pane Serial Number 1 PRCO190292 2 PRC0190292 3 AEI7A00022 4 AEI7A00022 Type Channel Name Reading State S Contact On Off 1 On Off 1 normal 6 Contact On Off 2 On Off 2 normal Temperature Temperature 1 25 6 C normal Humidity Humidity 4 59 normal 3 Match the serial number from the tag to those listed in the sensor table Raritan Raritan Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs Managing Environmental Sensors The PX starts to retrieve an environmental sensor s reading and or state and records the state transitions after the environmental sensor is managed The PX device can manage a maximum of 16 environmental sensors When there are less than 16 managed sensors the PX automatically brings detected environmental sensors under management You should only have to manually manage a sensor when it is not under management gt als To manually manage an environmental sensor If the PDU folder is not expanded expand it to show all components and component groups See Expanding the Tree Note The PDU folder is named my PX by default The name changes after customizing the device name See Naming the PDU Click External Sensors in the Dominion PX Explorer pane and the External Sensors page opens in the right pane Select the checkbox of the sensor you want to mana
160. ete before powering off the associated outlet Click Test Connection Power IQ attempts to connect to the device using the selected command If you see a success message click Save If you see an error message click View Log in the dialog to troubleshoot the failure Click Save to save all changes Raritan Raritan Chapter 12 Power Control Disable Graceful Shutdown for an IT Device There are two methods for disabling graceful shutdown for an IT Device gt Remove the IT device from the shutdown command details page 1 Inthe Devices tab choose Activities gt Shutdown Commands 2 Select the shutdown command that you want to disable for the IT device 3 Select the IT device in the Devices Using Shutdown Command list and click Remove 4 Click Yes to confirm The command is removed from the IT device and graceful shutdown is disabled gt Disable graceful shutdown from the Data centers tab 1 Inthe Data Centers tab select a device that requires graceful shutdown to be disabled 2 Expand the Graceful Shutdown section of the IT Device details page and deselect the Graceful Shutdown checkbox 3 Click Save View the IT Devices Using a Shutdown Command View the shutdown command details to see a list of IT Devices using each shutdown command gt To view the IT devices using a shutdown command 1 Inthe Devices tab choose Activities gt Shutdown Commands 2 Select the shutdown comman
161. ettings tab click Data Backups in the Data Management section The Data Backups page opens 2 Inthe Restore a Backup Archive section click Browse then select a backup file 3 Click Upload Power IQ reboots Power IQ is restored to the backup s configuration settings System Configuration Backup File Retention Power IQ retains backup for four days A file older than four days is deleted automatically unless it is the only stored backup file One backup file is always kept regardless of age Configuring Remote Storage of Archive Files Raritan Configure a remote storage server to automatically store your archive files All files that are not being actively written to are automatically stored on the configured server Sensor reading archives are often being actively written to so their storage may be approximately one day delayed Two file types are eligible for automatic remote storage e System configuration archives that is system configuration backup files including daily automatic backups and manually created backups e Sensor reading archive files gt To configure remote storage of backup files 1 Inthe Settings tab click Remote Storage in the Data Management section 99 Chapter 8 Data Management 2 Select the remote storage service type None to stop automatic remote storage Amazon Web Services SCP SFTP FTP 3 Select the checkboxes for the file types you want to automat
162. fault Power IQ uses the following default SNMP settings e Read timeout 5000 milliseconds e Write timeout 5000 milliseconds e SNMPVv3 timeout 20000 milliseconds e Retries 2 Total number of attempts retries 1 The default number of attempts is 3 e Maximum rows per request default 1 This value is used for non Raritan PDUs e Maximum columns per request default 5 This value is used for non Raritan PDUs e Maximum rows per request PX 10 a This value is used for Raritan PDUs Raritan Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Maximum columns per request PX 15 This value is used for Raritan PDUs Troubleshooting Lost Communication Status in PDUs A PDU in LostComm state usually has one of these problems 1 3 The user has configured Power IQ with the wrong community string for the PDU There is a network connectivity issue between Power IQ and the PDU The PDU is powered off or not connected to the network If you have checked and corrected these problems and the status does not change there may be an SNMP setting that is causing the problem These problems are much less common These problems may be solved by changing the SNMP settings but you should only change these settings if you are an expert SNMP user or with Raritan Technical Support s help See Advanced SNMP Seitings on page 14 1 The configured SNMP timeout and retry value are insufficient for your
163. figure Raw Sensor Readings Storage xi 8 9 179 Configure the Number of PDUs in the List 135 Configure the Power Control Settings for a Device Group 177 Configuring a Contact Closure Sensor 144 146 163 164 Configuring Charts 106 114 198 Configuring Custom Fields 56 111 114 Configuring Data Rollup Retention 97 214 Configuring Enterprise Power IQ Settings xi 96 Configuring Environmental Sensors 147 150 154 158 Configuring Event Management 33 Configuring Graceful Shutdown 168 170 Configuring LDAP Authentication 86 Configuring LDAP Authentication Settings 86 87 Configuring Logging through Syslog 7 Configuring NTP Server Settings 183 Configuring ODBC Access to Power IQ 214 216 Configuring Password Requirements 79 93 Configuring PDU Display Settings View PDUs by IP or Name 59 Configuring Polling Intervals xi 7 8 12 19 Configuring Power IQ for Access over Network 4 Configuring Proxy Connections to Power IQ 58 Configuring Remote Access to Database 100 Configuring Remote Storage of Archive Files 98 99 179 Configuring the Authorization Warning Message 96 Configuring the System Clock 183 Configuring the System Clock Manually 184 Configuring Widgets 64 Connecting Environmental Sensors to a PX1 139 Connecting Environmental Sensors to a PX2 141 Connecting to Power IQ 6 212 Contact Closure Sensor LEDs 146
164. g outletCurrentUpperWarning outletCurrentLowerWarning cbTripped Common event name inletCurrentUpperCritical inletCurrentUpperCriticalClear CBCurrentUpperCritical CBCurrentUpperCriticalClear OutletCurrentUpperCritical OutletCurrentUpperCriticalClear Common event name Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Geist EM Supported Events Event description Trap name Common event name Circuit Breaker Current mainChannelDeciAmps01ALARM Thresher Crlieal Event mainChannelDeciAmpsO7ALARM Outlet Current Threshold auxChannelDeciAmps01WARN OutletCurrentUpperCritical Warning event auxChannelDeciAmps32WARN outlet1 AB 1 DeciAmpsWarningT RAP outlet24CA 8DeciAmpsWarningT RA P Outlet Current Threshold Warning Event Cleared Outlet Current Threshold auxChannelDeciAmps01ALARM OutletCurrentUpperCritical Cities Event auxChannelDeciAmps32ALARM outlet1 AB 1 DeciAmpsTRAP outlet24CA 8DeciAmpsT RAP Outlet Current Threshold OutletCurrentUpperCriticalClear Critical Event Cleared Phase Current Threshold totalDeciAmpsPhaseAWarningTRAP _ inletCurrentUpperWarning Warming EVAn totalDeciAmpsPhaseCWarning TRAP Phase Current Threshold inletCurrentUpperW arningClear Warning Event Cleared Phase Current Threshold totalDeciAmpsPhaseATRAP inletCurrentUpperCritical Critical Even totalDeciAmpsPhaseCT RAP Phase Current Threshold inletCurrentUpperCriticalClear Critical Event Cleared Geist V3 Supported Events Geist V3 Su
165. g rollup interval Cumulative volt amp hours consumed by the inlet if available for the PDU Cumulative watt hours consumed by the inlet if available for the PDU Raritan Raritan Appendix A ODBC Access PDUReadings Note This table will be deprecated soon It is recommended to stop using it and use the new PDUInletReadings table See The PDUReadings view shows the raw power data collected from PDUs A data record is added for each PDU polled This data is summarized hourly in a PDUReadingsRollup view and the readings in this view are purged Field Type Notes PDUReadingsID Integer Unique ID for each reading PDUID Integer Foreign key reference to PDU Time Timestamp with Local timestamp Timezone ActivePower Real Active power drawn by PDU ApparentPower Real Apparent power drawn by PDU WattHour Real Cumulative watt hours consumed by the PDU if available for the PDU MaxActivePower Real Maximum active power drawn by PDU MinActive Power Real Minimum active power drawn by PDU MaxApparentPower Real Maximum apparent power drawn by PDU MinApparentPower Real Minimum apparent power drawn by PDU PDUOutletReadings The PDUOutletReadings view shows the raw power data collected from PDU outlets A data record is added for each outlet polled This data is summarized hourly in a PDUOutletReadingsRollup view and the outlet records in this view are purged Field PDUOutletReadingsID Notes Uniqu
166. ge 176 Devices in the group that are configured with graceful shutdown will be shutdown when a power off operation is selected here The configured graceful shutdown delay is used See Configuring Graceful Shutdown on page 170 gt To control power to devices in a group via a scheduled task See Add a Power Control Task on page 169 Scheduling Power Control You can schedule power control for device groups only oe Raritan Z Raritan Chapter 12 Power Control View Power Control Task Results View the results of power control tasks that have been scheduled Note Make sure that power control and scheduled power control are enabled See Enable or Disable Power Control on page 166 gt To view power control task results 1 Inthe Devices tab choose Activities gt View Task Results The Power Scheduling Task Results page opens 2 Click a task name link to view the results Add a Power Control Task Schedule a power control task to control power to a device group at a specified time You can schedule a task that runs only once or that recurs on a regular schedule You must create device groups before you add power control tasks See Create Device Groups for Power Control on page 176 gt To add a power control task 1 Inthe Devices tab choose Activities gt Add New Task The New Power Scheduling Task page opens 2 Select Power On or Power Off If Graceful Shutdown is configured for a
167. ge on the External Sensors page To manage multiple sensors select the checkboxes of all desired sensors Note To identify all detected sensors see Identifying Environmental Sensors on page 156 on page 148 Click Manage If you selected only one sensor the Manage sensor lt serial number gt lt sensor type gt dialog appears where lt serial number gt is the sensor s serial number and lt sensor type gt is the sensor s type Note For a contact closure sensor a channel number is added to the end of the lt sensor type gt There are two ways to manage the sensor To manage this sensor by letting the PX assign a number to it select Automatically assign a sensor number This method does not release any managed sensors To manage this sensor by assigning the number you want to it select Manually select a sensor number Then click the drop down arrow to select a number If the number you selected was already assigned to a sensor that sensor becomes released after losing this ID number 157 158 Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs 6 7 Tip The information in parentheses following each ID number indicates whether the number has been assigned to any sensor If it has been assigned to a sensor it shows that sensor s serial number Otherwise it shows the term unused The manual assignment method is unavailable if you selected multiple sensors in Step 3 Click OK The PX sta
168. gent on the PDU or rebooting the PDU may correct the problem Configure the Number of PDUs in the List You can configure how many PDUs appear at a time in the PDUs list This preference is set per user You can configure the default number of PDUs that appear in the list and you can change the number of PDUs that appear at any time from the PDUs list gt To configure the default number of PDUs in the list 1 Click your user name link in the top right corner of the page next to the Logoff link In the User Information page click the Prefs tab Enter the number of PDUs to list in the Grid Rows field Click Save Raritan 135 Chapter 10 Viewing PDUs gt To change the number of PDUs in the list 1 Inthe PDUs tab select the number of PDUs to display from the number drop down list at the bottom of the page The list refreshes PDU Listings Ada Rescan re Label Name Location Manufacturer Model Firmware Health Actions 66 214 208 91 Sentry3_52055c No Location ServerTech CW 48VY L21 Sentry Sw Good 66 214 208 92 Sentry3_50b49a No Location ServerTech CS 16V1 C20N Sentry Sm Good 192 168 43 73 3 LX 4008T 001AC_t Raleigh Big lab MRV LX 5250 5 3 2 Good 192 168 43 85 in_the_middle Unknown Raritan DPXR8 15 1 4 1 1001 Warning F 192 168 43 89 contact location APC AP7900 v3 7 3 Good id 4 Page 1of7 gt H jd v Displaying PDUs 1 5 of 31 5 10 15 25 50
169. gives power readings in kilowatts enter a multiplier of 1000 to calculate the measurement in watts 11 When you ve finished with mappings click Save Plugin 12 Add the PDU that uses the dynamic plugin See Adding PDUs to Power IQ Management on page 18 See Check PDUs Added with Dynamic Plugins on page 192 OID Variables and Format When creating mappings in Power IQ you can use a variable to represent some OIDs when the number is part of another OID For example many OIDs contain the PDU System OID The following variables are supported OID Variable PDU System OID pdu_system_oid Circuit Breaker Index circuit_breaker_index Inlet Index inlet_index Line Index line_index Outlet Index outlet_index Outlet Pole Index outlet_pole_index gt To use a variable in an OID To use a variable in an OID substitute the variable text for the numbers You must use the curly brackets before and after and the period after the final bracket Follow the examples in the table Raritan Chapter 14 Appliance Administration Full OID without variable substitution OID with variable substitution PDU Name for a PX1 1 3 6 1 4 1 13743 4 1 1 13 0 pdu_system_oid 1 1 13 0 PDU Firmware for a PX1 1 3 6 1 4 1 13743 4 1 1 1 0 pdu_system_oid 1 1 1 0 Outlet Active Power for a PX1 1 3 6 1 4 1 13743 4 1 2 2 1 7 1 2 1 0 pdu_system_oid 1 2 2 1 7 outlet_index Z Raritan Index Mapping Format There are 2 op
170. gured for many kinds of measurements gt gt Power Reading Charts Active Power W Current amp IT Energy kWh CO2 Footprint CO2 Kg IT Energy Cost or other currency Total Energy Including Cooling kWh Total Energy Cost Including Cooling or other currency Temperature Charts Measurement taken as degrees Celsius or Fahrenheit based on system setting in Settings gt Application Settings gt Language and Locale Settings gt Inlet Temperature Outlet Temperature Outside Air Temperature Humidity Charts Measurement taken as percentage humidity gt Inlet Humidity Outlet Humidity Outside Air Humidity Air Flow and Pressure Charts Measurements taken as meters per second for air flow and pascals for air pressure 202 Air Flow m s Air Pressure Pa Raritan Chapter 15 Analytics PDU Health Chart Settings A PDU health chart displays connectivity and event statuses of your PDUs You can configure a PDU health chart on the Analytics tab or on the Dashboard tab gt To configure device chart settings 1 Inthe Analytics tab select a Report The charts contained in the Report open On the chart you want to configure click the Settings icon See Creating a Chart on page 198 for details on adding a new chart OR In the Dashboard tab add a PDU health chart widget then click the Settings icon in the widget See PDU Health Chart Widget o
171. h Chart Settings 195 198 203 PDU Health Chart Widget 64 65 203 PDU Outlet Naming and Setting System Attributes 30 278 PDU Questions 274 PDUCircuitBreakerReadingDailyRollups 247 PDUCircuitBreakerReadingHourlyRollups 246 PDUCircuitBreakerReadingMonthlyRollups 248 PDUCircuitBreakerReadingsRollup To Be Deprecated 245 PDUCircuitBreakers 220 PDUCircuitBreakersReadings 232 PDUInletReadingDailyRollups 225 PDUInletReadingHourlyRollups 223 PDUInletReadingMonthlyRollups 227 PDUInletReadings 221 PDUInlets 221 PDULineReadingDailyRollups 243 PDULineReadingHourlyRollups 242 PDULineReadingMonthlyRollups 244 PDULineReadings 231 PDULineReadingsRollup To Be Deprecated 241 PDULines 221 PDUOutletReadingDailyRollups 236 PDUOutletReadingHourlyRollups 235 PDUOutletReadingMonthlyRollups 238 PDUOutletReadings 229 PDUOutletReadingsRollup To Be Deprecated 233 PDUOutlets 218 220 PDUReadings 229 PDUReadingsRollup To Be Deprecated 240 PDUs 218 PDUs with Fuses 123 PDUSensorReadingDailyRollup 250 PDUSensorReadingHourlyRollup 249 PDUSensorReadingMonthlyRollup 251 PDUSensorReadings 232 PDUSensorReadingsRollup To Be Deprecated 249 PDUSensors 251 Plan a New Rollout 26 28 29 Plan a New Upgrade 205 207 209 Ports Open Between Clients and Power IQ 5 Ports Open Between Power IQ and PDUs 5 134 Po
172. hat this is attached to e pdu_proxy_address If the PDU is in a daisy chained configuration or console server configuration enter the PDU s position number in the chain or serial port number e outlet_number The outlet number on the side of the PDU for this outlet e parent_object_type This value is always DEVICE e parent_external_key The unique identifier for the DEVICE that this outlet serves Power IQ automatically creates Outlet objects when Dominion PX PDUs are placed under its management If you create an Outlet object with a pdu_ip not under Power IQ management the CSV file generates an error CSV Columns for PDU Objects A line that describes an PDU object has the following attribute columns in this order e object_type This value is always PDU e pdu_ip The IP address of the PDU e pdu_proxy_address If the PDU is in a daisy chained configuration or console server configuration enter the PDU s position number in the chain or serial port number e parent_object_type One of DATA_CENTER FLOOR ROOM AISLE ROW RACK as described previously e parent_external_key The unique identifier for the parent object It can be a name number or any other kind of text This field must be unique to that parent object however many child objects may have the same parent You must add all PDUs to Power IQ before you can map them to the Enterprise Data Model Recommended Number of Objects Per Level In
173. hboard Select the checkboxes for the dashboards you want to include in the slideshow Select the first checkbox to automatically select all configured dashboards In the Play Slideshow drop down list select the length of time each dashboard will display in the slideshow before moving to the next dashboard When you select the time the slideshow starts To exit the slideshow Click the Exit full screen mode link in the top right corner or click the Raritan logo View Dashboard in Full Screen Mode You can view the dashboard in full screen mode which removes all other borders and controls gt To view dashboard in full screen mode In the Dashboard tab click the full screen mode icon in the top right corner of the dashboard To exit full screen mode Click the Exit full screen mode link in the top right corner or click the Raritan logo Raritan Chapter 6 User Configuration Authorization and Authentication In This Chapter Change the Administrator Password cccccceeeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeseeeeeeeeeees 79 Adding Editing and Deleting USCIS 0 eecceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeneeeseenaeeeeeenaes 79 Adding Editing and Deleting User Groups ccceeeseeeeeeeeetteeeeneeeee 81 Assign Roles within a Data Center cccccecceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeenaeeeeeeeees 84 Roles and User Access LevVels ccceceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeteaeeeeeeneeeeetnaeeeeneaa 85 Configuring LDAP Authenticati
174. he Licenses section Raritan a 212 Chapter 17 Support and Licensing Use the browse function to locate and add the license file The Licenses list contains all license files that you have uploaded to Power IQ The feature that is allowed by this license Feature Initial A required license to activate Power IQ and set the Type initial PDU capacity allowed Incremental A secondary license type that allows you to add to the initial license s PDU capacity The number of PDUs that you can add to Power IQ under Count this license p Your company name Licensee To view licensing summary Licensing Summary contains information about how many PDUs your combined licenses allow you to add to Power IQ Your company name Customer Name The total number of PDUs allowed by all your licenses PDU License Capacity The number of PDUs remaining that you are allowed to PDU add Licenses Available Add a License File If this is your first time logging in and you need to add a license file see Connecting to Power IQ on page 6 Once you add a license file and log in for the first time you can follow the instructions in this topic to add or remove license files as needed gt 1 To add a license file If you have not already done so get a Power IQ license file by contacting Raritan Customer Support In the Web Client click Administration gt Settings The Settings page opens in a secondary browser wi
175. he PDU health chart widget 1 Inthe Dashboard tab click the icon in the upper right corner of the page The Report Configuration dialog appears Raritan 66 Chapter 5 Dashboard 2 Drag and drop the PDU health chart widget icon into a row See Setting the Dashboard Layout on page 63 for details Click the Settings icon Enter a name for the chart in the Title field in the Basics section In the Data From field select All to include all PDUs in the system in the chart Select Data Center or other section of the data center to filter the next field s selections For example select Racks to filter the Contained In field to include the racks in your system In the Contained In field select the location of the PDUs you want to include in the Health chart In the Options section select the health measurement Select Overall Health to view a health chart that combines connectivity and active events to create an overall health status of the selected PDUs Select Event Health Only to exclude connectivity from the health status Select Connectivity Health Only to exclude active events from the health status Click Save To use the PDU health chart widget See Overall PDU Health on page 204 for details on how health status is determined Click a color coded bar in the graphic to view the list of PDUs with the selected health status The chart will automatically refresh to show t
176. he new health status based on any new and cleared events Click the refresh icon to refresh the chart manually Raritan Chapter 5 Dashboard Capacity Forecast Chart Widget The capacity forecast chart widget tracks maximum active power of a data center Based on the capacity settings the chart displays how many days of supply remain before your data center reaches capacity or it will indicate that you have adequate capacity You must have configured the enterprise data model and have a minimum of 2 days of daily rollup of KW data 30 days of daily rollup data is recommended for more accurate forecasts The capacity field must be set for the data center node selected Power capacity is set in KW with granularity of 2 decimal places such as 5 04 KW You can configure the capacity for different locations in your data center as part of your enterprise data model configuration See Enterprise Relationships on page 100 To set individual capacities see Set a Capacity on page 68 gt To configure the capacity forecast chart widget 1 Inthe Dashboard tab click the icon in the upper right corner of the page The Report Configuration dialog appears N Drag and drop the Capacity Forecast Chart widget icon into a row See Setting the Dashboard Layout on page 63 for details T f gt Click the Settings icon ol Enter a name in the Title field In the Show field click the browse button then select the data center
177. hoose External Sensors gt External Sensors Setup The External Sensor Setup page opens Select the desired environmental sensor from the drop down list of the Show setup of external sensor field Choose External Sensors gt External Sensors Details The External Sensor Details page opens Click the name of the sensor that you want to configure The External Sensor Setup page opens 2 Ifthe sensor selected in the previous step is a Raritan contact closure sensor the On Off Sensor Subtype field is displayed for you to select the detector switch type Raritan Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs Contact The detector switch is designed to detect the door lock or door open closed status Smoke Detection The detector switch is designed to detect the appearance of smoke Water Detection The detector switch is designed to detect the appearance of water on the floor Vibration The detector switch is designed to detect the vibration in the floor 3 Type anew name in the Sensor Name field A sensor s default name comprises the sensor type and serial number such as Humidity AEI7A00021 If the sensor is a contact closure sensor a channel number is added to the end of the default name 4 Describe the sensor s location by assigning alphanumeric values to the X Y and Z coordinates See Describing the Sensor Location on page 160 on page 153 All location fields are optional External Sensor
178. hreshold Circuit Breaker Current Lower Warning Threshold Circuit Breaker Tripped Circuit Breaker Recovered Inlet Current Upper Critical Threshold Inlet Current Upper Warning Threshold Inlet Current Lower Critical Threshold Inlet Current Lower Warning Threshold Raritan Trap name thresholdAlarm or overCurrentProtectorSensorStateCh ange thresholdAlarm or overCurrentProtectorSensorStateCh ange thresholdAlarm or overCurrentProtectorSensorStateCh ange thresholdAlarm or overCurrentProtectorSensorStateCh ange circuitBreakerT ripped or overCurrentProtectorSensorStateCh ange circuitBreakerRecovered or overCurrentProtectorSensorStateCh ange inletSensorStateChange inletSensorStateChange inletSensorStateChange inletSensorStateChange Common event name cbCurrentUpperCritical cbCurrentUpperCriticalClear cbCurrentUpperWarning cbCurrentUpperW arningClear cbCurrentLowerCritical cbCurrentLowerCriticalClear cbCurrentLowerWarning cbCurrentLowerWarningClear cbTripped cbRecovered inletCurrentUpperCritical inletCurrentUpperCriticalClear inletCurrentUpperW arning inletCurrentUpperW arningClear inletCurrentLowerCritical inletCurrentLowerCriticalClear inletCurrentLowerWarning inletCurrentLowerWarningClear 45 46 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Raritan Dominion PX Supported Events Event description Inlet Voltage Upper Critical Threshold
179. http passwd password no check certificate https hostname sensor readings csvs latest Example using cur1 curl user username password https hostname sensor readings csv latest gt latest csv archive zip Upgrading Power IQ Firmware When new firmware is released you can upgrade Power IQ to receive the latest in features and functionality See the Release Notes for any special instructions on upgrading gt To upgrade Power IQ firmware 1 Inthe Settings tab click Software Upgrades in the Appliance Administration section The Upgrade page opens Click Browse select the firmware file usually a bin file Click Upload The new firmware uploads to Power IQ Shutting Down and Restarting Power IQ You can shut down and power off or restart Power IQ gt To shut down and power off Power IQ e Inthe Settings tab click System Shutdown in the Appliance Services section The Power IQ shuts down and powers off gt To restart Power IQ e Inthe Settings tab click System Restart in the Appliance Services section The Power IQ restarts Raritan Chapter 13 Maintenance Tasks Accessing Audit Logs Raritan Power IQ Web Client audit logs can be viewed in a browser or exported to a file for viewing or storage Warning Audit logs are automatically deleted from the system after 3 calendar months If you need to maintain a complete audit trail export logs regularly and store the f
180. i 132 134 Troubleshooting Dynamic Plugins 190 Troubleshooting Lost Communication Status in PDUs 13 14 15 U Upgrade Timing 207 Upgrading Dominion PX PDUs 205 279 Index Upgrading Power IQ Firmware 180 User Configuration Authorization and Authentication 79 User Permissions for Event Management 33 Using Rack Units for the Z Coordinate Value 154 V Valid IPv6 Address Formats 18 Validating PDU Credentials 19 20 View Completed Rollout Plans 27 28 29 View Completed Upgrade Plans 206 207 208 View Dashboard in Full Screen Mode 78 View Dashboards as a Slideshow 77 View Events 53 View Licenses 211 View Orphaned Systems Information 112 113 View PDUs Using a Dynamic Plugin 192 View Power Control Task Results 169 View Saved Rollout Plans 27 View Saved Upgrade Plans 206 View Sensor Data Point Details 73 75 76 View Status of Rollout Plans in Progress 27 28 View Status of Upgrade Plans in Progress 206 207 208 View the IT Devices Using a Shutdown Command 173 Viewing a PDU e 116 129 Viewing Enterprise Relationship Summaries 111 Viewing PDUs 129 Viewing Sensor Data 161 Viewing Sensor Information 131 Viewing Sensor Readings and States 155 Viewing the Dashboard 61 Viewing the Enterprise Model 110 Virtual Machine Requirements 1 2 W What are Mappings and Relationships 102 What
181. ic value other than zero in the Deassertion Hysteresis field See What is Deassertion Hysteresis To enable the assertion timeout for all thresholds type a numeric value other than zero in the Assertion Timeout samples field See What is Assertion Timeout Note The Upper Critical and Lower Critical values are points at which the PX considers the operating environment critical and outside the range of the acceptable threshold Click OK to save the changes Repeat Steps 3 through 9 to configure additional environmental sensors Setting the Z Coordinate Format You can use either the number of rack units or a descriptive text to describe the vertical locations Z coordinates of environmental sensors gt 1 To determine the Z coordinate format Click the PDU folder Note The PDU folder is named my PX by default The name changes after customizing the device name See Naming the PDU Click Setup in the Settings section The Pdu Setup dialog appears 159 Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs 3 Inthe External sensors Z coordinate format field click the drop down arrow and select an option from the list Rack Units The height of the Z coordinate is measured in standard rack units When this is selected you can type a numeric value in the rack unit to describe the Z coordinate of any environmental sensors Free Form Any alphanumeric string can be used for specifying the Z coordinate 4
182. ical threshold Larger than or equal to the following formula lower non critical threshold 2 x hysteresis Lower non critical threshold Larger than or equal to the following formula lower critical threshold hysteresis Click Apply The sensor settings are saved If necessary select another managed sensor from the Show setup of external sensor drop down list and repeat these steps to configure it 19 Raritan ZE Raritan Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs Note The number in parentheses following a sensor name is the ID number assigned to each sensor Show setup of external sensor Humidity MEI7 amp 00021 1 Humidity AEI7A00021 1 K Temperature AEI7A00021 2 On Off PRCD190292 4 3 On Off PRCO190292 2 4 Note The maximum ambient operating temperature TMA for the Raritan PX varies between 40 to 60 degrees Celsius depending on the model and certification standard CE or UL If necessary contact Raritan Technical Support for this information for your model Describing the Sensor Location Location X Location Y Location Z Rack Units v Rack Unit U 153 Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs Optional Use the X Y and Z coordinates to describe each sensor s physical location You can use these location values to track records of environmental conditions in fixed locations around your IT equipment The X Y and Z values act as additional at
183. ically store on a remote server Store backup archives Store sensor reading archives 4 Complete the authentication and location information for your selected remote server 5 Click Save Configuring Remote Access to Database Power IQ s ODBC interface allows ODBC compliant applications access to the power data of managed devices For example an ODBC compliant reporting application like Crystal Reports can access Power IQ data to create customized reports See ODBC Access on page 214 for details on configuration and queries Enterprise Relationships 100 One of Power IQ s advanced features is the ability to model your IT equipment infrastructure Power IQ can model something as simple as a single rack or as large as a building with multiple server rooms Power IQ displays the enterprise data model in the Data Centers tab You can expand and collapse each level to view the details of your data centers The enterprise data model is required for generating charts and other displays of your data such as Analytics widgets on the Dashboard and Cooling Charts Download a sample Enterprise Data Model CSV file from the Support section of Raritan s web site under Firmware and Documentation See the CSV Import Template at http www raritan com support power iq Raritan Raritan Chapter 8 Data Management Overview of the Enterprise Model The model is a representation of your IT equipment infrast
184. ice for PDU 192 168 4 Rack for 192 164 F Device for PDU 192 168 4 Rack for 192 164 T Filters Device for PDU 192 168 4 Rack for 192 168 4 Unknown F Device for PDU 192 168 4 Rack for 192 168 4 Unknown Device for PDU 192 168 4 Rack for 192 168 4 Unknown Device for PDU 192 168 4 Rack for 192 168 4 Unknown Device for PDU 192 168 4 Rack for 192 168 4 Unknown 1009 Group By This Field Show in Groups Power Rating Outlets Activated Decommissioned Custom Field 1 Custom Field 2 gt To return to the default view e Inthe PDU Device or Events tab click the Panel Options button in the upper right corner of the list view then select Use Default Grid Configuration Raritan Chapter 5 Dashboard The Power IQ dashboard allows each user to customize collections of charts and widgets in a single view You can create multiple versions of your dashboard and select which one to view or start a slideshow for all or selected dashboards The default dashboard configuration includes 2 rows The top row includes a health chart that shows overall PDU health and a capacity gauge The second row is a device chart that shows average active power over the past 24 hours You must have the Analyst role to edit the dashboard In Th
185. idity 5 when humidity lt 60 or 8 when humidity gt 60 e Differential air pressure 1 5 e Air flow 6 5 States of Managed Sensors An environmental sensor shows the state after being managed Available sensor states vary depending on the sensor type numeric or discrete sensors For example a contact closure sensor is a discrete on off sensor so it switches between three states only unavailable alarmed and normal Note Numeric sensors use numeric values to indicate the environmental or internal conditions while discrete on off sensors use alphabetical characters only to indicate the state changes Sensor state Applicable to unavailable All sensors alarmed Discrete sensors normal Discrete sensors ok Numeric sensors below lower critical Numeric sensors below lower non critical Numeric sensors above upper non critical Numeric sensors above upper critical Numeric sensors Note The state change of a contact closure sensor occurs only if the sensor enters the new state for at least 1 consecutive sample Raritan Raritan Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs unavailable State The unavailable state means the connectivity to the sensor is lost The Raritan PX pings all managed sensors at regular intervals in seconds If it does not detect a particular sensor for three consecutive scans the unavailable state is displayed for that sensor When the communication with
186. ifications for Users Users with the Site Administrator role can manage other user s event notification settings gt 1 To manage event notifications for users In the Settings tab click User Accounts in the Authorization and Authentication section Click the username link for the user whose event notification settings you want to view Click Manage event notifications Change the settings as needed and click Save See Configure Notification Filters on page 56 for details SMTP Server Settings Configure the SMTP server settings to determine how email notifications are sent when Power IQ receives events You must reboot Power IQ after changing the encryption method in the SMTP server settings See Shutting Down and Restarting Power IQ on page 180 gt 1 To configure SMTP server settings In the Settings tab click Server Settings in the Appliance Administration section In the SMTP Server Settings section enter the basic settings for the SMTP server a Server name IP address Enter the email server s domain name or IP address b Port The default port is 25 Change this number if you use a different port c Sender email address Enter the Power IQ s IP address In the Authentication and Encryption Settings section select the method for your SMTP server a Authentication type Select None or Password If you select Password enter the Username Password and Confirm password b Se
187. iles outside Power IQ gt To access audit logs 1 Inthe Settings tab click Audit Log in the Application Administration section 2 The Audit Log Entries page opens gt To export audit logs to a text file 1 Inthe Settings tab click Audit Log in the Application Administration section 2 Click the Download Audit Logs link All audit log entries are exported to a text file 3 Save the file 181 Chapter 14 Appliance Administration In This Chapter Allow HTML Widgets on Dashboard 0 0 2 ccc eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeneea 182 Display a Logo on Every Page icici cistsesis coccsseedtecasecceeessteetecste eoedseeede 182 Contiguring the System ClOCk scimitar iiien 183 Dynamic PIUGINS lt cccctsceedececcebeccesseetecdisteeketsts SEENA eda tereast sietecateceecreeees 184 Set Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature cscceeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenees 193 Allow HTML Widgets on Dashboard The Dashboard tab can include your custom HTML portlets as a widget HTML portlets may have security implications You must allow them before you can add an HTML widget to the Dashboard tab gt To allow HTML widgets on dashboard 1 Inthe Settings tab click Application Settings in the Appliance Settings section 2 Inthe Display Settings section select the Allow user created HTML portlets on the dashboard checkbox 3 Click Save Display a Logo on Every Page Z Raritan Upload your company logo to dis
188. imates show that you could save 3 9 for each 1 degree Fahrenheit that you raise the data center temperature or 7 for each 1 degree Celsius that you raise the data center temperature Your actual savings will vary You can adjust the savings percentage used in the calculation gt 1 To adjust the savings percentage used In the Data Centers tab select the data center node In the Ratings and Settings section enter the percentage to use in the calculation in the Savings per degrees C field The Savings is set to a default 7 for Celsius readings Readings for Fahrenheit are calculated based on the Celsius percentage and estimated at 3 9 Click Save Go back to the cooling chart in the Dashboard to view updated potential cooling energy savings View Dashboards as a Slideshow Raritan When you have more than 1 dashboard configured you can view them as a slideshow Slideshows play in full screen mode To enhance the full screen affect set your browser to full screen mode too gt To view dashboards as a slideshow 1 In the Dashboard tab click the Manage icon a4 in the top right corner of the dashboard The Report Browser dialog appears All configured dashboards display in a list The first dashboard listed will display as your default dashboard Drag and drop the entries in the list to set a new default and to choose the order the entries will display in the slideshow 77 78 Chapter 5 Das
189. in a list Select the checkboxes for the PDUs you want to configure then click Selected PDUs to add them to the PDUs selected for this plan list at the bottom of the page Or click All PDUs to add all available PX PDUs to the list To remove PDUs from the plan click Selected PDUs or All PDUs in the bottom list Only PDUs in the bottom list will be configured Raritan Raritan 6 7 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Click Continue Click the Plan Options link in the summary at top On the Plan Options page edit the plan name if needed and set other preferences a Select the Abort on failure checkbox if you want Power IQ to cancel all remaining configurations in the plan if a configuration failure occurs This could help prevent a configuration problem from affecting other Dominion PX PDUs in the plan b Select the Allow simultaneous rollouts checkbox if you want Power IQ to configure multiple Dominion PX PDUs at once This makes batch configurations faster by allowing up to 25 configurations to run at the same time Click Continue Review the summary of the plan Click Add Comment if you want add notes to the plan Click Add or Remove PDUs if you want to edit the list of PDUs to configure Click Save The completed plan summary page opens Click Start Rollout to execute the plan immediately The rollout starts and the status page displays You can also execute the saved plan later See E
190. in this list Devices without associated outlets do still appear in the tree view The outlets associated with each device display beneath the IT device There is a checkbox for each outlet to select it for power control operations e Each outlet shows a Trend chart showing the active power trend Note In Internet Explorer 7 and 8 click Load Chart to view the trend chart e Each device shows an Active Power reading per device and per outlet e Outlets that are powered on display in black e Outlets that are powered off display in gray TT Devices Q Power Control T Outlet Trend a Active Power Watts B ESXi 77 00 W 192 168 43 117 10 Outiet_10 PIIIDIDILIIIIIIIIIIIIII 77 00 E 192 168 43 117 12 Outlet_12 0 00 B Win2k 0 00 W 192 168 43 117 9 Outlet_9 0 00 Show maximum v active power for the past day x gt To change the active power display 1 At the bottom of the IT Devices section select the readings and time period to include in the fields 2 Trend minimum maximum or average readings Not available for past hour readings 3 For the past hour day week month gt To perform power conirol on devices 1 Select the checkboxes for each outlet associated with a device All outlets are grouped beneath the device To select all devices in a rack select the top checkbox 2 Choose Power Control gt On Power Control gt Off or Power Control gt Cycle Raritan Chap
191. ing Introduction configuration Data Source Actual ODBC Driver for Open Source Databases version 3 1 10 Connection Data Source Name PowerlQ Database Data Source Description PowerlQ gt Type PostgreSQL Conclusion Server 192 168 1 1 Port 5432 Database raritan SSL Disabled Always Include Views in Table Lists No Auto detect Language Settings Yes Log Long Running Queries No ODBC for MySQL PostgreSQL and SQLite actualtechnologies Cancel Test Go Back Done 9 Atthe next prompt enter the username and password and click OK Username obdcuser Password raritan Data Source PowerlQ Login ID odbcuser Ge Raritan Appendix A ODBC Access 10 The test results should be successful Click OK Test Results Attempting to connect to database raritan on server 192 168 1 1 Database version PostgreSQL 8 4 1667392623 Test completed successfully Lo 11 Click Done Note If the test was successful the ODBC driver works and you can purchase it 12 Launch Applications Utilities ODBC Manager app again Select User DSN and highlight the Power IQ entry you just created 13 Click Configure Z Raritan Appendix A ODBC Access 14 Click Licenses and follow instructions to buy and enter a license key Actual Open Source Databases DSN Configuration Introduction The ODBC Setup Assistant helps you manage your ODBC
192. ing enabled PDUOutletReadingsRollup To Be Deprecated Note This table will be deprecated soon It is recommended to stop using it and use the new PDUOutletReadingsHourlyRollup PDUOutletReadingsDailyRollup and PDUOutletReadingsMonthlyRollup tables If you experience any performance issues move to the new tables The PDUOutletReadingsRollup view summarizes the outlet readings power data over the roll up interval Hourly roll ups are rolled up once a day Daily roll ups are rolled up once a month When data is rolled up shorter interval roll up entries in the PDUOutletReadingsRollup view are purged Field Type Notes PDUOutletReadingsRollup Integer Non unique ID for each ID reading PDUID Integer Foreign key reference to PDUs table OutletID Integer Foreign key reference to PDUOutlets table OutletNumber Integer Outlet number on the PDU RollupIinterval Integer 1 one hour 2 one day 3 one month Time Timestamp with Timezone Timestamp when rollup was created MinimumCurrent Real Lowest current Amps reading during rollup 233 Appendix A ODBC Access 234 Field MaximumCurrent AverageCurrent MinimumActivePower MaximumActivePower AverageActivePower MinimumApparentPower MaximumApparentPower AverageApparentPower MinimumPowerFactor MaximumPowerFactor AverageActivePower Minimum Voltage MaximumVoltage AverageVoltage Type Real Real Real Real Real Real Real R
193. ins sample ODBC queries that can be used to generate custom reports Obtain Active Power and Apparent Power Data for a PDU With IP Address 66 214 208 92 Select PDUs IP Address PDUs PDUName PDUReadings ActivePower PDUReadings ApparentPower PDUReadings Time from PDUs PDUReadings where PDUs IPAddress 66 214 208 91 AND PDUs ID PDUReadings PDUID The table shows a sample custom report 257 Appendix A ODBC Access IP Address 66 214 208 91 66 214 208 91 66 214 208 91 66 214 208 91 Name DBServer DBServer 258 PDU Name Active Power Apparent Power Time Sentry3_511c 8 8 2009 12 08 15 12 46 21 753 05 Sentry3_511c 8 8 2009 12 08 15 12 58 23 871 05 Sentry3_511c 8 8 2009 12 08 15 16 29 26 032 05 Sentry3_511c 8 8 2009 12 08 15 16 32 36 868 05 Time Obtain Active Power and Apparent Power for an IT Device With Name DBServer raritan Select ITDevices Name PDUOutletReadings Time PDUOutletReadings ActivePower PDUOutletReadings ApparentPower PDUOutletReadings CurrentAmps from ITDevices PDUOutlets PDUOutletReadings where ITDevices Name DBServer AND PDUOutletReadings OutletID PDUOutlets PDUOutletsID AND PDUOutlets ITDevicelD ITDevices ITDevicelD The table shows a sample custom report Active Power Apparent Power Current Amps 2009 12 08 0 0 0 14 16 31 759 05 2009 12 08 0 0 0 16 11 27 01
194. ion e If an IP address does not appear in the file no naming operations occur on that PDU e f an outlet value is blank its name does not change For example 192 168 77 102 Michael Test PX2 RACK1 KVMSwitch1 KVMSwitch2 Sales FTP Server A PDU at 192 168 77 102 would receive the system name Test PX2 Its first outlet would be renamed to KVMSwitch1 and its second outlet renamed to KVMSwitch2 The third outlet would not be renamed The fourth outlet would be renamed to Sales FTP Server Raritan Configuring Event Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Exporting Outlet Names to a CSV File You can export the outlet names in Power IQ to a CSV file You can edit the file to change outlet names then import it See Naming Outlets in Bulk with CSV Files on page 30 Note The following PDUs have manufacturer limitations that affect renaming via SNMP Outlet and system attribute naming is not available via SNMP for Avocent or Geist PDUs Outlet naming via SNMP is not available for Tripp Lite PDUs or the Eaton Pulluzi model PDU The standard Eaton model does support outlet naming System attribute naming via SNMP is not available for Baytech PDUs Names for Servertech PDUs cannot contain spaces Setting SNMP system attributes is not available for Dominion PX versions lower than 1 3 Baytech Eaton Geist Liebert or Avocent PDUs Leave these fields blank for those PDUs gt To export outlet names
195. ions If you would like to receive email notification for events that Power IQ receives you must enable event notifications When event notification is enabled Power IQ sends an email message for every event Set up notification filters if you do not want to receive emails for every event See Configure Notification Filters on page 56 gt To enable or disable event notifications 1 Inthe Settings tab click Power IQ Settings in the Application Administration section 2 Inthe Event Notification Settings box select the Enable e mail delivery of event notifications checkbox to enable event notifications or Deselect the Enable e mail delivery of event notifications checkbox to disable event notifications 3 Click Save After enabling event notifications the Configure event notifications for your account link appears Click this link to use filters to manage your notifications After enabling configure the SMTP settings for your system See SMTP Server Settings on page 57 Raritan i Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Configure Notification Filters When event notification is enabled Power IQ sends an email message for every event Set up notification filters if you do not want to receive emails for every event gt 1 of ON 56 To add notification filters Click your username link next to the Logoff link in the upper right corner of Power IQ Click Manage Event Notification
196. iption Inlet Voltage Upper Critical Threshold Cleared Inlet Voltage Lower Critical Threshold Inlet Voltage Lower Critical Threshold Cleared Temp Env Sensor Upper Critical Temp Env Sensor Upper Critical Cleared Temp Env Sensor Low Critical Temp Env Sensor Low Critical Cleared Trap name alarm Unit1 alarmUnit2 alarmUnit3 alarm Unit4 alarm Unit1 alarmUnit2 alarmUnit3 alarm Unit4 alarm Unit1 alarmUnit2 alarmUnit3 alarmUnit4 alarm Unit1 alarmUnit2 alarmUnit3 alarm Unit4 alarmUnit1 alarmUnit2 alarmUnit3 alarm Unit4 alarm Unit1 alarmUnit2 alarmUnit3 alarm Unit4 alarm Unit1 alarmUnit2 alarmUnit3 alarmUnit4 Common event name inletVoltageUpperCriticalClear inletVoltageLowerCritical inletVoltageLowerCriticalClear envTemperatureUpperCritical envTemperatureUpperCriticalClear envTemperatureLowerCritical envTemperatureLowerCriticalClear Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Rittal Supported Events Event description Trap name Common event name Humidity Env Sensor Upper alarm Unit1 envHumidityUpperCritical Critical alarmUnit2 alarmUnit3 alarm Unit4 Humidity Env Sensor Upper alarmUnit1 envHumidityUpperCriticalClear Critical Cleared alarmUnit2 alarmUnit3 alarmUnit4 Humidity Env Sensor Lower alarmUnit1 envHumidityLowerCritical Critical alarmUnit2 alarmUnit3 alarm Unit4 Humidity Env Sensor Lower alarm Unit1 envHumidityLowerCriticalClear Critical Cleared
197. ique identity is a combination of its object type and its object key which is called an external key This means you could have two objects with the same name as long as they are different types of objects However if two lines are both type DEVICE and both have an external key Sales1 Power IQ sees only one device object with the key Sales1 In this case it uses the last DEVICE object identified as Sales1 as the description for that device The columns required for each object varies depending on the object type All columns are separated by a comma e Most columns containing text information can be up to 64 characters long These columns can contain any character except for a comma e The custom_field_1 custom_field_2 external_key and parent_external_key fields can be up to 255 characters long These columns can contain any character except for a comma Note If you have an enterprise model with more than 2500 objects you must upload the mapping as multiple CSV files In this case file order is important All objects except for Data Center must have a valid parent when added Thus placing a child object in file 1 and the parent object in file 2 results in an error if file 1 is imported first To avoid this put all Data Centers and other large organizational objects in the first CSV file to be uploaded Raritan a Chapter 8 Data Management CSV Columns for DATA_CENTER Objects A line that describes a Da
198. ircuitBreaker ID Time MinimumCurrent MaximumCurrent AverageCurrent Minimum UnutilizedCapacity MaximumUnutilizedCapacity AverageUnutilizedCapacity Raritan Type Integer Integer Integer Integer Timestamp with Timezone Real Real Real Real Real Real Notes Unique ID for each reading Foreign key reference to PDU Circuit breaker number on the PDU Foreign key reference to PDUCircuitBreakers table Timestamp when rollup was created Lowest current Amps reading during rollup interval Maximum current Amps reading during rollup interval Average current Amps reading during rollup interval Lowest unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval Maximum unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval Average unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval 247 Appendix A ODBC Access PDUCircuitBreakerReadingMonthlyRollups The PDUCircuitBreakerReadingsMonthlyRollup view summarizes the circuit breaker readings power data over the monthly roll up interval Field PDUCircuitBreakerReadingsRollup ID PDUID CircuitBreakerNumber CircuitBreaker D Time MinimumCurrent MaximumCurrent AverageCurrent Minimum UnutilizedCapacity MaximumUnutilizedCapacity AverageUnutilizedCapacity 248 Type Integer Integer Integer Integer Timestamp with Timezone Real Real Real Real Real Real Notes Unique ID for ea
199. is Chapter Viewing the Dashboard ice scietsecicet i eateteasrcearetreie iat Gade enrvanen 61 SHAPING a Dashboard cia tieszate tected besa tates ca E TR 62 setting the Dashboard Layout ssi tei setees avtecaivisateea svevieadesslenaeneendanevecd 63 C nfiguring Widgets siese a NEA E AEA 64 View Dashboards as a SIiD SNOW iisiiscsssiicsreisiicniieiiuediniaii aiia 77 View Dashboard in Full Screen Mode cccscceseseeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 78 Viewing the Dashboard You can configure more than one version of the dashboard Other users can share their dashboards with you as a shared report You can share your dashboards with other users You cannot edit dashboards that you did not create gt To view the dashboard 1 Click the Dashboard tab 2 If more than 1 dashboard is configured click the binoculars icon at in the top right corner of the Dashboard tab The Report Browser dialog appears Dashboards shared by other users are marked as Shared by username Dashboards you are sharing are marked as Shared by you Report Browser Q create Q Play Slides l Reports 1x E Dashboard shared by you Dashboard of Events Dashboard shared by User2 000 Capacity Dashboard shared by User2 Raritan 1 Chapter 5 Dashboard 3 Hover over the dashboard you want to view then click the View link that appears The selected dashboard loads in the Dashboard tab Sharing a Dashboard
200. istration To activate your registration click the link in the Thank you for registering email from Raritan and create your user account Once you create your account look for a Your Raritan software license key is available email containing a link to your license file download page 3 Log in with the default username admin and password raritan The Power IQ dashboard opens Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks In This Chapter Configuring Logging through Syslog 7 Configuring Polling INt WalS isis sential ce iacdiena nnn iiliad ad eaeeiseees 7 Support lor IPVO secccitscectect iacdiadsceccvessaaceteeaddcheasasadivatsasteceadadiesdeadiredacaaciien 17 Adding PDUs to Power IQ Management ccceeceeeeeeseteeeeteeeeeeees 18 Bulk Configuration of Dominion PX PDUS cseceeeeeeeeeeeesteeeeeeeeees 26 PDU Outlet Naming and Setting System Attributes cc eee 30 Configuring Event Management cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeneeees 33 Configuring Proxy Connections to Power 1Q ccccceeeeeesteeeeeesteeeeeeeaes 58 Configuring PDU Display Settings View PDUs by IP or Name 59 Customizing Your View of PDUs Devices and Events cec 59 Configuring Logging through Syslog External Syslog servers can be used to record events occurring on Power IQ Using a Syslog provides a separate external log of events All servers listed under Current Syslog Destinations re
201. ity and Encryption section 2 If uploaded the currently HTTPS certificate displays To replace it or add a new certificate click Browse and select the PEM file 3 Click Upload Raritan i Chapter 7 Security and Encryption Restricting Web and Shell Access Based on IP Address To increase security Power IQ can be configured to restrict web interface and SSH access by IP address When trusted hosts are specified Power IQ blocks attempts to connect from addresses not specified When no hosts are specified ports 22 80 443 5432 are open to all hosts gt To restrict web and shell access 1 Inthe Settings tab click IP based Access Control in the Security and Encryption section 2 The global options will override any options that allow access to the SSH and ODBC service Allow ICMP ping responses Block all SSH access Block all ODBC access See ODBC Access on page 214 3 Identify the hosts to allow access to in the Trusted Hosts fields You can enter an IP address or a subnet using CIDR notation such as 192 168 45 0 24 4 For each address select how it is permitted to access Power IQ Select the Enable SSH to allow SSH access checkbox Select the Enable HTTP HTTPS checkbox to enable access through the web interface Select Enable ODBC to allow third party access 5 Click Save Raritan Chapter 7 Security and Encryption Configuring Password Requirements To specify password stre
202. k OK 34 Raritan Chapter 6 User Configuration Authorization and Authentication Roles and User Access Levels Role Site Administrator The Site Administrators group is assigned this role by default and contains the Admin user Super user Administrator Operator View Power Control Raritan Power IQ Role Definitions Assign these roles to users or user groups to allow the permissions for operations within Power IQ You can assign any role to apply globally meaning access to perform the tasks will be granted for every object in Power IQ For example a user assigned a global Power Control role can perform power control on any PDU or IT device no matter where it is in the enterprise data model See Assign Roles to a User Group on page 83 and Assign Roles to a User on page 81 Or you can assign the Administrator Operator View and Power Control roles to apply only to a certain object in your enterprise data model such as arack See Assign Roles within a Data Center on page 84 When these roles are assigned to the user or user group directly at the EDM node level via the Data Centers tab the permission allowed will be limited to the selected enterprise data object and all levels beneath it Tasks Applies To Every task in Power IQ Power IQ Global only Every task in Power IQ except for Global when applied in Settings gt User Tasks in the Settings tab Every task
203. k or datacenter for example that you have shared a report about the user will not see the data Users that you share a report with cannot edit your report You cannot edit reports that you did not create Reports 9 Add Bi Remove Q Add Chart Manage Relationships Browse Relationships 7 Share This Report Average Active Power Past 24 Hours ale ax 2 Avg Active Power shared by you KERTIS E Overall PDU Health Average Active Power Past 24 Hours E Connectivity shared by User2 F lt y z o a i lt 3 7 9 00 AM 5 00 PM 1 00 AM 8 00 AM Time lt All 3 78 Avg gt To share reports on the Analytics page 1 Inthe Analytics tab select a report on the left side of the page 2 Inthe Reports toolbar select the Share This Report checkbox to make the report and charts public gt To make reports private on the Analytics page 1 Inthe Analytics tab select a report on the left side of the page 2 Inthe Reports toolbar deselect the Share this Report checkbox to remove the report from public view 197 Chapter 15 Analytics Creating a Chart You must add a report before you can create a chart See Adding Reports to the Analytics Page on page 196 gt To create a chart 1 Inthe Analytics tab select a report on the left side of the page 2 Click Add Chart then select Device Chart or Health Chart e Device charts show power measurement
204. l Maximum current Amps reading during rollup interval Average current Amps reading during rollup interval Lowest unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval Maximum unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval Average unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval 243 Appendix A ODBC Access 244 PDULineReadingMonthlyRollups The PDULineReadingsMonthlyRollup view summarizes the line readings power data over the monthly roll up interval Field PDULineReadingsRollupl D PDUID LineNumber InletNumber Time MinimumCurrent MaximumCurrent AverageCurrent Type Integer Integer Integer Integer Timestamp with Timezone Real Real Real MinimumUnutilizedCapacit Real y MaximumUnutilizedCapaci Real ty AverageUnutilizedCapacit y Real Notes Unique ID for each reading Foreign key reference to PDU Line number on the PDU Inlet number on the PDU Local timestamp for the first day of the month over which the rollup was calculated Lowest current Amps reading during rollup interval Maximum current Amps reading during rollup interval Average current Amps reading during rollup interval Lowest unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval Maximum unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval Average unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval Z Raritan Raritan Appendix A ODBC Access PDUCirc
205. l up interval Hourly roll ups are rolled up once a day Daily roll ups are rolled up once a month When data is rolled up shorter interval roll up entries in the PDUReadingsRollup are purged Field Type Notes PDUReadingsRollup Integer Non unique ID for each reading PDUID Integer Foreign key reference to PDU RollupIinterval Integer 1 one hour 2 one day 3 one month Time Timestamp with Timestamp when rollup Timezone was created MinimumActivePower Real Lowest active power Watts reading during rollup interval MaximumActivePower Real Maximum active power Watts reading during rollup interval AverageActive Power Real Average active power Watts reading during rollup interval MinimumApparentPower Real Lowest apparent power VA reading during rollup interval MaximumApparentPower Real Maximum apparent Raritan Raritan Field AverageApparentPower WaittHours Type Real Real Appendix A ODBC Access Notes power VA reading during rollup interval Average apparent power VA reading during rollup interval Maximum of the cumulative watt hour meter readings over the rollup interval PDULineReadingsRollup To Be Deprecated Note This table will be deprecated soon It is recommended to stop using it and use the new PDULineReadingsHourlyRollup PDULineReadingsDailyRollup PDULineReadingsMonthlyRollup tables The PDULineReadingsRollup view summarizes the line readings power data over th
206. lClear envHumidityUpperWarning envHumidityUpperWarningClear envHumidityLowerCritical envHumidityLowerCriticalClear envHumidityLowerWarning envHumidityLowerWarningClear 47 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Raritan Dominion PX Supported Events Event description Discrete Sensor State Change Asset Strip and Tag Changes Airflow Over Critical Threshold Airflow Over Warning Threshold Airflow Under Critical Threshold Airflow Under Warning Threshold Air Pressure Over Critical Threshold Air Pressure Over Warning Threshold 48 Trap name externalOnOffSensorStateChange or pduSensorStateChange assetStripDisconnected assetStripConnected assetTagDisconnected assetTagConnected thresholdAlarm or externalSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or externalSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or externalSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or externalSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or externalSensorStateChange thresholdAlarm or externalSensorStateChange Common event name SensorContactOpen SensorContactClosed SensorSmokeDetected SensorSmokeCleared SensorWaterDetected SensorWaterCleared SensorVibrationDetected SensorVibrationCleared assetStripDisconnected assetStripConnected assetTagDisconnected assetTagConnected envOverAirflowCritical envOverAirflowCriticalClear envOverAirflowWarning envOverAirflowWarningClear envUnderAirflowCritical envUnderAirflowCriticalClear envUnder
207. le to write sensor readings to CSV because the number of raw sensor readings in a day will consume too much disk space If you do not require access to raw sensor readings in CSV format the feature should remain disabled Disabling this feature will improve the performance of the Power IQ poller and will free system resources for other tasks When the feature is disabled you can still access two hours of raw sensor data stored in the database before values are rolled up and the raw data deleted from the database This raw sensor data can be retrieved using ODBC access and reporting tools See ODBC Access on page 214 See Data Storage Configuration Calculator on page 10 for details on a tool you can use to determine if your system configuration is compatible with writing raw sensor readings to CSV See Enable or Disable Storing Raw Readings in CSV Files on Disk on page 10 for instructions on changing the setting Raritan 10 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Data Storage Configuration Calculator The Data Storage Configuration Calculator is a tool that can help you determine if storing raw readings in CSV files is supported for your configuration You can download the Power IQ 4 0 0 version from the Raritan website http www raritan com support power iq v4 0 0 data storage configurator Enable or Disable Storing Raw Readings in CSV Files on Disk Depending on your configuration storage of raw sensor
208. lect an Encryption method Click Send a Test Email to enter your email address and try sending an email message using the settings you configured If you see a success message click Save SMTP Settings 57 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks If you see a failure message edit your settings and try again A password must be entered in the page to test the settings Once saved passwords do not display in the page for security Event Fuse Handling The event fuse will not be de activated until the trap rate drops 30 below the 15 traps sec threshold and the trap rate is re calculated each time a trap is received Therefore the fuse will not be de activated until Power IQ receives a trap and determines that the trap rate is 30 below 15 traps sec If the event fuse is tripped and then no more traps are received the event fuse will remain tripped until the next event is received Configuring Proxy Connections to Power IQ If network restrictions prevent some users from connecting directly to Power IQ they may need access through a proxy server that is authorized to make the connection Check your firewall and security settings to ensure that communication between the proxy server and Power IQ is allowed gt To configure proxy connections to Power IQ 1 Inthe Settings tab click Server Settings in the Application Administration section 2 Inthe Proxy Configuration section select the web protocol the proxy server c
209. lected PDUs to add them to the PDUs selected to this upgrade list at the bottom of the page Or click All PDUs to add all available PX PDUs to the list To remove PDUs from the plan click Selected PDUs or All PDUs in the bottom list Only PDUs in the bottom list will be upgraded Click Continue Click the Plan Options link in the summary at top On the Plan Options page edit the plan name if needed and set other preferences a Select the Abort on failure checkbox if you want Power IQ to cancel all remaining upgrades in the plan if an upgrade failure occurs This could help prevent an upgrade problem from affecting other Dominion PX PDUs in the plan b Select the Allow simultaneous rollouts checkbox if you want Power IQ to upgrade the firmware of multiple Dominion PX PDUs at once This makes batch upgrades faster by allowing up to 25 upgrades to run at the same time Click Continue Review the summary of the plan Click Add Comment if you want add notes to the plan Click Add or Remove PDUs if you want to edit the list of PDUs to upgrade Click Save The completed plan summary page opens Click Start Upgrade to execute the plan immediately The upgrade starts and the status page displays You can also execute the saved plan later See Execute a Saved Upgrade Plan on page 207 See View Status of Upgrade Plans in Progress on page 208 for details on checking upgrades in progress See View Completed Upgrade Plan
210. level You can also assign global permissions for users and user groups for all levels of all data centers in Power IQ and to PDUs not mapped into a data center See Assign Roles to a User on page 81 and Assign Roles to a User Group on page 83 Permissions are included in different roles that you assign See Role Definitions see Power IQ Role Definitions on page 85 You must be assigned the Site Administrator role to assign roles gt To assign roles within a data center 1 Inthe Data Centers tab select a data center level such as a rack The details page opens At the Rack and PDU levels the Smart Rack or Smart PDU view opens See Smart Rack View and Smart PDU View on page 115 2 Permissions are accessed differently for Racks and PDUs than all other enterprise data model levels For Data Centers Rooms Aisles and Rows use the Permissions section in the Data Centers tab to view or assign roles For Racks click Configure Rack Details in the Smart Rack view to open a dialog that contains permissions settings For PDUs click Configure PDU Details in the Smart PDU view to open a dialog that contains permissions settings Click Add Role to gt Add User Role or Add Role to gt Add Group Role Adding a Group Role will give permissions selected to all users in the group 3 Select the user or group who needs permission to this level of the data center 4 Select the role to allow in the Roles list Clic
211. log appears 3 Select the Share this Report checkbox to make this dashboard and widgets public Report Configuration V Share This Report _ am a PE P ee 4 Click Save Madame Mh tee eee Z Raritan Chapter 5 Dashboard To make a dashboard private In the Dashboard tab click the icon in the upper right corner of the page The Report Configuration dialog appears Deselect the Share this Report checkbox to remove the dashboard from public view Click Save Setting the Dashboard Layout You can set the number of rows of widgets on your dashboard drag and drop widgets into the rows and resize each widget and row gt 1 Z Raritan To set the dashboard layout In the Dashboard tab click the 3 icon in the upper right corner of the page The Report Configuration dialog appears To see alist of all available dashboards use the Report Browser Click the icon in the upper right corner of the Dashboard You can only edit dashboards that you created Select the Share this Report checkbox to make this dashboard and widgets public Click a Layout to view the configuration in the dialog The layouts are 1 row 2 rows 3 rows or 4 rows Resize the rows by clicking and dragging the edges of a row You can resize the width of a widget in a row and the height of an entire row Drag and drop widgets from the bottom of the dialog into the rows Drag and drop widgets from row
212. lter criteria selection Click the arrow in the column header to open the options Filter is the last option Z Raritan Filter by date In the Occurred on column filter select the checkbox for Before After or On then select a date in the calendar to view events that occurred before after or on the date you select Filter by event severity In the Severity column filter select the checkbox for the severity of events you want to view Select multiple options as needed Filter by event name In the Event column filter enter an event name to view Filter by PDU associated with the event In the Associated PDU column filter enter a PDU name or IP address to view events associated with a PDU Filter by event status In the Status column filter select the checkbox for the status of events you want to view either active or cleared Select multiple options as needed 53 54 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Export the Events List to CSV Export the Events list to create a CSV file that contains all the information in the grid on the Events tab The exported file contains the same columns as the page in Power IQ you have applied filters the same filters will apply to the exported information Export includes all records matching the filter criteria The export is not limited by the number of events shown in the list grid gt 1 To export the Events list to CSV In the Events tab click the Exp
213. mActivePower PDUReadingsRollup MinimumApparentPower PDUReadingsRollup Time FROM PDUReadingsRollup PDUs WHERE PDUReadingsRollup PDUID PDUs ID an S Raritan Appendix A ODBC Access AND PDUReadingsRollup Time 2012 09 10 00 00 00 OO C Mii oft Query Reve rar SELECT PDUReadingsRollup PDUID PDUs ID PDUs PDUName PDUReadingsRollup AverageActivePower PDUReadingsRollup AverageApparentPower PDUReadingsRollup MaximumActivePower PDUReadingsRollup MaximumApparentPower PDUReadingsRollup MinimumActivePower PDUReadingsRollup MinimumApparentPower PDUReadingsRollup Time FROM PDUReadingsRollup PDUs WHERE PDUReadingsRollup PDUID PDUs ID AND PDUReadingsRollup Time 2012 09 17 00 00 00 Cancel Return Data A 3 Click Return Data A new window opens Select New Sheet then click Properties Where do you want to put the data a Existing sheet SAS1 Pe New sheet ey ey O PivorTable Parameters _ Raritan a Appendix A ODBC Access 4 Deselect the checkboxes for Enable background refresh and Use Table External Data Range Properties Query definition Save query definition C Save password Refresh control C Enable background refresh C Refresh data on file open _ Remove external data from worksheet before saving Data lay
214. me of the customer that owns this object DeviceType VarChar 255 Type of device PowerRating Integer Power in watts that this device is rated for Decommissioned Boolean Whether this device should be considered decommissioned CustomField1 VarChar 255 A user defined field CustomField2 VarChar 255 A user defined field Externalkey VarChar 255 The unique code used by the Enterprise Model to identify this IT Device EDMNodes The EDMNodes view captures the relationship between EDM entities arranged as nested sets EDM entities are part of a data hierarchy Hierarchical data can be efficiently searched when arranged as a Nested set tree structure EDMNodes represent each EDM Entity arranged as a nested set tree structure Field Type Notes ID Integer Auto generated EDMNodes ID Lft Integer Auto generated EDMNode Left ID Rgt Integer Auto generated EDMNode Right ID edm_entity_type VarChar 40 Entity Type For example DataCenter Floor Rack Device ComputerSystem Entity 255 256 Appendix A ODBC Access Field Type Notes Type ComputerSystem represents a PDU system edm_entity_id Integer Entity ID of the entity create_at Timestamp Create time stamp Updated_at Timestamp Update time stamp ParentID Integer Entity ID of the parent entity AssetStrips The AssetStrips view contains information about asset management strips attached to PDUs that Power IQ manages Field Type Notes AssetStripID Integer Da
215. n Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs 146 New DPX CC2 TR 5 To set the Normal state for channel 2 repeat Step 4 for adjusting the other dip switch s setting 6 Install back the dip switch cover Note The dip switch setting must be properly configured or the sensor LED may be incorrectly lit in the Normal state Contact Closure Sensor LEDs DPX CC2 TR has LEDs for showing the state of the connected detectors switches The LED is lit when the associated detector switch is in the abnormal state which is the opposite of the Normal state See Configuring a Contact Closure Sensor on page 144 for how to set the Normal state The meaning of a lit LED varies depending on the Normal state settings e When the Normal state is set to Normally Closed N C LED Sensor state Not lit Closed Lit Open e When the Normal state is set to Normally Open N O LED Sensor state Not lit Open Lit Closed For Raritan s water sensors the Normal state must be set to Normally Open N O The following is the correct LED behavior based on proper dip switch settings Raritan Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs LED Sensor state Not lit No water detected Lit Water detected Software Configuration for Sensors on PX1 and PX2 Raritan Configuration for PX1 Environmental Sensors Complete the software configuration procedures in this task in the Dominion PX1 web interface
216. n page 65 The Health Chart Settings dialog appears Click the Settings icon Enter a name for the chart in the Title field in the Basics section afro N In the Data From field select All to include all PDUs in the system in the chart Select Data Center or other section of the data center to filter the next field s selections For example select Racks to filter the Contained In field to include the racks in your system 6 Inthe Contained In field select the location of the PDUs you want to include in the Health chart 7 Inthe Options section select the health measurement Select Overall Health to view a health chart that combines connectivity and active events to create an overall health status of the selected PDUs Select Event Health Only to exclude connectivity from the health status Select Connectivity Health Only to exclude active events from the health status 8 Click Save Raritan i 204 Chapter 15 Analytics Exporting Charts Overall PDU Health Overall health in a PDU Health Chart comprises both connectivity health and active events health The overall health is determined based on these criteria Critical Red A PDU is in critical overall health if either its connectivity health is critical or its active events health is critical The overall health is critical even when only one of these categories is critical Warning Yellow A PDU is in warning level overall health if ei
217. n SNMP community string that has a minimum of read level access or for renaming capabilities write level access Raritan e3 130 Chapter 10 Viewing PDUs Specify Inlet Outlet or Outside Air Location for Environmental Sensors If a PDU has attached sensors you can specify whether the sensors are inlet or outlet located or if the sensor is for outside air By default Power IQ considers all environmental sensors to be inlet located All sensor types can be included in Cooling charts on the dashboard See Cooling Chart Widget on page 72 gt To specify inlet or outlet location for environmental sensors 1 Inthe PDUs tab click the link for a PDU with attached sensors 2 Scroll down to the Readings section All attached sensors display in a list 3 Inthe Sensor Location column select Inlet Outlet or Outside Air to specify the sensor s location Naming Environmental Sensors Environmental sensors have sensor labels that you can change in Power IQ The following PDUs support naming environmental sensors depending on model APC Eaton Baytech Liebert Raritan Servertech Sinetica Sensor names cannot include only white space characters The maximum name length is 256 characters Sensor labels for sensors of the same type for example humidity or temperature must be unique During polling if Power IQ finds two sensors of the same type with the same name the sensor readings for those sensors are not s
218. nal PX PDUs of the same model type This is helpful for large scale deployments This applies to Dominion PX version 1 2 and later only Requirements for Bulk Configuration Prerequisites for bulk configuration Each PX must be of the same model type Each PX must have the same firmware version 1 2 or later Each PX must be configured with an IP address and be under Power IQ management A configuration backup file from a configured PX Plan a New Rollout To plan a new rollout In the PDUs tab choose Activities gt Bulk Configuration Click Plan a new rollout The bulk pdu configuration rollout planning wizard starts Enter a name for the plan and click Continue A summary of plan options appears at the top of the page Continue adding details of your plan at the bottom of the page or click the links in the summary list to add details In the Choose a PDU Configuration File section you can add a new PX backup file or select a previously uploaded file Configuration backup files are XML files for PX2 configurations and do not show a file extension for PX1 configurations To add anew file click the Upload a New File tab then click Browse to select the file Enter comments Click Upload The file is automatically selected for the plan To select a previously uploaded file click the Available Files tab then select a file from the list and click Continue All PX PDUs available for the rollout appear
219. nd The password if using standard bind User ID attribute or the user attribute prefix for user DN User object class if applicable Additional object filters LDAP user access level within Power IQ User roles Configuring LDAP Authentication Settings SASL is not supported gt 1 Raritan To configure LDAP authentication In the Settings tab click Authentication Source in the Authentication and Authorization section Click Enable LDAP Authentication Complete the fields with your LDAP information LDAP Server Enter the IP address or hostname LDAP Port Enter the port number 87 Chapter 6 User Configuration Authorization and Authentication gt Port 389 is the standard unencrypted LDAP communication port Port 636 is the standard SSL encrypted LDAP communication port Transport Security Select Unencrypted SSL Encryption or TLS Encryption Authenticate via Search Leave this checkbox selected to use searching This is the recommended setting Deselect the Authenticate via Search checkbox to use Distinguished Name Authentication Enter the prefix and suffix that resolves to a valid distinguished name when combined with the user name For example DN prefix username suffix Base DN The base distinguished name DN is the top level of the LDAP directory tree It indicates where in the LDAP directory to begin searching for user credentials For example cn U
220. nd Events lists in Power IQ Once you save a customized view it is retained even if you leave the tab and return or use a different browser or client Note If you open the PDU list by clicking on a health chart your view will be filtered by the chart For example click the red bar of a health chart to view only the PDUs with red health status gt To customize your view of PDUs Devices and Events 1 Inthe PDU Device or Events tab drag and drop columns to customize your view Hover the mouse on a column heading then click the arrow to view a drop down list of other options You can hide or show each column set the ascending or descending order of data or enter a search term to filter the column to include only items that match the search term See Filter the Events List on page 53 See Filter the PDUs List on page 136 See Filter the Devices List Raritan i Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks 2 Click the Panel Options button inthe upper right corner of the list view then select Save Current Grid Configuration to save your view IT Device List a 38 Remove 8 Add to Device Group 7 Q Power Control v E Name Rack F Device for PDU 192 168 4 Rack for 192 1 Gi F Device for PDU 192 168 4 Rack for 192 16 F Device for PDU 192 168 4 Rack for 192 16 F Device for PDU 192 168 4 Rack for 192 16 E Columns F Device for PDU 192 168 4 Rack for 192 16 F Device for PDU 192 168 4 Rack for 192 164 F Dev
221. ndividual Lines Advanced tab to configure the lines Select Automatically define lines then select a node from your enterprise data model in the Show field to show 1 line of data in the chart Select the One line per child checkbox to show 1 line of data per child of the location selected in the Show field For example 1 line per child of a data center may show 1 line per room Parent child relationships are determined by the structure of your enterprise data model as configured in the Data Centers tab Note Humidity and Temperature measurements cannot be represented as one line per child To chart one line per humidity or temperature sensor use Manually define lines In the External Key field enter the external key of the PDU to filter the chart s data by that value 199 Chapter 15 Analytics 200 13 In the Custom Fields 1 and 2 which may be renamed in your system enter a PDU custom field value to filter the chart s data by that value Select Minimum Maximum or Average to specify whether you want the lowest values highest values or an average of the data for the measurement you selected Min Max Average is not available for all measurements Click View Matching PDUs to view the list of PDUs to be included in the chart data The text in the Name field displays as the chart title Select the Auto Name checkbox to allow the name to configure automatically based on the criteria of the chart Deselect
222. ndow Click Product Licensing in the Application Administration panel Click Add in the Licenses section Use the browse function to locate and add the license file Raritan Raritan Chapter 17 Support and Licensing Licenses are LIC files Repeat this step to add incremental licenses if needed Note Your license file can be retrieved from the Raritan web site after you have activated your registration To activate your registration click the link in the Thank you for registering email from Raritan and create your user account Once you create your account look for a Your Raritan software license key is available email containing a link to your license file download page If you see error messages AND you re unable to use Power IQ or to add the total licensed number of PDUs contact Raritan Technical Support There may be a problem with your license file 213 Appendix A ODBC Access Power IQ s ODBC interface allows ODBC compliant applications access to the power data of managed devices For example an ODBC compliant reporting application like Crystal Reports can access Power IQ data to create customized reports e The Power IQ ODBC server listens on TCP Port 5432 e Roll up tables summarize data over one hour twenty four hours and one month Upon summarization detailed readings are purged For example when you create a daily roll up the hourly poll data is purged from the database You can configu
223. nect to the ODBC database e Configuring NTP servers with IPv6 addresses e Do network diagnostics using ping traceroute over IPv6 network Serial console only e Enable static routes using IPv6 addresses Serial console only 17 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Valid IPv6 Address Formats Power IQ accepts IPv6 addresses written in any of the valid formats IPv6 addresses need to be enclosed in square brackets when used in the browser These examples show several valid versions of the same IPv6 address and one invalid example gt Valid IPv6 address formats FE00 0000 0000 0001 0000 0000 0000 0056 FEO0 1 0 0 0 56 FE00 0 0 1 56 In a browser httos FEO7 2fa 6cff 2113 101 login gt Invalid IPv6 address formats Note The abbreviation meaning one or more quartets of all Os cannot be used twice The abbreviation FE00 1 56 is not valid Adding PDUs to Power IQ Management Once Power IQ is configured add Raritan PX or other PDUs to its management Power IQ can then gather data from these PDUs You can also add PDUs to Power IQ by uploading a CSV file containing the information See Adding PDUs in Bulk with CSV Files on page 22 in the Power IQ User Guide Use this procedure to add a Raritan EMX to Power IQ gt To add PDUs to Power IQ management 1 Inthe PDUs tab click Add Enter the IP address of the PDU If the PDU is in a daisy chained configuration or console server configuration
224. nformation about the PDU device Field Type Notes ID Integer Unique PDU number Caption VarChar 64 PDU Name Description TEXT MIB II SysDescr IPAddress inet IP Address Proxylndex Integer Subtending unit ID applicable only to daisy chained and console server connected PDU units NameFormat VarChar 64 ModelName TEXT PDU Model Manufacturer TEXT PDU Manufacturer Location TEXT MIB II SysLocation Raritan Raritan Field Contact PDUName Firmware Serial Number CurrentStatus EventHealth ConnectivityHealth PrimaryOwnerName PrimaryOwnerContact InletTemperature External Key Custom Field 1 Custom Field 2 Current RatedVoltage RatedAmps RatedVoltAmps Type Char 256 TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT TEXT Char 64 VarChar 256 Float TEXT TEXT TEXT Float TEXT TEXT TEXT Appendix A ODBC Access Notes Contact name PDU Name PDU Firmware version PDU Serial Number PDU overall health status Good Warning or Critical PDU active events health status Good Warning or Critical PDU connectivity health status OK LostComm NoContact NoPlugin and others Owner name MIB II SysContact Temperature at the inlet of the PDU Latest reading in Celsius from the first temperature sensor attached to the PDU An external key such as asset tag number associated with the PDU A custom field for the user to specify A custom field for the user to specify
225. ngs ccceeccecccceeeseeeeceeeceeeeecaeeesaaeeeceeeseeeesaaeeseaaeseceeeseeessiaeeseeeseneees 198 PDU Health Chart Settings cccccceceeeececeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeceeeseeeeeseaeeecaaeseeeeeseeeetaeeeeeeeeneees 203 Overall PDU Health issia a R a aR 204 Exporting CAMS tai cess tees seeccee ccusstevesneecnd t aa E E EEEE EENEN ANAE 204 Chapter 16 Upgrading Dominion PX PDUs 205 Piana Now Uporadosnucsisierciitiiici inii a EE E E EER 205 View Saved Upgrade Plais susidi auiii iaaa a aa A E Aia aaa aa aaa 206 Edit a Saved Upgrade Plan ceccceceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseneeeseaeeeeaaeeseaeeseeeeeseeeeseaeeseeeeeneeess 207 Execute a Saved Upgrade Plan ccccccccceeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeesaaeeecaeeseeeeeseeeesiaeeeeeeeeneeess 207 Upgrade TINNO owe cet ceceteaieas decane teed innia n seeen Seater e EEN N EE EEE EAN D ETENEE ENE 207 jg Raritan Contents View Status of Upgrade Plans in Progress cciccii 2ectsdccosectet aiaiai aaan iia 208 View Completed Upgrade Plan S serie anana anenai aaa Aa aai EAS adic ieee 208 Manage Firmware V CrSiOns is ccessiceceisiienttsteceneedsiiogees AENA EEA SENERARA ASEENSA AA SEE 209 Chapter 17 Support and Licensing 210 SUPPOM Conecto NS essa E E E 210 Prerequisites for Support COMMCCHONS issiga inisi enigen eia iNNi 210 Greate a Support Conmectom as siccceiedeesgersccetez cn caine nceigelvectageeaedeneavecesen death a 210 SLOP a SUPPOM Connection sorses kinaa gel
226. ngs Storage on page 9 Data Storage Configuration Calculator on page 10 Enable or Disable Storing Raw Readings in CSV Files on Disk on page 10 Advanced Polling Settings on page 13 Support for IPv6 on page 17 Adding Veris Branch Circuit Monitors with Acquisuite on page 25 Adding PDUs Managed by Dominion SX on page 25 Enabling Single Sign On for Raritan Products on page 94 Configuring Enterprise Power IQ Settings on page 96 System Configuration Backup File Retention on page 99 Energy and Environmental Trends Details on page 118 Energy Trends Details on page 119 PDU Elements Smart Views on page 121 3 Phase PDU Outlet Readings for Raritan PX1 on page 123 Readings Smart PDU View on page 124 Inlet Readings and Line Readings for Three Phase PDUs on page 125 Multi Inlet PDU Readings on page 126 PDU Connectivity Health Statuses on page 132 Troubleshooting Connectivity Health on page 134 Control Power to Outlets in a Data Center on page 167 When Will Graceful Shutdown Abort on page 176 Power IQ ODBC Schema on page 218 ODBC Configuration and Sample Query for Apple Users on page 262 Please see the Release Notes for a more detailed explanation of the changes applied to this version of the Power IQ xi Chapter 1 Installing the Power IQ Application If you obtained Power IQ as a VMware application you must install it on a VMware ESX ESXi Server In This Chapter Virtual Machin
227. ngth for Power IQ users select from a list of password requirements Users that are locally authenticated will be required to use passwords that comply with the settings For example you may require that all passwords contain a number and are longer than 8 characters Password requirements apply to locally authenticated users only If LDAP is enabled the password requirements selected are not followed Changes to the password requirements apply only to future new and changed passwords Users whose passwords were created before the password requirement change will not be forced to change passwords to comply with the requirements gt To configure password requirements 1 Inthe Settings tab click Password Requirements in the Security and Encryption section 2 Inthe Minimum Password Length field select the minimum number of characters a password must include 3 Inthe Maximum Password Length field select the maximum number of characters a password may include 4 Select the checkboxes for each requirement you want included in locally authenticated user passwords alowercase character Password must contain any lowercase letter an uppercase character Password must contain any capital letter a numeric character Password must contain a number a special character Password must contain any special character including 1 amp _ lt gt J 5 Click Save Encrypting Data Backup Files Z
228. nistrator role allows users to do all tasks in Power IQ You can change the roles assigned to both groups 81 Chapter 6 User Configuration Authorization and Authentication Add a User Group gt To add a user group 1 Click Settings 2 Click User Groups 3 Click Add then enter a name Click Next The Group Information page opens 4 Inthe Group Members section select users in the drop down list then click Add Users in the group appear in the list by login name and email 5 Inthe Group Roles section select roles in the drop down list then click Add to assign the permission to the group Roles assigned to the group appear in the list See Role Definitions see Power IQ Role Definitions on page 85 Edit a User Group Name y To edit a user group name Click Settings i Click User Groups Select a group then click Edit Click Edit to change the group name Click Save oP ON Delete a User Group gt To delete a user group 1 Inthe Settings tab click User Groups 2 Select a group and click Remove as Raritan Chapter 6 User Configuration Authorization and Authentication Assign Roles to a User Group Roles assigned to users or user groups in the Settings tab give permissions that apply to all Data Centers PDUs and Devices in Power IQ See Role Definitions see Power IQ Role Definitions on page 85 You can also assign the Administrator Operator Power Contr
229. node whose capacity you want to show in the chart Expand or collapse the nodes by clicking the plus and minus signs The name of the node selected displays in the field at the bottom on the dialog Click Select Node In the Period field select the time period to include in the forecast Click Save The widget is added to the dashboard D Raritan Chapter 5 Dashboard gt To use the capacity forecast chart widget e The solid line in the chart represents the measured time period The dashed line represents the projected time period e The blue line shows the observed data e The purple line is the linear trend line e The dashed green line shows the projected data e The chart legend will indicate adequate supply when the trend does not cross the capacity line for the time period If the trend line crosses the capacity line the chart legend will indicate the number of days of supply remaining until capacity is reached Projected X days of capacity remaining Set a Capacity Capacity in kilowatts can be set with up to 2 decimal places Capacity for Racks can only be set in the Data Centers tab Capacity for data center room aisle and row can be set either in the Data Center tab or by importing the enterprise data model CSV file See Importing Object Mappings on page 104 gt To seta capacity 1 Inthe Data Centers tab select a data center level such as a room The details page opens 2 Enter the c
230. not support both humidity and temperature readings then the nearest humidity sensor is used to correlate temperature measurement with humidity measurement The determination of the nearest humidity sensor is based on the Power IQ Enterprise Data Model hierarchy For example Floor gt Room gt Aisle gt Row gt Rack Export Sensor Data To view pairs of sensor readings in a CSV file export the data The exported file contains a column called In Region and a list of points Points inside the region are listed as TRUE Points outside the region are listed as FALSE Raritan Chapter 5 Dashboard Calculate Potential Cooling Energy Savings Power IQ calculates the estimated cost savings you may experience by raising the temperature of your data center to a higher temperature while remaining within the guidelines of a selected ASHRAE or custom region The potential cooling energy savings displays at the bottom of a cooling chart automatically when a data center is selected as the EDM node included Potential cooling energy savings can only be calculated at the data center level not at lower levels such as room or rack All temperature sensor data points must be below the upper temperature limit for the region selected or the calculation will show as 0 The calculation works by showing you a potential estimated savings based on raising your highest temperature to the maximum allowed by the selected region Industry est
231. o configure Raritan PX sampling rates Power IQ must have SNMP write access to those PDUs First make sure the Raritan PX SNMP agents are enabled Then ensure that they have been added to Power IQ management using an SNMP community string that has write access Raritan i 12 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Enabling Buffered Data Retrieval from Raritan PX 1 2 5 or Higher Note All Power IQ s using buffered data retrieval that are polling the same PDU must use the same Sample Interval setting to prevent each instance of Power IQ from attempting to change the sample interval to its own setting See Buffered Data Retrieval on page 11 for more details gt To retrieve buffered data from Raritan PX 1 2 5 or higher Make sure that Raritan PX PDUs have been added to Power IQ with a Write Community String or buffered data retrieval will not work See Editing PDUs under Power IQ Management on page 20 for details on editing PDU credentials 1 Inthe Settings tab click Power IQ Settings 2 Inthe Polling Settings section select the Enable buffered data retrieval on Raritan PDUs checkbox 3 Select a sample period from the Sample Interval drop down list This configures the sample interval that Raritan PX PDUs use to buffer power measurements For example If 1 minute is selected every minute Raritan PX PDUs takes a power measurement and stores it in its internal buffer for retrieval Note The polling interv
232. ol and View roles to a user or user group but limit the role to only a specific level of a data center To limit the permission assign the role in the Data Centers tab in the Permissions section of the data center level the role should cover See Assign Roles within a Data Center on page 84 You must be assigned the Site Administrator role to assign roles gt To assign roles to a user group In the Settings tab click User Groups Select a user group then click Edit o N In the Group Roles section select roles in the drop down list then click Add to assign the permission to the group Roles assigned to the group appear in the list Users can perform the tasks allowed by the roles assigned to the group Remove Roles from a User Group gt To remove roles from a user group 1 Inthe Settings tab click User Groups Select a user group then click Edit Select a role then click Remove Users in the group can no longer perform the tasks allowed by the role gt To remove all roles from a user group 1 Inthe Settings tab click User Groups 2 Select a user group then click Edit 3 Inthe Group Roles section click Empty Raritan Chapter 6 User Configuration Authorization and Authentication Assign Roles within a Data Center You can control what individual users or user groups can see and do in Power IQ at each level in each data center Permissions extend to levels nested below the selected
233. ollout plan See Plan a New Rollout on page 26 e oO N 29 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks PDU Outlet Naming and Setting System Attributes Power IQ enables you to export all the current PDU Outlet and System Attribute names to a CSV file that you can edit and then re import new names See Naming Outlets in Bulk with CSV Files on page 30 Change individual names manually by clicking a field and editing See Naming Individual Outlets on page 30 Raritan PDU outlet names can be up to 32 characters in length with no character restrictions See the manufacturer s specification for naming requirements for other brands of PDUs Note PDUs must be configured in Power IQ with an SNMP community string that has write level access to allow outlet naming The following PDUs have manufacturer limitations that affect renaming via SNMP Outlet and system attribute naming is not available via SNMP for Avocent or Geist PDUs Outlet naming via SNMP is not available for Tripp Lite PDUs or the Eaton Pulluzi model PDU The standard Eaton model does support outlet naming System attribute naming via SNMP is not available for Baytech PDUs Names for Servertech PDUs cannot contain spaces Naming Individual Outlets gt To name individual outlets 1 Inthe PDUs tab click the link for a PDU Scroll down to the Outlets list Double click the outlet name then enter the new name in the field gt O N Press Enter to save the name
234. oltAmpHours WaittHours AveragePowerFactor Type Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Appendix A ODBC Access Notes interval Average current Amps reading during rollup interval Lowest active power Watts reading during rollup interval Maximum active power Watts reading during rollup interval Average active power Watts reading during rollup interval Lowest apparent power VA reading during rollup interval Maximum apparent power VA reading during rollup interval Average apparent power VA reading during rollup interval Minimum voltage reading during rollup interval Maximum voltage reading during rollup interval Average voltage reading during rollup interval Maximum of the cumulative volt amp hour meter readings over the rollup interval Maximum of the cumulative watt hour meter readings over the rollup interval Average power factor reading during rollup interval 239 240 Appendix A ODBC Access Field Type Notes MinimumPowerF actor Real Minimum power factor reading during rollup interval MaximumPowerFactor Real Maximum power factor reading during rollup interval PDUReadingsRollup To Be Deprecated Note This table will be deprecated soon It is recommended to stop using it and use the new PDUInletReadings tables The PDUReadingsRollup view summarizes the PDU readings power data over the rol
235. ommunicates over HTTP or HTTPS 3 Enter the IP address of the proxy server in the Proxy Host field Power IQ only accepts proxy communication from this address 4 Enter the communications port the proxy server uses in the Proxy Port field 5 If the proxy server is required to authenticate with Power IQ select Yes in the Authentication Required field and enter a Username and Password These fields must use a valid Power IQ username and password combination 6 Click Save Proxy Settings Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Configuring PDU Display Settings View PDUs by IP or Name Select whether you want all PDUs in the system to be identified by PDU name or IP address in the Settings tab This setting affects all pages where PDUs are listed and is used in email notifications when identifying PDUs This setting applies to all users in the system PDU names are retrieved from the PDU via SNMP NOT from the network PDU name is not guaranteed to be unique If a PDU name is not available the PDU label is set to Unnamed and the IP address is included gt To configure PDU display settings 1 Inthe Settings tab click Application Settings in the Appliance Administration section 2 Inthe Display Settings box select Show PDU IP Address or Show PDU Name then click Save Display Settings Customizing Your View of PDUs Devices and Events Each user can save their own customized views of PDU Device a
236. on cccccccceeeseeeeeeeeseteeeseeeeseeeeeeeeee 86 Change the Administrator Password It is important to change the default admin account password as soon as possible This helps prevent unauthorized administrator access to Power IQ The password must follow the requirements selected in Settings gt Password Requirements See Configuring Password Requirements on page 93 gt To change the administrator password 1 Click the Settings tab 2 Click User Accounts The User Configuration page opens displaying a list of all the user accounts created for the system Click Edit for the admin user Type a new password for the admin account in the Password field then type it again in the Confirm Password field 5 Click Save Adding Editing and Deleting Users Raritan Add a User gt To add a user 1 Click the Settings tab 2 Click User Accounts The User Configuration page opens displaying a list of all the user accounts created for the system Click Add A blank user information page opens Enter the Common User Information 79 Chapter 6 User Configuration Authorization and Authentication a Enter a username User names must be at least 3 characters but not more than 40 characters Required Enter the user s first name Enter the user s last name Enter an email address 9 ao 85 Password and Confirm Password Enter a password for this user The password must be at least 8 cha
237. on Installing an HTTPS Certificate c 23 42 siieiieii eid Ginn dialed niall Restricting Web and Shell Access Based on IP AddreSsS ccccccecsesceeeeseteeeeeeeeeees Configuring Password Requirement c cccecceceeneececeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeaaeseeneeeeeeeess Encrypting Data Backup Files viv ces ci sctecteece cones acd eetece deeb dsaeetesaedecbdsacdomeescedieeetaaenees Enabling Single Sign On for Raritan Products c cccceceeeseeeeeeeeceeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeeenees Enabling the WS API is cecsi witieeidccut haem enanada E an aaa a inaa Enabling the Web API User Account wi cicccccetcsecceeeestecectecacceecsaccetessacdenessicceeeeseecenens Change Web User Session Time outs c ccesceceeceececeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaaeseeeeeseeneess Configuring the Authorization Warning Message cccccceeseeceeeeeteeeeeetaeeeeeeseeeeees Configuring Enterprise Power IQ Settings ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeseeneees Chapter 8 Data Management Configuring Data Rollup Retention seiis Data IBACKU DS oria atenzcaesanes cues E O vweetnacetacens Downloading System Configuration Backup Files Create a System Configuration Backup File cc cccccseeceeesseeeeesseeeeeseeeeees Restoring System Configuration Backups ccccccesceceeeeeeeteeeeeaeeeeeeseneeeees System Configuration Backup File Retention cc cccccesseeeseeceeeseeeeeeeseeeees Raritan Contents
238. ontrol or not arising under normal operating conditions If a power cable is included with this product it must be used exclusively for this product CE Crus i LISTED Contents What s New in the Power IQ Help Chapter 1 Installing the Power IQ Application Virtual Machine Requirements icciciscce cadiegiedeuie cadeanichecgeesadslhiedevaeecediies Preparing to Install Power Qremmi Mies ia deesee ca iaeiaiai dates Creating the Power IQ Virtual Machine 0 ccceeesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeteeeeees Loading Power IQ onto the Virtual Machine ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees Chapter 2 Initial Configuration of Power IQ Configuring Power IQ for Access over Network cccceccccecseeeeeesteeeeeeaes Open Port Requirements cc cceceeceeecseeeeeecaeeececsaeeeceesaeeeeseaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaas Ports Open Between Power IQ and PDUS ccccccsteeeeesteeeeeeees Ports Open Between Clients and Power IQ ccccccccseeeeeeesteeeeeeees Chapter 3 Connecting to Power IQ Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Configuring Logging through Syslog isses Configuring Polling IAteWals sssusa Recommended Polling Intervals ccccssccceeesecceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneees Configure Raw Sensor Readings Storage cccccceseeeeseeeereees Buttered Data Reeve pesin Advanced Polling Settings s cicssssccciesseccetsinecctavsescaeieeedenieasacne eee onstens Setting the Default SNMP Version for PDUS
239. ort Save icon inthe upper right corner of the grid Save or open the file using the dialog that appears Clear Events Events can be automatically cleared by other events or you can clear them manually gt 1 To clear events in the Events browser view In the Events tab select the checkbox for an event in the list Select multiple checkboxes to choose multiple events to clear Click Clear Selected Events To clear an event from the Events details page In the Events tab click the link for an event to open the Event details page The link to open Event details is in the Events column In the Event details page click Clear this event Z Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Automatic Delete of Cleared Events Power IQ automatically deletes cleared events from the system hourly Cleared events will only be deleted when there are more than 100 000 events in the database The oldest events in the system are eligible to be deleted first If there are 100 000 or fewer events in the database at the hourly check then no events will be deleted Only cleared events are eligible to delete Power IQ will not delete active events You can access events and event configurations via ODBC views If you need to keep a log of all generated events run a script periodically that retrieves event data via ODBC before Power IQ deletes cleared events automatically Enable or Disable Event Notificat
240. out w Include field names w Autoformat data C Include row numbers v Import HTML table s only If the number of rows in the data range changes upon refresh Insert cells for new data delete unused cells Insert entire rows for new data clear unused cells Overwrite existing cells with new data clear unused cells C Fill down formulas in columns adjacent to data C Use Table 5 Click OK then click OK again on the previous New Sheet dialog on Raritan Z Raritan Appendix A ODBC Access 6 The report is generated The query shows rollups from September 10 2012 Change the query date in the string you copied and pasted for data from other days T SS eS E POUD LO PDUName AverageActePower AvnrageApparentPower yorisan ener MaximumApparentPower 2 6 56 PX2 376 632 407 771 379 412 Eigi 57 57 Px21E 437 125 499 076 i 440 505 t w 1 83 OPXR 663 25 ii 692 724 a 79 99 PX 64 75 101 604 68 10 E 28 28 APC POU i 37725 377 25 396 396 Z 2929 APCPOUA eet UNE 2 a a sg 58 Px2 13 376722 392 458 392 40 t gr 69 69 PX2 1 326 292 341 264 329 345 10 3 31 DPXR 1 260 75 285 806 mn 297 mpg 35 35 DPX 749 430 778 25 757 731 MK a8 38 INL UNE METER 877 068 518131 Sia 965 G 39 39 px 460 826 504 132 485 so d E is s v i E Sheet d sheeti i i 273 Appendix B Frequently Asked Questions In This Chapter Securty QUESTIONS vic sscecdessckcecexadacedes daz ceeds sacccdecanhceecds
241. ower Control Settings Control Power to Outlets in a Data Center Raritan You must enable power control See Enable or Disable Power Control on page 166 Power control is available at the outlet and IT device outlet group level unless you also enable higher levels such as all outlets in a rack row aisle or room See Configure Power Control Options on page 166 You must be assigned a role that permits power control See Power IQ Role Definitions on page 85 For details about controlling power in the Smart Rack and Smart PDU views see IT Devices Smart Rack View on page 120 and PDU Elements Smart Views on page 121 Warning Graceful shutdown is not supported when controlling power from the Smart Rack or Smart PDU pages which are accessed by clicking the rack or PDU in the EDM Data Centers tab Use the right click option on the rack or PDU in the EDM or the power control options in the Devices tab for graceful shutdown gt To control power in the Data Centers tab 1 Inthe Data Centers tab select the data center level such as a rack that contains the outlets you want to control 2 Select the checkboxes of the outlets you want to control in the IT Devices or PDUs section Click Power Control gt On or Power Control gt Off If required enter a reason message for the power control operation and click OK to confirm gt To control power with right click in the Data Centers tab 1 Inthe Data
242. ower IQ device Configuring Power IQ for Access over Network iij in Raritan To configure Power IQ for access over network Power on Power IQ When prompted to log in use the username config and the password raritan The Power IQ configuration page opens etwork Configuration Mais Mema Select Networking Setup then select Setup LAN 1 to configure the primary Ethernet port Press the Space bar to select Enable this LAN Port To manually assign the network settings to Power IQ leave Use DHCP deselected Type the IP address network masks and gateway into the appropriate fields Select Accept to reset the network interface with the new values If you are using a second network interface select Setup LAN 2 from the Network Configuration menu and configure the secondary Ethernet port in the same manner as the first Optional Chapter 2 Initial Configuration of Power IQ 8 Select Ping Network Test to ensure that Power IQ can communicate over the network Optional 9 To disable SSH remote access to Power IQ select System Services Then deselect Enable SSH By default the config account has access to Power IQ SSH is re enabled if a support connection is created Optional 10 Select Exit from the main menu You can now access Power IQ from any client on the network Open Port Requirements Raritan You must ensure that certain ports are open for Power IQ to work See Support Connections on page
243. pe Notes AislelD Integer Auto generated ID Name VarChar 255 Human assigned name for this Aisle object Externalkey VarChar 255 The unique code used by the Enterprise Model to identify this Aisle Rows The Rows view contains information about Row objects as part of the Enterprise Relationship Model The fields in this view correspond to the item attributes in the model Field Type Notes RowlD Integer Auto generated ID Name VarChar 64 Human assigned name for this Row object Externalkey VarChar 256 The unique code used by the Enterprise Model to identify this Row Racks The Racks view contains information about Rack objects as part of the Enterprise Relationship Model The fields in this view correspond to the item attributes in the model Field Type Notes RackID Integer Auto generated ID Name VarChar 255 Human assigned name for this Rack object Spaceldentifier VarChar 255 Optional human assigned value to identify this rack Externalkey VarChar 255 The unique code used by the Enterprise Model to identify this Rack Raritan Raritan Appendix A ODBC Access The ITDevices view contains information about IT Device objects as part of the Enterprise Relationship Model The fields in this view correspond to the item attributes in the model Field Type Notes ITDevicelD Integer Auto generated ID Name VarChar 255 Human assigned name for this IT Device object Customer VarChar 255 Na
244. play it on every page in Power IQ This is useful for branding a dashboard presentation Logos must not exceed 150 pixels wide 48 pixels high or 512KB in size For details on adding a logo to the dashboard see Image Widget on page 69 gt To display a logo on every page 1 Inthe Settings tab click Application Settings in the Appliance Administration sections 2 Inthe Display Settings box select the Show a custom uploaded logo checkbox 3 Click Browse to select the logo file then click Open If the file does not meet the logo criteria error messages display Edit the image as needed then upload again 4 Click Save Display Settings The logo appears in the top right corner of every page in Power IQ 182 Chapter 14 Appliance Administration Configuring the System Clock Raritan Power IQ uses the system clock to time stamp events and data records Set the system clock as soon as possible to keep an accurate record of events Using an NTP server is recommended to keep the system clock synchronized between Power IQ and the PDUs it manages Important You must use the same NTP server for Power IQ and all Dominion PX PDUs managed to get accurate readings from PX Configuring NTP Server Settings The Configure Time Servers table lists the NTP servers Power IQ contacts to get date and time information NTP must be enabled first Power IQ attempts to retrieve the date and time from the first serve
245. pported Events Event description Trap name Common event name Temperature Threshold High gstlempSensorTempCNOTIFY miglation gstTempSensorTempFNOTIFY gstClimateTempCNOTIFY gstClimateTempFNOTIFY 39 Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Geist V3 Supported Events Event description Temperature Threshold Low Violation Temperature Threshold Clear Humidity Threshold High Violation Humidity Threshold Low Violation Humidity Threshold Clear Outlet Current Threshold High Violation Outlet Current Threshold Low Violation Outlet Current Threshold Violation Clear Trap name Common event name alarmTripType 2 gstTempSensorTempCNOTIFY gstTempSensorTempFNOTIFY gstClimateTempCNOTIFY gstClimateTempFNOTIFY alarmTripType 1 gstTempSensorTempCNOTIFY gstTempSensorTempFNOTIFY gstClimateTempCNOTIFY gstClimateTempFNOTIFY alarmTripType 0 gstClimateHumidityNOTIFY alarmTripType 2 gstClimateHumidityNOTIFY alarmTripType 1 gstClimateHumidityNOTIFY alarmTripType 0 gstCtrlOutletDeciAmpsNOTIFY alarmTripType 2 gstCtrlOutletDeciAmpsNOTIFY alarmTripType 1 gstCtrlOutletDeciAmpsNOTIFY alarmTripType 0 Hewlett Packard Supported Events Hewlett Packard Supported Events Common event name inletActivePowerUpperWarning Event description Inlet Current Upper Warning Threshold Trap name trapWarning Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Hewlett Packard S
246. pter 9 Smart Rack View and Smart PDU View 3 Phase PDU Outlet Readings for Raritan PX1 Power IQ uses the following algorithm to convert three line readings into one outlet reading for current and voltage only This algorithm applies only to 3 phase PX1 inline meters In the algorithm LineX_Readings is a list of all the readings for a given time period MAX MAX MAX Linel Readings MAX Line2 Readings MAX Line3 Readings AVG MAX AVG Linel Readings AVG Line2 Readings AVG Line3 Readings MIN MAX MIN Linel Readings MIN Line2 Readings MIN Line3 Readings PDUs with Fuses Most Raritan PDUs monitor load at the internal PDU circuit breaker Some PDUs have fuses instead of circuit breakers If a PDU has fuses information about them displays in Power IQ with the Circuit Breaker label PX models with an F1 suffix have a fuse instead of a circuit breaker e PX2 4656V F1 e PX2 4863V F1 e PX2 2496 F1 e PX2 1496 F1 e PX2 446412 F1M2 e PX2 449612V F1 e PX2 4656V F1 e PX2 4863V F1 123 Chapter 9 Smart Rack View and Smart PDU View Readings Smart PDU View The Readings section of the Smart PDU view contains the power readings for the PDU e The Inlet Readings shows the Voltage Current in amps Active Power Apparent Power Power Factor and Active Energy for each inlet of the PDU Readings are shown for each inlet on a multiple inlet PDU e The Inlet Outlet Reading
247. r Disable Power Control on page 166 2 Prepare your servers for graceful shutdown check open ports define accounts for authentication test authentication methods See Open Ports for Graceful Shutdown on page 174 and Preparing Servers for Graceful Shutdown on page 174 3 Add the shutdown commands to Power IQ See Add Shutdown Commands on page 171 4 Enable graceful shutdown for the server known as an IT Device in Power IQ specify the command and wait time and test the connection See Enable Graceful Shutdown for an IT Device on page 172 5 To shutdown servers use the power control functions a Add a power control task to schedule the power off for a device group See Add a Power Control Task on page 169 OR b Power off an individual outlet See Control Power to Outlets in a Data Center on page 167 ae Raritan Raritan Chapter 12 Power Control Add Shutdown Commands Add shutdown commands if you want to enable graceful shutdown to occur on servers before Power IQ switches off outlets Graceful shutdown will occur both when you manually power outlets off or when a scheduled power control task runs You can test the commands you configure when you enable graceful shutdown for a particular device See Enable Graceful Shutdown for an IT Device on page 172 gt Add shutdown commands using Windows Remote Shutdown Windows Remote Shutdown is the most common choice for shutting down Win
248. r Graceful SHUtGOWN ccceeeeeeeteeeetteeeeeeeeees 174 When Will Graceful Shutdown Abort cceccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeeees 176 Create Device Groups for Power Control cccecceceeceesteeeeeesteeeeeenaes 176 Set a Different Power On Delay for a Device s es 178 Enable or Disable Power Control Only authorized users can control power See Role Definitions see Power IQ Role Definitions on page 85 1 Inthe Settings tab click Power IQ Settings in the Appliance Administration section 2 Inthe Power Control Settings box select the Enable power control checkbox to enable power control 3 Click Save Power Control Settings Configure Power Control Options Raritan gt To configure power control options 1 Inthe Settings tab click Power IQ Settings in the Appliance Administration section 2 Inthe Power Control Settings box a Select the Enable power control checkbox to enable power control b Select the Require reason message for power control operations checkbox to require users to log a reason for all power control operations c Select the Allow ad hoc power control for rooms aisles rows and racks to allow authorized users to control power at the room aisle row and rack levels of the data center 166 Chapter 12 Power Control d Select the Allow scheduled power control checkbox to allow authorized users to schedule power control tasks 3 Click Save P
249. r IPv6 Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Seiting the Default SNMP Version for PDUs gt To set the default SNMP version for PDUs 1 Inthe Settings tab click Power IQ Settings in the Appliance Administration section 2 Inthe Polling Settings box select 1 2c or 3 as the default SNMP version for new PDUs added to Power IQ 3 Click Save Poller Settings You can change the default value when you add the PDU Setting Default Estimated Voltages Power IQ can estimate Active Power for PDUs that do not directly provide Active Power measurements When voltage is not available from the PDU you can enter a default estimated voltage value for each type of PDU gt To set the default estimated voltages 1 Inthe Settings tab clickPower IQ Settings 2 Inthe Polling Settings box enter a default estimated voltage for single phase PDUs and a default estimated inlet and outlet voltage for three phase PDUs Optional 3 Click Save Poller Settings You can override the default value for any PDU in the PDU Details page See Configure Estimated Voltages on page 22 You can assign Power IQ an IPv6 address Power IQ supports IPv6 communication for the following functions e Add PDUs with IPv6 addresses e Add PDUs with IPv6 addresses using CSV import e Add IT devices with IPv6 addresses e Enable access controls using IPv6 address e Use SNMP diagnostics over IPv6 network e Allow IPv6 hosts to con
250. r on the list If this attempt fails it proceeds down the list and attempts to contact the second server then the third and so on gt To enable NTP and configure NTP servers 1 Inthe Settings tab click Application Settings in the Appliance Administration section In the Time Settings box click the arrow to expand the NTP Settings Select the Enable NTP checkbox Click Add Type the time server s IP address in the Time Server field then click OK 6 Click Save Time Settings aro Nn gt To edit NTP server settings 1 Select the server in the table and click Edit Type the time server s IP address in the Time Server field Click Save Changes gt To remove an NTP server 1 Select the server in the table Click Remove Click Yes in the confirmation message 183 184 Chapter 14 Appliance Administration Dynamic Plugins Configuring the System Clock Manually gt To configure the system clock manually 1 Inthe Settings tab click Application Settings in the Appliance Administration section 2 Inthe Time Settings box select the Time Zone Power IQ resides in from the Time Zone drop down list 3 Select the date and time using the tools in the Set time manually fields Select the date from the pop up calendar Select the 24 hour time from the drop down list 4 Click Save The dynamic plugins feature enable you to add data collection support for external PDU products that Power IQ does not al
251. racters including one numerical character one uppercase character one lowercase character and one of the following special characters 1 G N amp _ Gh lt gt Required f Inthe Description field enter comments about the user 5 Click Add Edit a User gt To edit a user 1 Click Administration gt Settings in the Power IQ interface The Settings page opens in a secondary browser window Click User Accounts in the Authorization and Authentication panel Select a user and click Edit The User Information page opens Click Edit to change the name information Click Save after making changes Click Change Password to change the user s password Enter the password enter it again to confirm then click OK Delete a User In the user list page you can delete users who should no longer have access to the system You cannot delete the admin user gt To delete a user 1 Click Administration gt Settings in the Web Client The Settings page opens in a secondary browser window 2 Click User Accounts in the Authorization and Authentication panel The User Configuration page opens Click Delete in the row of the user you want to delete Click OK to delete the user ii Raritan Chapter 6 User Configuration Authorization and Authentication Assign Roles to a User Roles assigned to groups or users in the Settings tab give permissions that apply to all Data Centers PDUs and Device
252. re events then click Clear Selected Events to clear them See Clear Events on page 54 Event Listing Occurred at v Severity Event Summary F 10 28 11 03 30 02 PM E Informational Outlet power on Outlet Fail tree switched on by E 10 28 11 03 25 01 PM E Informationa Outlet power off Outlet Fail tree switched off by E 10 24 11 03 05 17 PM E Informationa Outlet power on Outlet Fail tree switched on by F 10 24 11 03 00 16 PM E Informationa Outlet power off Outlet Fail tree switched off by 10 21 11 03 31 52 PM E Informational Outlet power on Outlet Pass tree switched on b 10 21 11 02 00 03 PM E Informationa Outlet power on Outlet Fail tree switched on by 10 21 11 01 55 50 PM E Warning Admin credentials invalid Admin credentials failed to valid id 4 Page 1lof1 Db PE 25 lw Ee oa eee ee e 5E Raritan Chapter 10 Viewing PDUs There are two methods for viewing PDUs the Smart PDU view in the Data Centers tab and the PDUs tab which includes a classic view PDU Details page for each PDU e To view data collected from the PDU and environmental charts use the Smart PDU view in the Data Centers tab See Smart Rack View and Smart PDU View on page 115 e To view details and configure the PDU or manage sensors and asset strips use the PDUs tab See Viewing a PDU on page 129 In This Chapter Viewing a PDU wiiccccccttiarecccteacececengscedeiee
253. re the data retention settings See Configuring Data Rollup Retention on page 97 e Power IQ ODBC Interface is backed by an PostgreSQL database In This Chapter Configuring ODBC Access to Power IQ ccccccesteeeeseeteteeeeteeeeeeeeaes 214 ODBC Client Configuratio Marssonde aaa a aa aa 215 Timezone Configuration for ODBC Data seeseeseeee eeen eseese 215 Advanced Reporting with Database and Reporting Programs 216 Power lO ODBG ScheMa 2 4 wisisie saad aaae Eae a A iE 218 sample ODBC Quen Sineus taiea ea ce ater te aE E te E 257 ODBC Configuration and Sample Query for Apple Users 0 262 Configuring ODBC Access to Power IQ Raritan Specify the IP addresses that you authorize to make connections to the database gt To enable ODBC access to Power IQ 1 Click ODBC Access in the Data Management section The ODBC Access page opens 2 Click Add then double click the 0 0 0 0 0 addresses to enter edit mode and type the ODBC network address with the mask in CIDR format CIDR format example 192 168 43 0 24 instead of 192 168 43 0 and 255 255 255 0 Use the network mask value to specify a single address or a range of addresses Use the default value 0 0 0 0 0 to allow access from all IP addresses 3 Repeat to add new addresses as needed Select an address and click Remove to remove authorization from the address 214 Appendix A ODBC Access 4 Click Save when all autho
254. readings in CSV files may not be supported and could lead to performance issues with the Power IQ poller Use the Power IQ data storage configuration calculator tool to determine if storage of raw sensor readings is supported with your configuration Power IQ Data Storage Configuration Calculator http www raritan com support power iq v4 0 0 data storage configurator gt To enable or disable storing raw readings in CSV files on disk 1 Inthe Settings tab click Power IQ Settings in the Appliance Administration section To enable storage of daily sensor readings select the Store raw readings in CSV files on disk checkbox This option enables raw readings to be stored in CSV files on disk To disable storage of daily sensor readings deselect the Store raw readings in CSV files on disk checkbox This option will not store raw readings on disk and frees up resources for faster polling 2 Click Save Poller Settings Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Buffered Data Retrieval Raritan PX PDUs version 1 2 5 and higher have the ability to temporarily buffer power measurements This allows Power IQ to receive more data with less frequent polling Enabling buffered data retrieval instructs Power IQ to retrieve these buffered measurements instead of collecting a single point of data at the time of polling This results in increased efficiency when gathering data from Raritan PX PDUs See Enabling
255. ready support This can be useful to add support for a non supported rack PDU UPS branch circuit monitor or any power metered device that supports SNMP For simplicity this user guide will refer to PDUs only but this represents all types of devices that you can add using dynamic plugins Dynamic plugins work by mapping SNMP OIDs that you provide from the PDU s MIB file to Power IQ s database so that Power IQ can find and retrieve data from the PDU For a full list of supported PDUs go to http www raritan com resources power iq rack pdu support Limitations of Dynamic Plugins You can add a PDU with attached sensors using dynamic plugins but you cannot access the sensor data in Power IQ Buffered data retrieval is not supported for PDUs added with dynamic plugins Requirements for Dynamic Plugins e MIB file for the PDU you want to manage See Find the MIB File on page 185 e Ability to correctly identify OIDs in a MIB file Raritan Z Raritan Chapter 14 Appliance Administration Find the MIB File To add a PDU using dynamic plugins you must have the MIB file for the PDU gt To find the MIB file MIBs are usually available in one of the following locations e The product interface For example Raritan s Dominion PX PDUs have a menu option to save the MIB file Note PX PDUs are supported You do not need to add dynamic plugins for Raritan PDUs e The product s website e The prod
256. recommendations You can also specify smaller sections within a data center such as a room or rack This allows you to determine how your readings compare to an ASHRAE recommendation You can also specify your own custom target operating zones See Create a Custom Region gt To configure the cooling chart widget 1 Inthe Dashboard tab click the icon in the upper right corner of the page The Report Configuration dialog appears 2 Drag and drop the cooling chart widget icon into a row See Setting the Dashboard Layout on page 63 for details Click the Settings icon In the Show field click the browse button to select a node from your enterprise data model You can select any level up to and including the data center Potential energy savings is calculated only when a data center is selected 5 Inthe Sensor Position field select Inlet Outlet or Outside Air Inlet specifies a cold aisle chart and uses data from inlet located sensors Outlet specifies a hot aisle chart and uses data from outlet located sensors Outside air uses data from outside located sensors See Specify Inlet Outlet or Outside Air Location for Environmental Sensors on page 130 6 Select the region to display on the chart See ASHRAE Envelope Descriptions on page 74 for details of each region Raritan Raritan Chapter 5 Dashboard All regions display in blue on the chart Custom regions have default settings you can
257. rinen a E O E aia ses tivesiorieaysvecetotadagecns edra USE prona OO Melete a Us Giese ona env gtecergdieecesgasenlineeeayal ceigtinl aed enteeataeaglies Assign Roles to a USET iecic ccccced iccctheens cette caaecet deta dived anedeievtadsviesheensttsangeettianedents Remove Roles from a USer siscccsccisct tececiieis nate teeesiietieieaaebetdciadnnteaedieneciaintes Adding Editing and Deleting User Groups c ccceeecececeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeeaesesaeeeeeeees Default User Groups icin sisters tice diae eb ees eee Neda dada Adda User Groupies cee eR etl aes AE aat Edita User Group NaMe aaa lage giana dala Delete a User Group isciiieiinni ine nih Gi ai eed ee ee Assign Roles toa User GroUpus riisiin aa ieee ed lds Remove Roles trom a User Group sinisini aingia aat Assign Rol s within a Data Center inci cciicineiidneeadielandastrdiliaiedaiiedeieiiiees Roles and User Access Levels siviccsccicisccntescedinedtdecareecde edtin eaviceceetacdoeesctcerie dicen Power IQ Role Definitions cc4i2 dition aaa a dend eis Roles Information for Upgraded Systems cccccceseeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeneeseeeeeeas Configuring LDAP AUtMeAtGAtiOn seisena iada Gathering LDAP Configuration SettingS cccccccceecesseeceeeeeseeeeeseeeseneeseeneees Configuring LDAP Authentication SettingS ccccceseeeeeeeseteeeeeeeeeneeeeneees Disabling LDAP Auth ntiCation 2 cic esectiecrieetecati acetic aaiiatnec Chapter 7 Security and Encrypti
258. rized addresses have been added The Power IQ database restarts After the restart ODBC compliant applications are allowed to access the database from the authorized IP addresses ODBC Client Configuration 1 ODBC Client must install and configure a suitable PostgreSQL driver PostgreSQL drivers are available at http www postgresql org ftp odbc versions msi 2 ODBC Client must configure Power IQ as a ODBC Data Source with the following credentials Database Name raritan User ID odbcuser Password raritan Port Number 5432 Server Power IQ IP Address Timezone Configuration for ODBC Data ODBC tables use the Power IQ system time setting which is EST EDT This setting is converted to your selected timezone when you are using the Power IQ web interface but this conversion is not applied to ODBC connections The time data available via the ODBC connection can by changed ona per session basis By using a specific SQL statement to adjust the client session you can run reports and view information in the desired timezone This link contains documentation on setting the timezone for the database using an SQL statement Use the SET SESSION syntax because Power IQ ODBC users do not have super user privileges http www postgresql org docs 8 1 static sql set html http www postgresql org docs 8 1 static sql set html Raritan E Appendix A ODBC Access Advanced Reporting with Database and Reporting Programs
259. rollup interval Maximum power factor reading during rollup interval PDUOutletReadingDailyRollups Field PDUOutletReadingsRollup Integer ID PDUID Type Integer Notes Unique ID for each reading Foreign key reference to Raritan Raritan Field OutletID OutletNumber Time MinimumCurrent MaximumCurrent AverageCurrent MinimumActivePower MaximumActivePower AverageActivePower MinimumApparentPower MaximumApparentPower AverageApparentPower Minimum Voltage MaximumVoltage AverageVoltage Type Integer Integer Timestamp with Timezone Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Appendix A ODBC Access Notes PDUs table Foreign key reference to PDUOutlets table Outlet number on the PDU Timestamp when rollup was created Lowest current Amps reading during rollup interval Maximum current Amps reading during rollup interval Average current Amps reading during rollup interval Lowest active power Watts reading during rollup interval Maximum active power Watts reading during rollup interval Average active power Watts reading during rollup interval Lowest apparent power VA reading during rollup interval Maximum apparent power VA reading during rollup interval Average apparent power VA reading during rollup interval Minimum voltage reading during rollup inter
260. rs consumed by the inlet if available for the PDU PDUInletReadingHourlyRollups Field Type PDUInletReadingsRollu Bigint pID PDUID Integer InletID Integer Notes Primary key for the table Foreign key reference to PDUs table Foreign key reference to PDUInlets table 223 224 Appendix A ODBC Access Field InletNumber Time Voltage MinVoltage MaxVoltage Current MinCurrent MaxCurrent PowerFactor MinPowerFactor MaxPowerFactor ActivePower MinActive Power MaxActivePower ApparentPower Type Integer Timestamp Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Real Notes The number of the inlet on the PDU Local timestamp Average voltage reading during rollup interval Minimum voltage reading during rollup interval Maximum voltage reading during rollup interval Average current reading Amps during rollup interval Minimum current reading Amps during rollup interval Maximum current reading Amps during rollup interval Average Power factor reading during rollup interval Minimum power factor reading during rollup interval Maximum power factor reading during rollup interval Average active power Watts reading during rollup interval Minimum active power Watts reading during rollup interval Maximum active power Watts reading during rollup interval Average apparent power VA reading
261. rted Events MRV Supported Events Event description Temp Env Sensor High Threshold Trap name irTempHighTholdAlarmRaised Temp Env Sensor High Threshold Cleared irfempHighTholdAlarmCleared Temp Env Sensor Low Threshold irTempLowTholdAlarmRaised Temp Env Sensor Low irfempLowTholdAlarmCleared Common event name inletCurrentUpperCriticalClear Common event name outletPowerOn outletPowerOff Common event name envTemperatureUpperCritical envTemperatureUpperCriticalClear envTemperatureLowerCritical envTemperatureLowerCriticalClear Raritan MRV Supported Events Event description Threshold Cleared Humidity Env Sensor High Threshold Humidity Env Sensor High Threshold Cleared Humidity Env Sensor Low Threshold Humidity Env Sensor Low Threshold Cleared Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Trap name irHumidityHighTholdAlarmRaised irHumidityHighTholdAlarmCleared irHumidityLowTholdAlarm Raised irHumidityLowTholdAlarmCleared Raritan Dominion PX Supported Events Common event name envHumidityUpperCritical envHumidityUpperCriticalClear envHumidityLowerCritical envHumidityUpperCriticalClear Some Dominion PX models support Event Rules so that you can specify which events will be sent to Power IQ Set up rules to reduce the number of traps sent to Power IQ Optional Once rules are created associate the rule with the SNMP Trap Action with Power IQ as the trap destination
262. rts to track and display the managed sensor s reading and or state To manage additional sensors repeat Steps 3 to 6 Note When the number of managed sensors reaches the maximum you CANNOT manage additional sensors until you remove or replace any managed sensors To remove a sensor see Unmanaging Environmental Sensors Configuring Environmental Sensors You may change the default name for easily identifying the managed sensor and describe its location with X Y and Z coordinates gt 1 To configure environmental sensors If the PDU folder is not expanded expand it to show all components and component groups See Expanding the Tree Note The PDU folder is named my PX by default The name changes after customizing the device name See Naming the PDU Click External Sensors in the Dominion PX Explorer pane and the External Sensors page opens in the right pane Select the sensor that you want to configure Click Setup The Setup of external sensor lt serial number gt lt sensor type gt dialog appears where lt serial number gt is the serial number of this sensor and lt sensor type gt is the sensor s type Tip You can also trigger the same setup dialog by selecting the desired environmental sensor icon in the tree and then clicking Setup on that sensor s page opened in the right pane If the selected environmental sensor is the Raritan contact closure sensor connected with a third party detector swit
263. ructure This model is composed of objects and the relationships between them Power IQ builds its understanding of your infrastructure based on the relationships between these objects For example a model might describe the following have a Data Center in New York That Data Center has 1 Room That room contains 3 Rows of racks Each Row contains 4 Racks of Devices The first rack is powered by PDU A1 The first rack contains these 20 devices What is an Enterprise Model Object An object is an item that is a part of your Data Center The lowest level objects are called Devices Devices are items such as servers KVM drawers network switches or other equipment commonly installed in server racks Generally speaking these are items you provide power to Larger objects contain and organize smaller objects For example a Rack is an object that contains Devices a Row is an object that can contain Racks and an Aisle is an object that can contain Rows Additionally some objects such as Data Center or Device have optional attributes that further describe them 101 102 Chapter 8 Data Management What are Mappings and Relationships All objects except for the Data Center must have a larger object as a parent Generally speaking a parent object is a larger object that contains a smaller object The Data Center object is the largest object It has no parent object This ability to identify an object s parent is a singl
264. s Introduction Data Source Connection Database Conclusion ODBC for MySQL PostgreSQL and SQLite actualtechnologies Enter the connection information Which server do you want to connect to Server 192 168 1 1 v The server is typically referred to by its IP address If the database is on this computer enter localhost Port 5432 Other connection options are available Advanced Options a Connect to server to obtain default settings for the additional configuration options Login ID Password Store password in Keychain Go Back Continue Cancel Finish 7 Enter raritan as the database name Make sure to select the checkbox labeled Always include views in table lists Click Continue Introduction Data Source Connection Database Conclusion ODBC for MySQL PostgreSQL and SQLite actualtechnologies Enter the database information Which database do you want to connect to If your application requires special handling of non English text press Advanced Language Advanced Language Always include views in table lists _ Save long running queries to the log file Choose Long query time milliseconds 5000 Go Back Continue Cancel Finish 5 Raritan i 266 Appendix A ODBC Access 8 Click Test Conclusion A new ODBC data source will be created with the follow
265. s The list of PDUs included in the plan includes a Success or Failure message Click the View detailed upgrade status messages link for more information about each PDU on Raritan Chapter 16 Upgrading Dominion PX PDUs Manage Firmware Versions Raritan You can upload different versions of firmware for use in upgrade plans and view previously uploaded firmware Firmware files are BIN files You can download firmware versions from the Raritan website in the Support section If the file is zipped unzip and use only the BIN file gt 1 2 gt wO N To view uploaded firmware versions In the PDUs tab choose Activities gt Upgrade Firmware Click Manage Firmware Versions This link is not available if you do not have any uploaded firmware files The Manage Firmware Versions page opens All firmware versions previously uploaded appear in a list To delete a firmware version Select the checkbox for the firmware version you want to delete then click Delete To upload a new firmware version Scroll down to the Upload New Firmware File section Click Browse to select the BIN file Enter comments in the Comment box Click Upload The file is added to the list and will be available to select when creating a new upgrade plan See Plan a New Upgrade on page 205 209 Chapter 17 Support and Licensing In This Chapter Support CONMMECHONS Weicccecsctccceesticeeis daz ceeds aacccd
266. s Click Add a filter Select the Enable this Filter checkbox Select the Severity levels of the events for which you want Power IQ to send email notifications Critical Warning and Informational Select the Sources of the events for which you want Power IQ to send email notifications Outlet Inlet Circuit Breaker Environmental Sensors and PDU Connectivity Power IQ generates PDU connectivity events when connectivity is lost or restored with a PDU Select Send notifications for all PDUs to receive email notifications for all PDUs that meet the Severity level and Source criteria selected or Select Send notifications only for the following PDUs and then enter IP addresses for PDUs or values for Custom Fields associated with PDUs Enter a value in either or both custom fields to receive email notifications only for PDUs that have those custom field values assigned Custom Field 1 and Custom Field 2 may be renamed in your system See Configuring Custom Fields on page 114 Click Add to enter the IP addresses of the PDUs for which email notifications should be sent Enter a partial IP address to specify a group of PDUs in sequence For example enter 192 168 45 to specify all IP addresses beginning with that sequence Click See Matching PDUs to verify the list of PDUs for which Power IQ will send email notifications Click Save Raritan Z Raritan Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Manage Event Not
267. s on page 208 for details on checking completed upgrades View Saved Upgrade Plans View saved upgrade plans to verify and edit their details before executing a plan gt 1 To view saved upgrade plans In the PDUs tab choose Activities gt Upgrade Firmware Click View saved plans All plans display in a list Click the Plan name link to view the details and edit if needed Raritan Chapter 16 Upgrading Dominion PX PDUs Edit a Saved Upgrade Plan Saved upgrade plans can be edited to change details add or remove PDUs or change the firmware version gt To edit a saved upgrade plan 1 Inthe PDUs tab choose Activities gt Upgrade Firmware Click View saved plans All plans display in a list Click the Plan name s link to view the details E O N Click the blue links in the plan summary to edit the plan Or scroll down to click Edit and use the wizard to edit See Plan a New Upgrade on page 205 for details of plan settings Execute a Saved Upgrade Plan Once a plan is saved execute it to start the upgrade process gt To execute an upgrade plan 1 Inthe PDUs tab choose Activities gt Upgrade Firmware Click View saved plans All plans display in a list Click the Plan name link for the plan you want to execute ON Click Start Upgrade to execute the plan See View Status of Upgrade Plans in Progress on page 208 for details on checking upgrades in progress See View Completed
268. s dea dend sane nevtnee eaa O 211 Save SUpport Logs 25 25 Sieh eid ee Aisle ine kien eet aie 211 LIGGMSIAG E E E ds deters iedhessedecadis di E lecadiajinendadi doeieesl ecdesesdeceddegioes 211 VOW LICONS OS ernia aSa EEEE AEEA AEEA RARESA EEEE AEE 211 Aada License Fil vescccsccntesceteecedriionkesnedentisiiondis dh oei iiaea EEEE AEREN SEENEN REEERE 212 Appendix A ODBC Access 214 Configuring ODBC Access to Power lQ criaron ee E EER VANA 214 ODBG Client Contig ratio m sssini aaae EE E ENNA 215 Timezone Config ration for ODBC Data resiisnsiisiet cetuesscdeagcezeags irao aa E E A aAa 215 Advanced Reporting with Database and Reporting Programs c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeees 216 Install and Configure a PostgreSQL Driver ecesceeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaesteaeeseenees 216 Link Database Tables in Microsoft ACCESS cceccceseeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeeseaeeesneeeeeneeeeaees 217 Power IQ ODBC Schema at scccstecasesest ccasgeansdhsdeadeceastevasncnes ea EE EEE E AENEAN 218 PDUS renanta ea E E EE E NNR 218 PDWOUUSHS sisikii a a E N NA 220 PDUGircutBreakerS irisga eE E E E NNA 220 PDULINGS conia na a N aed ens poy ianieeod ceases inne 221 PRUD ceisia ena O ocengecee tei pqee aurea angdecenatny avoaeeats 221 PDUIAIGIREAGINGS icici cstctestiendisiiedesetetttiienddiceientiniandeeeedeliendes EEEE EEK 221 PDUInletReadingHourlyROlUps scisccesceccecdcias canes thehetecsaadeeeiteediede shits thbededeasteateedetaatiee 223 PDU
269. s evecceneecte 93 Enabling Single Sign On for Raritan Products cccccccseeeeessteeeeees 94 Enabling the WS API eresien aaia 95 Enabling the Web API User ACCOUN ccceceecceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeenees 95 Change Web User Session Timeouts cccccceseeeeeeeeeesteeeeeeseeeeeeaaes 95 Configuring the Authorization Warning Message ccccceeseeeereeees 96 Configuring Enterprise Power IQ SettingS cccccceeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeee 96 Installing an HTTPS Certificate Z Raritan A PEM file upload is required to replace the current certificate and private key The PEM file needs to contain both an RSA private key and an X509 certificate Note Power IQ does not provide a Certificate Signing Request CSR OpenSSL or any other utility can be used to generate CSR Power IQ does not use encrypted private keys You must remove the password from the Private key before it can be used To remove the encryption from the key issue a command like openssl rsa in server key out server2 key Use server2 key when using openSSL utility It is not required to provide root certificate of CA signing Power IQ certificate signing request CSR gt Step 1 Generate a private key This example procedure is for generating a private key using OpenSSL on a Linux server 1 This command creates an RSA key with Triple DES 1024 byte encryption openssl genrsa des3 out server key 1024 Remember the key pas
270. s in Power IQ See Power IQ Role Definitions on page 85 You can also assign the Administrator Operator Power Control and View roles to a user or user group but limit the role to only a specific level of a data center To limit the permission assign the role in the Data Centers tab in the Permissions section of the data center level the role should cover See Assign Roles within a Data Center on page 84 You must be assigned the Site Administrator role to assign roles gt To assign roles to a user 1 Inthe Settings tab click User Accounts Select a user then click Edit 2 Inthe User Roles section select roles in the drop down list then click Add to assign the permission to the user Roles assigned to the user appear in the list Users can perform the tasks allowed by the roles assigned Remove Roles from a User gt To remove roles from a user 1 Click Settings Click User Accounts Select a user and click Edit i a In the User Roles list select a role then click Remove The user can no longer perform the tasks allowed by the role Adding Editing and Deleting User Groups Raritan Default User Groups There are two default user groups All Users and Site Administrators The All Users group contains every user you add to Power IQ and has the View role assigned to it The Site Administrators group contains the Admin user and has the Site Administrator role assigned to it The Site Admi
271. s is the energy used for cooling or how many kilowatts of energy are used to cool 100 kilowatts of power consumption custom_field_1 A custom field for the user to specify custom_field_2 A second custom field for the user to specify capacity The peak capacity in kilowatts specified with up to two decimal places Raritan Chapter 8 Data Management CSV Columns for FLOOR ROOM AISLE and ROW Objects Lines that describe a Floor Room Aisle or Row have the following attribute columns in this order e object_type One of the following values FLOOR ROOM AISLE ROW e external_key The unique identifier for this object It can be a name number or any other kind of text This field must be unique e name The name of the object e parent_object_type One of DATA_CENTER FLOOR ROOM or AISLE as described previously e parent_external_key The unique identifier for the parent object It can be aname number or any other kind of text This field must be unique to that parent object however many child objects may have the same parent e capacity The peak capacity in kilowatts specified with up to two decimal places CSV Columns for RACK Objects A line that describes a Rack has the following attribute columns in this order e object_type RACK e external_key The unique identifier for this object It can be a name number or any other kind of text This field must be unique e name Th
272. s of CSV files See Configure Raw Sensor Readings Storage on page 9 The daily sensor readings CSV file includes the state of the circuit breakers for applicable Dominion PX PDUs The circuit breaker state is recorded to this file only once every polling interval even if you enable buffered data retrieval under Polling Options Sensor readings include internal sensors and temperature humidity airflow air pressure and contact closure sensors See Configuring Remote Storage of Archive Files on page 99 for details on automatic remote storage of sensor reading archives gt To download daily sensor readings 1 Inthe PDUs tab choose Activities gt Download PDU Sensor Readings The Sensor Readings Archives page opens The option is hidden when storage for sensor readings files is disabled See Configure Raw Sensor Readings Storage on page 9 2 Click a filename link to download an archive of the sensor readings taken on that day Filenames include the date of the readings Or click Download Latest Readings to download the current sensor readings CSV file 179 Raritan 180 Chapter 13 Maintenance Tasks Note To delete an archived file select the checkbox next to the filename then click Remove gt To download daily sensor readings via script You can set up an external program to download the latest sensor readings file each day Example using wget wget 1 10 2 exe t 3 http user username
273. s of your devices See Device Chart Settings on page 198 e Health charts show connectivity and event statuses of your PDUs See PDU Health Chart Settings on page 203 You can change the location of any chart by clicking on the title bar of the chart and dragging it to its new position Configuring Charts 198 Configure a chart to select the data you want to analyze Charts created in the Analytics tab can only be viewed in the Analytics tab Charts configured in the Dashboard tab can be viewed in the Dashboard tab or in a Dashboard slide show See Dashboard on page 61 e For device chart details see Device Chart Settings on page 198 e For PDU health chart details see PDU Health Chart Settings on page 203 Device Chart Settings A device chart displays power measurements for the devices in your data centers You can configure a device chart on the Analytics tab or on the Dashboard tab gt To configure device chart settings 1 Inthe Analytics tab select a Report The charts contained in the Report open On the chart you want to configure click the Settings icon See Creating a Chart on page 198 for details on adding a new chart OR In the Dashboard tab add a device chart widget then click the Settings icon in the widget See Device Chart Widget on page 65 Raritan Raritan Chapter 15 Analytics The Device Chart Settings dialog appears In the Measurement field select
274. s section shows the Active Power and Apparent Power for each inlet outlet of an inline meter PDU e The Line Readings section shows the Current in amps and the available current for each line e The Circuit Breakers Readings section shows the Current in amps and the available current for each circuit breaker e The status at the bottom of the Readings section shows when the latest reading was taken Readings a Inlet Readings PDU Element Voltage V Current A Active Power Apparent Po Power Factor Active Energ inlet 1 206 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 350 389 Line Readings PDU Element Voltage V Current A Unutilized Capacity A B Inlet 1 L1 206 00 0 00 24 00 L2 208 00 0 00 24 00 L3 206 00 0 00 24 00 Grcuit Breaker Readings Circuit Breaker Current A Unutilized Capacity A Circuit Breaker 1 CB1 0 00 20 00 Circuit Breaker 2 CB2 0 00 20 00 Circuit Breaker 3 CB3 0 00 20 00 Latest reading taken 4 minutes ago Raritan Chapter 9 Smart Rack View and Smart PDU View Inlet Readings and Line Readings for Three Phase PDUs For three phase PDUs the Inlet Current and Voltage readings are maximum current and minimum voltages of the individual line readings of the inlet The line readings voltages are line to line G Inlet Readings POU tienert Votsge V Current A Actve Power W Apparent Power WA Powerfactee Active Energy Wh ett 206 00 os 60 00 108 09 056 22620 Line
275. s to automatically authenticate with their Power IQ credentials Users must have identical credentials on Power IQ and on the target Raritan product and be logged in to Power IQ with those credentials for single sign on to succeed Single sign on must be enabled in Settings gt Single Sign On See Launch the Web Interface for a Dominion PX PDU on page 138 gt 1 To enable or disable single sign on for Raritan Products In the Settings tab click Single Sign on in the Security and Encryption section Select the Enable single sign on to Raritan PDUs checkbox to enable or deselect the checkbox to disable single sign on Click Save Raritan Chapter 7 Security and Encryption Enabling the WS API To get started with the WS API the API needs to be enabled through the Settings Tab It is disabled by default gt To enable the Web API 1 Inthe Settings tab click Other Security Settings in the Security and Encryption section 2 Inthe Web API Settings select the Enable Web API checkbox then click Save Enabling the Web API User Account The Web API user account is a locally authenticated user that can be used for Web API scripts that require user credentials The username is web_api The password for the account can be configured The Web API account is configurable only on the Settings gt Other Security Settings page The Web API user is always authenticated locally even when LDAP is enabled Th
276. sers dc raritan dc com Bind DN Binding Credentials Enter the credentials to access the LDAP server Confirm Re enter the credentials to access the LDAP server User ID Attribute User Object Class Search Scope Select One Level to search only the defined Base DN Select Subtree to search the defined Base DN and all subtrees Additional Object Filters Click Save To test the LDAP settings LDAP must be enabled in order to test 1 2 In the Settings tab click User Accounts Enter a username and password of a user that has an authorized account in the LDAP server you configured Click Add then click Test Raritan Z Raritan Chapter 6 User Configuration Authorization and Authentication Disabling LDAP Authentication Disabling LDAP returns Power IQ to using the local authentication database Users require an account on Power IQ to connect gt To disable LDAP authentication 1 Inthe Settings tab click Authentication Source in the Authentication and Authorization section Click Local User Authentication Click Enable Local Authentication 89 Chapter 7 Security and Encryption In This Chapter Installing an AT TPS Certificate niisiis 90 Restricting Web and Shell Access Based on IP Address 0 e 92 Configuring Password Requirements cccccecceeeeeeceteeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 93 Encrypting Data Backup Files w tccoie scttircatinetiesiedeecstheendabietivad
277. sietnn carne 28 View Completed Rollout Plans ss sccze tssacelvan tera vasanseetvandenvseeneveess cere ANa 29 Manage Configuration Files icivss sissies cieatstncnsetien axcestesesiti matcteesssareeti anges EA 29 PDU Outlet Naming and Setting System Attributes 0 0 cc eeceecsce cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaaesteneeesaees 30 Naming INGIVIAU al OUST saci cscs satiesasecetesnensttea seredstesesete actives saree N Ea aves 30 Naming Outlets in Bulk with GSV PileS cisvscccccscsnccvstese esti snscveussecveshesngenstvsnccdsteanscegurie caveats 30 Setting SNMP System Attributes for PDUS cecccccescceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeseaeeeeaaeseeeaeeneeeees 31 Sstructure of the Outlet Name CSV File veces cesses entra deeeeeeeeeesceeeseeeaceatenasceareeceetnn cece 32 Exporting Outlet Names toa CSV Fil serdiucka andaina 33 Configuring Event Management cia iccieeseccesaiaisecense ceveeeenacantesnccnstiee need aa aE EA aie eee 33 User Permissions for Event Management cccccceeeseeceeeeeneeeeeenieeeeeseaeeeeesnaeeeerenaeeeeee 33 Prepare PDUs for Power IQ Event Management cccccceceeseeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeseeeeeeeeeaas 33 PDU Connectivity Lost and Restored Event ccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeeneeeeeeeeeaas 52 MIG WEE VGIMS success A E tndgaene sdades EOE E E int duaeenieguaets 53 Filter the Events List vcccccecizcacasan cehcciee tec svackekgeceetctdbiecstedaden te tstueccscgvast titdhaecthdauentetveeesthgeiens 53 Export
278. st to CSV 54 Export the PDUs List to CSV e 137 Exporting Charts 204 Exporting Object Mappings as CSV Data 104 110 Exporting Outlet Names to a CSV File 33 External Sensor Data from Raritan PX 12 F Filter the Events List 53 59 Filter the PDUs List 59 136 Find and Map Unmapped PDUs 112 113 Find the MIB File 184 185 Raritan Index Finding All Entities in a Rack 261 Floors 253 Formulate a Database Query 270 Frequently Asked Questions 274 G Gathering LDAP Configuration Settings 86 87 Geist EM Supported Events 34 38 Geist Supported Events 34 38 Geist V3 Supported Events 34 39 H Hardware Configuration for Sensors on PX1 and PX2 e 139 Hewlett Packard Supported Events 34 40 HTML Widget 64 71 Identify the OIDs for Mapping 185 187 Identifying Environmental Sensors 147 148 156 157 Image Widget 64 69 182 Importing Object Mappings 68 104 111 114 Index Mapping Format 187 189 Initial Configuration of Power IQ 4 Inlet Attributes 186 Inlet Line Attributes 186 Inlet Readings and Line Readings for Three Phase PDUs xi 125 Install and Configure a PostgreSQL Driver 216 Installing an HTTPS Certificate 90 Installing the Power IQ Application 1 IT Devices Smart Rack View 120 167 K Knurr Supported Events 34 41 L Launch the Web Interface for a Dominion PX PDU 94 127 138 Licensing
279. sword from this command Generate a Certificate Signing Request Be prepared to complete the following information private key password two character country code full state or province name 90 Chapter 7 Security and Encryption city name company name organizational unit or leave it blank servers common name or fully qualified domain name admin email address other attributes can be left blank 4 Create the request openssl req new key server key out server csr 5 Display the CSR request cat server csr 6 Copy the CSR request and send it to the certificate authority to be signed Make sure to copy everything between the first and the 7 Submit CSR to certificate authority and receive signed X 509 certificate 8 Modify the server key to remove the password cp server key server key secur openssl rsa in server key secure out server key Warning The server key file must be kept private and secure If this key file is compromised the certificate should be removed and then reissued 9 Create PEM file The PEM file should contain both the RSA private key without password and the X 509 certificate Concatenate the unprotected private key to the signed X 509 certificate file from the top level certificate authority Use this file in the upload in Step 2 gt Step 2 Upload the PEM file to Power IQ 1 Inthe Settings tab click HTTPS Certificate in the Secur
280. ta Center object has the following attribute columns in the order listed All columns are separated by a comma Note the attribute columns toward the end For example by providing the cost of energy for the data center Power IQ can calculate the cost of running the data center in an Analytics report Report can be filtered to include only a smaller object such as a Rack See Configuring Charts on page 198 106 object_type this value is always DATA_CENTER external_key The unique identifier for this object It can be a name number or any other kind of text This field must be unique name The name of the data center contact_name The name of the contact for this data center contact_phone The phone number for the contact for this data center contact_email The email address of the contact for this data center company_name The name of the company that owns this data center city The city where the data center resides state The state province where the data center resides country The country where the data center resides peak_kwh_rate The cost per kilowatt hour during peak hours off_peak_kwh_rate The cost per kilowatt hour during off peak hours peak_begin The time the peak hours begin peak_end The time the peak hours end co2_factor The co2 factor for this site This indicates thse amount of carbon dioxide produced per kWh cooling_factor The cooling factor per kw energy used Thi
281. tabase id of the asset strip PDUID Integer Database id of the attached PDU Name VarChar 255 Name of the asset strip State VarChar 64 ok upgrading unavailable unsupported AssetStripCreationTime Timestamp with Time asset strip was time zone created in the database AssetStripLastUpdateTi Timestamp with Time the asset strip last me time zone changed in the database AssetStripOrdinal Integer The id of the asset strip on the PDU 1 ton RackUnits The RackUnits view contains information about the rack units on asset strips connected to PDUs that Power IQ manages Field Type Notes RackUnitID Integer Database id of rack unit AssetStripID Integer Database id of asset Raritan Appendix A ODBC Access Field Type Notes strip See AssetStrips on page 256 AssetTag DString VarChar 255 Asset tag id string of any attached asset tag that plugs into the asset strip Unique from the factory RackUnitOrdinal Smallint 1 n the number of the rack unit within the asset strip RackUnitLEDState VarChar 64 LED state on off blinking RackUnitLEDMode VarChar 64 LED mode automatic or manual RackUnitLEDColor VarChar 6 LED color hexadecimal code for the color RackUnitCreationTime Timestamp with When the rack unit was time zone created in the database RackUnitLastUpdateTim Timestamp with When the rack unit was e time zone last changed in the database Sample ODBC Queries 5 Raritan This section conta
282. tates The Home page shows the following information for environmental sensors e Number of managed sensors e Number of unmanaged sensors e Managed sensors along with their readings and or states For a temperature sensor the reading is displayed in both Celsius and Fahrenheit C represents Celsius F represents Fahrenheit Extemal Sensors Number of managed sensor s 4 Number of unmanaged sensor s 2 Sensor ID Name Reading State 1 On Off PRCO190292 1 Normal 2 On Off PRC0190292 2 Normal 3 ok Humidity AEI7A00022 54 rel Temperature AEI7A00022 To view the readings and states from any other page click Home in the navigation path at the top of the page Configuration for PX2 Environmental Sensors Complete the software configuration procedures in this task in the Dominion PX2 web interface V m Raritan 156 Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs Identifying Environmental Sensors An environmental sensor includes a serial number tag on the sensor cable The serial number for each sensor appears listed in the web interface after each sensor is detected by the PX gt To identify each detected environmental sensor 1 Ifthe PDU folder is not expanded expand it to show all components and component groups See Expanding the Tree Note The PDU folder is named my PX by default The name changes after customizing the device name See Naming the PDU 2 Click Ext
283. teeed ihalecttvaeqeuns snadetheanngeete eacdeetinaes 129 PDU Connectivity Health Statuses cccccceeseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeenees 132 Troubleshooting Connectivity Health cccccseeeeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 134 Configure the Number of PDUs in the List 0 ceceeseeeeeeeesteeeeeeeeeees 135 Filter the PDUS LUISE ipaensis EES 136 Export the PDUS List to CSV recisi ania aian 137 Launch the Web Interface for a Dominion PX PDU ssssssscssscsess 138 Searching fOr PDUS vice scceseecneesesacccias tenevett va Geveevecsteelen seietecsecettt nant sees 138 Viewing a PDU Click the IP address of a PDU in the list to view details about the PDU e Details View information about the PDU including name IP address manufacturer and firmware revision The information is based on what Power IQ can discover and is not editable here e Active Power Trending A graph displays the power usage of the PDU Click customize to adjust the graph to show power usage over the previous hour day or month e Readings View additional metric data The metrics shown here depend on the PDU and may include items such as apparent power usage and per line current If a PDU has attached sensors you can specify whether the sensors are inlet or outlet located or if the sensor is for outside air By default Power IQ considers all environmental sensors to be inlet located Note To fully populate the areas of this page the PDU must be configured with a
284. ter 9 Smart Rack View and Smart PDU View Note Power Off and Power Cycle operations on this page do not use graceful shutdown even if it is enabled for a selected device PDU Elements Smart Views The PDU Elements section appears in both the Smart Rack and Smart PDU views This section contains a list of all outlets in the rack or all outlets on the PDU respectively If a PDU has circuit breakers the circuit breakers also display as PDU Elements in both the Smart Rack and Smart PDU views PDU Elements Q Power Control E POU Element Trend 3 192 168 42 211 wievowtet 10e 1 DUOROODODIONINNIMINNINI wevowsetz otee DIODDEONIEONININININN Inlet Outlet 3 infeed 3 Snow maximum active power_ forthe past day x PDU Elements Q Power Control E POU Element Trend Current A 192 168 42 211 ilevOutet 1 infeed 1 IUNNUUUANU ANA IOT TONNINI iletOutlet 2 infeed 2 LLL Inlet Outlet 3 infeed 3 S sofon eS Z Raritan E Chapter 9 Smart Rack View and Smart PDU View 122 Key Description The trend chart s topics is selected in the blue outlined field active power or 1 current Data included in the trend chart is filtered by the minimum maximum average selection and the time period selection fields outlined in red Last column shows the latest poll data for either Active Power or Current as 2 selected in the field outlined in blue The min max average and time period selections do not
285. the threshold settings 147 Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs Identifying Environmental Sensors An environmental sensor includes a serial number tag on the sensor cable The serial number for each sensor appears listed in the web interface after each sensor is detected by the Raritan PX Sensor ID SerialNumber Type Channel Name Reading State Managed 1 PRCO190292 Contact On Off 1 On Off PRCO190292 1 Normal 2 PRCO190292 Contact On Off 2 On Off PRCO190292 2 Normal 3 AEIVA00022 Humidity Humidity AEI7A00022 56 rel ok 27 degrees C 80 degree F AEI7 400021 Hurniclty Humidity AEI7A00021 58 rel ok 4 AEI7 400022 Temperature Temperature AEI7A00022 ok 26 degrees C 79 degree F AEI7 400021 Temperature Temperature AEI7A00021 ok Match the serial number from the tag to those listed in the sensor table i Raritan Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs Managing Environmental Sensors The Raritan PX starts to retrieve an environmental sensor s reading and or state and records the state transitions after the environmental sensor is managed The Raritan PX device can manage a maximum of 16 environmental sensors When there are less than 16 managed sensors the Raritan PX automatically brings detected environmental sensors under management You should only have to manually manage a sensor when it is not under management gt To manually manage an environmental sensor 1
286. the type of measurement you want to analyze from the drop down list The measurement is represented on the y axis of the chart See Device Chart Measurements In the Time Selection section select Period or Range Select Period to show constantly updated measurement such as power consumption over the Past hour Past week Past month and so on Select the time period from the drop down list See What s the difference between Past and Last time periods on page 201 Select Range to show measurements from a custom Start Date and End Date Select the start and end dates using the calendar dialogs The time selection is represented on the x axis of the chart In the Granularity field if available select the level of granularity of data to chart Hourly will show 1 data point per hour for the time period the chart includes when the time period is 24 hours or longer Poll Interval will show 1 data point per poll interval for the time period the chart includes The Poll Interval must be set to 5 minutes or longer to use Poll Interval granularity In the Line Configuration field select an option to determine how many lines are on a chart and how the lines are configured Select Manually define lines to choose the data for each line individually You can add data from different sections of the data center to the same chart with this option See Manually Define Individual Device Chart Lines on page 200 Click the I
287. ther its connectivity health is warning or its active events health is warning but neither is critical This could indicate a warning level active event and good connectivity Good Green A PDU is in good overall health if both its connectivity health is good and its active events health is good This indicates no unsuccessful polls and no active warning or critical severity events Export a chart to save the chart data to a CSV file gt 1 To export a chart In the Analytics tab select a Report The charts contained in the Report open Click the Export icon in the chart Use the dialog that appears to save the file Raritan Chapter 16 Upgrading Dominion PX PDUs Upgrading Dominion PX PDUs managed by Power IQ consists of three steps e Uploading Dominion PX firmware to Power IQ e Creating an upgrade plan to distribute the firmware to Dominion PX PDUs e Executing the plan You can use the plans immediately or save them for later Warning Never downgrade a Dominion PX to a lower version number Downgrading causes damage to the PDU In This Chapter Plan a New Upgrade ccccescccceesecceeeeeseceeeeseeeeeeseseeeensnseeeeeseeneeenenenees 205 View Saved Upgrade PIans cccccccceececeeeeeeceeeeeeeseneeeseaeeesaeeeeeeeees 206 Edit a Saved Upgrade Plan c ccccccecsceceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseaeeeseeeeeeees 207 Execute a Saved Upgrade Plan cccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeees
288. ticeces tas teedeasteedeadalees 274 PDU QUESTIONS wcecssesecieiaciesceacecsaiiacs Aceateesti cagueiecdhcdesaataeealscesteesfeesmenaess 274 Security Questions Question Are failed login attempts recorded Does Power IQ support LDAP lock out settings Do session timeouts work in an LDAP setting PDU Questions Question The status of my PDU says Degraded How do configure my MRV PDU so that it will work with Power IQ s power control feature Raritan Answer The audit log records all login attempts You can also configure Power IQ to send syslog notifications for entries in the audit log Power IQ respects the lock out settings of an LDAP server If a user attempts multiple invalid logins and the LDAP server set the account to be blocked Power IQ no longer allows access Session timeouts are applicable to LDAP users and local users Answer Check to see if the SNMP agent is enabled on the PDU If enabled check to see if the matching SNMP read strings are configured for the PDU and Power IQ Check to see if you are running the latest PX firmware For Dominion PX PDUs If you have enabled Buffered Data Collection make sure the PX has been configured with an SNMP write string For Dominion PX PDUs Reduce the poll rate or increase the number of CPUs VMware Make sure that the SNMP community string you use to configure the MRV PDU in Power IQ supports both SNMP v1 and v2c Gets
289. tion Tasks APC Netbotz Supported Events Event description Humidity Env Sensor Low Threshold Cleared Trap name netBotzHumidityTooLowRTN Aphel Supported Events Aphel Supported Events Event description Inlet Current Upper Critical Threshold Trap name ampsCT1TRAP ampsCT8TRAP Avocent Supported Events Avocent Supported Events Event description Outlet Turned on Outlet Turned off Inlet Current Upper Critical Threshold Inlet Current Upper Critical Threshold Cleared Inlet Current Low Critical Threshold Inlet Current Low Critical Threshold Cleared Inlet Current Upper Warning Threshold Inlet Current Upper Warning Threshold Cleared Trap name avctPmOutletStatusOnTrap avctPmOutletCmdOnTrap avctPmOutletStatusOffTrap avctPmOutletCmdOffTrap avctPmPduMaxLoadHighTrap avctPmPduMaxLoadBackTrap avctPmPduMinLoadLowTrap avctPmPduMaxLoadBackTrap avctPmPduWarnLoadTrap avctPmPduMaxLoadBackTrap Baytech Supported Events 36 Common event name envHumidityLowerCriticalClear Common event name inletCurrentUpperCritical Common event name outletPowerOn outletPowerOff inletCurrentUpperCritical inletCurrentUpperCriticalClear inletCurrentLowerCritical inletCurrentLowerCriticalClear inletCurrentUpperW arning inletCurrentUpperW arningClear Raritan Baytech Supported Events Event description Outlet Turned on Outlet Turned off Inlet Current Upper Critical Threshold Inlet C
290. tions for specifying a value for the Inlet Index Line Index Circuit Breaker Index Outlet Index and Outlet Pole Index mappings e Find an OID that provides the count e Provide an integer to hard code the count The advantage of specifying an OID that the dynamic plugin uses to retrieve the outlet count is that a single plug in mapping can support a variety of different models with varying number of outlets When you provide an integer that value is used for any model of PDU that uses the dynamic plugin and may not be accurate gt To specify a count object OID for index mappings Find a count object in the MIB that specifies the number of a particular component such as outlets that the target PDU has Specify the OID for the count as the value of the index When an OID is a scalar object that is not part of a table add a 0 to the end of the OID For example the Raritan PX MIB supports an outletCount object with an OID of 1 3 6 1 4 1 13742 4 1 2 1 Add a 0 to the end of the OID to arrive at an OID of 1 3 6 1 4 1 13742 4 1 2 1 0 Power IQ can then use this OID to perform an SNMP get request for the number of outlets on a specific PDU To map this value in the dynamic plugin enter 1 3 6 1 4 1 13742 4 1 2 1 0 in the Outlet Index field 189 Chapter 14 Appliance Administration Troubleshooting Dynamic Plugins For each scenario check the Dynamic Plugin Log file to help troubleshoot errors gt Add PD
291. tivities gt Bulk Configuration 2 Click View previously completed rollouts All completed plans display in a list 3 Click the Plan name link to view the details If the plan completed successfully a success message displays at the top of the plan details The list of PDUs included in the plan includes a Success or Failure message Click the View detailed upgrade status messages link for more information about each PDU Manage Configuration Files You can upload different configuration files for use in rollout plans and view previously uploaded configurations Configuration files are DAT files Configuration files are created by backing up a Dominion PX gt To view uploaded configuration files 1 Inthe PDUs tab choose Activities gt Bulk Configuration 2 Click Manage Configuration Files The link is not available if you do not have any uploaded configuration files The PDU Configuration Files page opens 3 All configuration files previously uploaded appear in a list gt To delete a configuration file e Select the checkbox for the configuration file you want to delete then click Delete y To upload a new configuration file Scroll down to the Upload New Configuration File section Enter the model name that the file is for in the Model Name field Click Browse to select the DAT file Click Upload The file is added to the list and will be available to select when creating a new r
292. to row to rearrange them The row you re dropping into highlights green Drop a widget back into the bottom of the dialog to remove it from the layout Click Save The dashboard layout you selected displays in the tab 63 64 Chapter 5 Dashboard Configuring Widgets Widgets are the configurable tools and charts you can add to the dashboard layout Active Events Widget on page 64 Device Chart Widget on page 65 PDU Health Chart Widget on page 65 Capacity Forecast Chart Widget on page 67 Capacity Gauge Widget on page 68 Image Widget on page 69 Report Heading Widget on page 70 HTML Widget on page 71 Cooling Chart Widget on page 72 Active Events Widget The active events widget displays the 10 highest severity active events in a list You must have the Event Manager role assigned to view events See Assign Roles to a User on page 81 The list refreshes automatically every 30 seconds gt iP To configure the active events widget In the Dashboard tab click the icon in the upper right corner of the page The Report Configuration dialog appears Drag and drop the Active Events widget icon into a row See Setting the Dashboard Layout on page 63 for details Click Save The widget is added to the dashboard To use the active events widget Click an event link to open the event details page where you can clear the event See Clear Events on page 54 See Enable or Disable
293. tralia Monday Friday 9 00 a m 6 p m local time Phone 61 3 9866 6887 gt Taiwan Monday Friday 9 a m 6 p m GMT 5 Standard 4 Daylight Phone 886 2 8919 1333 Email support apac raritan com
294. tributes and are not tied to any specific measurement scheme If you choose to you can use non measurement values For example X Brown Cabinet Row Y Third Rack Z Top of Cabinet Values for the X Y and Z coordinates may consist of e For X and Y Any combination of alphanumeric characters The value can be 0 to 24 characters long e For Z when the Rack Units U checkbox is deselected Any combination of alphanumeric characters from 0 to 24 characters long e For Z when the Rack Units U checkbox is selected Any integer from 0 to 60 A selected Rack Units U checkbox indicates that the height of the Z coordinate is measured in standard rack units See Using Rack Units for the Z Coordinate Value on page 154 Note To configure and retrieve these coordinate values over SNMP see the Raritan PX MIB Using Rack Units for the Z Coordinate Value You can use the number of rack units to describe the vertical location Z coordinate of an environmental sensor gt To use rack units for the Z coordinate value 1 Choose Device Settings gt PDU Setup The PDU Setup page opens 2 Select the Use Rack Units U for Z coordinate checkbox 3 Click Apply Now you can use the number of rack units to describe the height of the sensor s location See Configuring Environmental Sensors on page 158 on page 150 Raritan Chapter 11 Sensors Connected to PX1 and PX2 PDUs Viewing Sensor Readings and S
295. ty 1 aE meen E one Trond Activa Power Waits IEL Pou Element Trand i ESXi 77 00 W 3 192 168 43 117 E 18216849 117 30 Otet v0 MIDDUOOUOOONOOIOOIONINNI T7o0 Circuit Breaker 1 C81 Wl E 192 168 43 117 12 Outet_12 0 09 Circuit Breaker 2 C82 DDIIN Maiaga a am A o maa DOD gam rrcuieoakor pomm _ In This Chapter Opening the Smart ViCWS ccsccceececeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeesaaeseeaeeesnees 116 Configure PDU Details Smart PDU ViewW cc ceeeceeeteeeeeteeeeneeeteees 116 Configure Rack Details Smart Rack VieW ccsceeeceeeeeteeeeseeeeeeees 117 Energy and Environmental Trends Smart Views s 117 IT Devices Smart Rack VieW vices decodes tied aedndinn inna 120 PDU Elements Smart VieWS innne anainn 121 Readings Smart PDU View siiniga 124 Details Smart PDU View ssc tescs need tin ea cde aes 127 Event Listing Smart PDU ViSW issin 128 115 116 Chapter 9 Smart Rack View and Smart PDU View Opening the Smart Views Power IQ contains two smart views Smart Rack view and Smart PDU view gt To open the smart rack view In the Data Centers tab select a rack You may have to expand the levels of the data center to find the racks The Smart Rack view contains three sections Energy and Environmental Trends IT Devices PDU Elements To open the smart PDU view In the Data Centers tab select a PDU You may have to expand the levels of the data center to find
296. ually assign PDUs to a parent object in the Data Centers tab only unmapped PDUs will be available for assignment 1 Inthe Data Centers tab select the parent object such as a rack that you want to assign an unmapped PDU to 2 Click Add gt PDU Association 113 Chapter 8 Data Management 3 Inthe Associate a PDU dialog select an unmapped PDU in the PDU IP Address field and click OK The PDU is mapped to the data center parent object Configuring Custom Fields The Data Center Device and PDU objects each contain two custom field values Custom fields display in the Data Centers tab s hierarchy on the object page for all 3 types of custom field PDU custom fields also display in the PDUs tab in the PDU Details IT Device custom fields also display in the Devices tab in the Device Details You can use custom field values as filters when configuring charts See Configuring Charts on page 198 By default these are named e Data Center Custom Field 1 and Data Center Custom Field 2 e IT Device Custom Field 1 and IT Device Custom Field 2 e PDU Custom Field 1 and PDU Custom Field 2 Rename the field to specify the information it will contain For example to add data about the department that uses a group of devices rename the IT Device Custom field Department and enter department names for each device in Power IQ gt To configure custom fields 1 Inthe Settings tab click Enterprise Relationships in the Data
297. uct s technical support department Identify the OIDs for Mapping Power IQ provides the ability to map OIDs for many components attributes and details of PDUs Power IQ can collect and display data from the PDU based on the mappings you provide OIDs are documented in a product s MIB file In SNMP the object identifier OID that uniquely identifies the make and model of an SNMP managed device is the MIB II System Object Identifier commonly referred to as sysObjectID Within Power IQ the sysObjectID is referred to as the PDU System OID For example the sysObjectID or PDU System OID for a Raritan model PX PDU is 1 3 6 1 4 1 13742 4 The PDU System OID is commonly used as the prefix for additional OIDs used to retrieve key PDU attribute and component information See the following sections for lists of components attributes and values that you can map from your PDU to Power IQ For each feature that you want to map you must find the OID and enter itin the mapping form to create the dynamic plugin See Add a Dynamic Plugin on page 187 PDU Components e inlets e Lines e Circuit Breakers e Outlets e Outlet Poles 185 186 Chapter 14 Appliance Administration PDU Attributes e PDU Manufacturer e PDU System Objectld e PDU Model e PDU Name e PDU Firmware Inlet Attributes e Inlet Active Power e Inlet Apparent Power e Inlet Voltage e Inlet Power Factor Inlet Line Attributes e Lin
298. uffering enabled Maximum voltage reading over the sample period Applies to devices with data buffering enabled Current Amps drawn by the inlet Minimum current Amps reading over the sample period Applies to devices with data buffering enabled Maximum current Amps reading over the sample period applies to devices with data buffering enabled Power factor of the inlet Minimum power factor reading over the sample period Applies to devices with data buffering enabled Maximum power factor reading over the sample period Applies to devices with data buffering enabled Active power Watts drawn by the inlet Raritan Raritan Field Type MinActive Power Real MaxActivePower Real ApparentPower Real MinApparentPower Real MaxApparentPower Real VoltAmpHours Real WattHours Real Appendix A ODBC Access Notes Minimum active power Watts reading over the sample period Applies to devices with data buffering enabled Maximum active power Watts reading over the sample period Applies to devices with data buffering enabled Apparent power VA drawn by the inlet Minimum apparent power VA reading over the sample period applies to devices with data buffering enabled Maximum apparent power VA reading over the sample period Applies to devices with data buffering enabled Cumulative volt amp hours consumed by the inlet if available for the PDU Cumulative watt hou
299. ugin When a dynamic plugin is in use you can view the PDUs that are associated with it gt 1 192 To view PDUs using a dynamic plugin In the Settings tab click Dynamic Plugins in the Appliance Administration section All dynamic plugins display in a list In the PDU Count column the number link shows how many PDUs use this dynamic plugin Click the link to go to a list of the PDUs Raritan Chapter 14 Appliance Administration Set Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature Specify your system temperature unit to Fahrenheit or Celsius This setting is used wherever temperatures are shown in Power IQ gt To display temperatures in Fahrenheit or Celsius Temperature settings are global in Power IQ 1 Inthe Settings tab click Application Settings in the Appliance Administration section 2 Inthe Language and Locale Settings set Temperature Unit to Celsius or Fahrenheit 3 Click Save Locale Settings Raritan Chapter 15 Z Raritan Analytics In This Chapter Whatare Power IQ Analytics ninsis 195 Adding Reports to the Analytics Page sseeseessseeresesrrssrerrssrernnnnes 196 Sharing Reports on the Analytics Page cccccssceeeeeceeeesseeeeeneeeenees 197 Creating a Chatt tisciesiecoratiintiseerted ne earan A E nesters 198 Configuring Chants ci iicotieisiend Hed nile liadaienhe nla anes 198 EXPoOning Gha inn Al tiie die MEA 204 194 Chapter 15 Analytics What are Power IQ Analytics
300. uitBreakerReadingsRollup To Be Deprecated Note This table will be deprecated soon It is recommended to stop using it and use the new PDUCircuitBreakerReadingsHourlyRollup PDUCircuitBreakerReadingDailyRollups and PDUCircuitBreakerReadingMonthlyRollups tables If you experience any performance issues move to the new tables The PDUCircuitBreakerReadingsRollup view summarizes the circuit breaker readings power data over the roll up interval Hourly roll ups are rolled up once a day Daily roll ups are rolled up once a month When data is rolled up shorter interval roll up entries in the PDUCircuitBreakerReadingsRollup view are purged Field Type Notes PDUCircuitBreakerReadingsRollup Integer Non unique ID for each ID reading PDUID Integer Foreign key reference to PDU CircuitBreakerNumber Integer Circuit breaker number on the PDU CircuitBreakerlD Integer Foreign key reference to PDUCircuitBreakers table RollupIinterval Integer 1 one hour 2 one day 3 one month Time Timestamp with Timestamp when rollup Timezone was created MinimumCurrent Real Lowest current Amps reading during rollup interval MaximumCurrent Real Maximum current Amps reading during rollup interval AverageCurrent Real Average current Amps reading during rollup interval Minimum UnutilizedCapacity Real Lowest unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval MaximumUnutilizedCapacity Real Maximum unutilized capacity Amps during rollup inter
301. upported Events Event description Trap name Common event name Inlet Current Upper Critical trapCritical inletCurrentUpperCritical Threshold Inlet Current Upper Critical trapCleared inletCurrentUpperCriticalClear Threshold Cleared Inlet Current Upper Warning trapWarning inletCurrentUpperW arning Threshold Inlet Current Upper Warning trapCleared inletCurrentUpperW arningClear Threshold Cleared Knurr Supported Events Knurr Supported Events Event description Trap name Common event name Inlet Pole Current Upper pdu M1TrapAlarmPh1 inletCurrentUpperCritical Critical Threshold pdu M1TrapAlarmPh2 pdu M1TrapAlarmPh3 pdu M2TrapAlarmPh1 pdu M2TrapAlarmPh2 pdu M2TrapAlarmPh3 pdu M3TrapAlarmPh1 pdu M3TrapAlarmPh2 pdu M3TrapAlarmPh3 pdu M4TrapAlarmPh1 pdu M4TrapAlarmPh2 pdu M4TrapAlarmPh3 41 Raritan 42 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Knurr Supported Events Event description Inlet Pole Current Threshold Clear All Trap name pdu M1TrapRetToNormPh1 pdu M1TrapRetToNormPh2 pdu M1TrapRetToNormPh3 pdu M2TrapRetToNormPh1 pdu M2TrapRetToNormPh2 pdu M2TrapRetToNormPh3 pdu M3TrapRetToNormPh1 pdu M3TrapRetToNormPh2 pdu M3TrapRetToNormPh3 pdu M4TrapRetToNormPh1 pdu M4TrapRetToNormPh2 pdu M4TrapRetToNormPh3 Liebert Supported Events Liebert Supported Events Event description Outlet turned on Outlet turned off Trap name IgoEventRcpPowerStateChangeOn IgoEventRcpPowerStateChangeOff MRV Suppo
302. urrent Upper Critical Threshold Cleared Inlet Current Low Critical Threshold Inlet Current Low Critical Threshold Cleared Inlet Voltage Upper Critical Threshold Inlet Voltage Upper Critical Threshold Cleared Inlet Voltage Lower Critical Threshold Inlet Voltage Lower Critical Threshold Cleared Circuit Breaker Tripped Circuit Breaker Recovered Temp Env Sensor High Threshold Temp Env Sensor High Threshold Cleared Temp Env Sensor Low Threshold Temp Env Sensor Low Threshold Cleared Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Trap name outletOn outletOff currentThresholdViolation currentThresholdViolationCleared currentUnderThresholdViolation currentUnderThresholdViolationClear ed voltageOverThresholdViolation voltageOverThresholdViolationCleare d voltageUnderThresholdViolation voltageUnderThresholdViolationClear ed circuitBreakerAlarm circuitBreakerAlarmClearTrap sensorlempThreshHiAlarmTrap sensorTempThreshHiAlarmClearedT rap sensorlempThreshLoAlarmTrap sensorTempThreshLoAlarmClearedT rap Cyberswitching Supported Events Cyberswitching Supported Events Event description Inlet Current Upper Critical Threshold Raritan Trap name tricomG2UnitCurrentCritical Common event name outletPowerOn outletPowerOff inletCurrentUpperCritical inletCurrentUpperCriticalClear inletCurrentLowerCritical inletCurrentLowerCriticalClear inletVoltageUpperCritical
303. used for each status Common values are Yes No On Off 1 2 or some other value as specified for the PDU in the MIB Circuit Breaker State OK Circuit Breaker State Tripped Outlet State On Outlet State Off Outlet Power On Outlet Power Off In the Metadata section enter the PDU System OID and PDU Model OID for the PDUs that will use this dynamic plugin See OID Variables and Format on page 188 for details p To add features of the PDU select an item from the Add another mapping drop down list then click Add For each mapping you add enter the OID If the MIB does not have an OID for an Index item enter an integer value See Index Mapping Format on page 189 for details about mapping indices 187 188 Chapter 14 Appliance Administration Mappings that may require more information have an Options arrow below the main mapping field Click the arrow to view the options a Start and Step for Index mappings Some MIBs number indices starting at a number other than 1 and in increments greater than 1 If your MIB shows this enter the starting number in the Start field and the increment in the Step field b Multipliers for measurement mappings Power IQ uses whole units for power measurements such as watts amps and volts Some MIBs use a different measurement The multiplier is the number to multiply the PDU s measurements by to match Power IQ s measurement units For example if your MIB
304. val 245 Appendix A ODBC Access Field Type Notes AverageUnutilizedCapacity Real Average unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval PDUCircuitBreakerReadingHourlyRollups The PDUCircuitBreakerReadingHourlyRollup view summarizes the circuit breaker readings power data over the hourly roll up interval Field Type Notes PDUCircuitBreakerReadingsRollup Integer Unique ID for each ID reading PDUID Integer Foreign key reference to PDU CircuitBreakerNumber Integer Circuit breaker number on the PDU CircuitBreakerlD Integer Foreign key reference to PDUCircuitBreakers table Time Timestamp with Timestamp when rollup Timezone was created MinimumCurrent Real Lowest current Amps reading during rollup interval MaximumCurrent Real Maximum current Amps reading during rollup interval AverageCurrent Real Average current Amps reading during rollup interval Minimum UnutilizedCapacity Real Lowest unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval MaximumUnutilizedCapacity Real Maximum unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval AverageUnutilizedCapacity Real Average unutilized capacity Amps during rollup interval sa Raritan Appendix A ODBC Access PDUCircuitBreakerReadingDailyRollups The PDUCircuitBreakerReadingsDailyRollup view summarizes the circuit breaker readings power data over the daily roll up interval Field PDUCircuitBreakerReadingsRollup ID PDUID CircuitBreakerNumber C
305. val Maximum voltage reading during rollup interval Average voltage reading during rollup interval 237 238 Appendix A ODBC Access Field VoltAmpHours WaittHours AveragePowerFactor MinimumPowerFactor MaximumPowerFactor Type Real Real Real Real Real Notes Maximum of the cumulative volt amp hour meter readings over the rollup interval Maximum of the cumulative watt hour meter readings over the rollup interval Average power factor reading during rollup interval Minimum power factor reading during rollup interval Maximum power factor reading during rollup interval PDUOutletReadingMonthlyRollups Field PDUOutletReadingsRollup ID PDUID OutletID OutletNumber Time MinimumCurrent MaximumCurrent Type Integer Integer Integer Integer Timestamp with Timezone Real Real Notes Unique ID for each reading Foreign key reference to PDUs table Foreign key reference to PDUOutlets table Outlet number on the PDU Local timestamp for the first day of the month over which the rollup was calculated Lowest current Amps reading during rollup interval Maximum current Amps reading during rollup Raritan Raritan Field AverageCurrent MinimumActivePower MaximumActivePower AverageActivePower MinimumApparentPower MaximumApparentPower AverageApparentPower Minimum Voltage MaximumVoltage AverageVoltage V
306. wer Control 166 Power IQ ODBC Schema xi 217 218 270 Power IQ Role Definitions 81 82 83 84 85 166 167 Raritan Prepare PDUs for Power IQ Event Management 33 Preparing Servers for Graceful Shutdown 170 174 Preparing to Install Power IQ 1 Prerequisites for Support Connections 210 Proxy Index Details 23 24 32 R Racks 254 RackUnits 256 Raritan Dominion PX Supported Events 34 43 132 Readings Smart PDU View xi 124 Recommended Number of Objects Per Level 109 Recommended Polling Intervals xi 8 Remove a Device from a Group 178 Remove a Shutdown Command from Power lIQ 173 Remove Roles from a User 81 Remove Roles from a User Group 83 Report Heading Widget 64 70 Report Maximum Power Reading for Each IT Device Since Added to Power IQ 259 Requirements for Bulk Configuration 26 Requirements for Cooling Charts 73 Requirements for Dynamic Plugins 184 Restoring System Configuration Backups 98 99 Restricting Web and Shell Access Based on IP Address 92 Rittal Supported Events 34 49 Roles and User Access Levels 85 Roles Information for Upgraded Systems 86 Rollout Timing 28 Rooms 253 Rows 254 S Sample CSV columns for Devices With and Without Graceful Shutdown Commands 108 Sample ODBC Queries 257 Sample SSH Shutdown Commands 172 175 Save Support Logs 211 Scheduling Power Control e 168
307. witch is open e If the normal state is set to Normally Open the alarmed state means the contact closure switch is closed For a Raritan s floor water sensor the normal state must be set to Normally Closed which means no water is detected The alarmed state indicates that the presence of water is detected Note See Configuring a Contact Closure Sensor on page 144 for information on setting the normal state or dip switch Tip A contact closure sensor s LED is lit after entering the alarmed state If the sensor module has two channels for connecting two switches two LEDs are available Check which contact closure switch is in the abnormal status according to the channel number of the LED ok State Only a numeric sensor shows this state This state means the sensor reading is within the acceptable range as indicated below Lower Non Critical threshold lt Reading lt Upper Non Critical threshold Note The symbol lt means smaller than lt or equal to below lower critical State This state means a numeric sensor s reading is below the lower critical threshold as indicated below Reading lt Lower Critical Threshold below lower non critical State Only a numeric sensor shows this state This state means the sensor reading is below the lower non critical threshold as indicated below Lower Critical Threshold lt Reading lt Lower Non Critical Threshold Note The symbol lt means
308. work Mask 192 168 32 210 255 255 255 0 192 168 50 171 255 255 255 0 Cancel Save Add Power IQ as an ODBC Information Source to your Mac 1 2 3 On your Mac launch Applications Utilities ODBC Manager app Select the tab User DSN and click Add Select Actual Open Source Databases and click OK The Actual Open Source Databases DSN Configuration wizard opens Click Continue 263 264 Appendix A ODBC Access 5 Name the Power IQ that you are connecting to and select PostgreSQL as the database type Click Continue Actual Open Source Databases DSN Configuration Enter the data source name This Assistant will help you create an ODBC data source that you Introduction can use to connect to your database Data Source Connection What name do you want to use to refer to the data source Name PowerlQ Database Conclusion How do you want to describe the data source Description Which type of database do you want to connect to ODBC for a MySQL PostgreSQL PostgreSQL SQLite and SQLite actualtechnologies Q Cancel Finish Go Back Continue 6 Enter the IP address of your Power IQ server and copy the rest of the settings exactly as pictured here Click Continue Server IP address of Power IQ Port 5432 Raritan Appendix A ODBC Access Do NOT select Connect to server to obtain default settings for the additional configuration option
309. xcel toolbar choose Data gt Get External Data gt New Database Query A Power Consum Sort QER kami iri xs SB we aA Ze filter ORE sheet ie A Home ote maaa C2 Filter i Advanced Filter Alignment Number _ p Calibri T B Genera zi Form BIU i Bi gt Subtotals Paste re Aion Validation fe G aus SS 7 Data Table a i Text to Columns z l Consolidate 4 Group and Outline 4 amp PivotTable 7 be Table Tools gt 3 Run Saved Query 10 Refresh Data Beal New Database Query 4z Import Text File 14 Import from FileMaker Pro EIJ Import from FileMaker Server 16 lt 4 Edit Query 18 Data Range Properties 19 Parameters 20 arameters 21 5 The iODBC Data Source Chooser dialog appears In the User DSN tab select the Power IQ data source that you created previously Click OK ODBC Data Source Choose o User DSN System DSN User Data Sources Name _ Description Driver PowerlQ PowerlQ Actual Open Sou ji An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider A User data source is visible only to you 6 If this is the first time you are using the data source in Excel enter the username and password for the Power IQ ODBC database and click Store password in Keychain then click OK Username obdcuser Password raritan Z Raritan dii Appendix A ODBC
310. xecute Saved Configuration Plans see Execute a Saved Rollout Plan on page 28 See View Status of Rollout Plans in Progress on page 28 for details on checking rollouts in progress See View Completed Rollout Plans on page 29 for details on checking completed rollouts View Saved Rollout Plans View saved rollout plans to verify and edit their details before executing a plan gt 1 To view saved rollout plans In the PDUs tab choose Activities gt Bulk Configuration Click View saved plans All plans display in a list Click the Plan name link to view the details and edit if needed Edit a Saved Rollout Plan Saved rollout plans can be edited to change details add or remove PDUs or change the configuration file gt 1 2 To edit a saved rollout plan In the PDUs tab choose Activities gt View Status of Current Rollouts All plans display in a list Click the Plan name s link to view the details 27 28 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks 3 Click the blue links in the plan summary to edit the plan Or scroll down to click Edit and use the wizard to edit See Plan a New Rollout on page 26 for details of plan settings Execute a Saved Rollout Plan gt To execute a saved configuration plan 1 Inthe PDUs tab choose Activities gt Bulk Configuration Click View saved plans All plans display in a list Click the Plan name link for the plan you want to execute P
311. xt field enter the text you would like to display in the dashboard Maximum title length is 64 characters Select the font type in the Font field Select the font size in the Size drop down list Select the text color in the Color drop down list BO OF In the Align field select Left Center or Right to specify how text will be oriented in the widget space on the dashboard 00 Select the Bold or Italic checkboxes to format the text Click Save The widget is added to the dashboard gt To edit text only Once added to the dashboard you can edit the text only without changing style or layout directly from the dashboard e Inthe Dashboard tab double click heading text and edit in the text box that appears Press Enter to save changes Raritan Chapter 5 Dashboard HTML Widget The HTML widget enables you to add your custom HTML portlet to the dashboard Use this widget to add a weather tool maps a video camera or anything you can code using HTML HTML portlets may have security implications You must allow them before you can add an HTML widget to the Dashboard tab See Allow HTML Widgets on Dashboard on page 182 In Internet Explorer you must accept a security warning the first time you view a dashboard containing an HTML widget gt To configure the HTML widget 1 Inthe Dashboard tab click the icon in the upper right corner of the page The Report Configuration dialog appears 2 Drag an
312. y mapped cannot be included in Analytics charts gt To view the number of unmapped PDUs See View Orphaned Systems Information on page 112 To find unmapped PDUs in CSV file export In the Settings tab click Enterprise Relationships Click Export Relationships on gt In the CSV file find the section labeled The following section contains the current list of PDUs and the PDU column headers for use during import 4 Inthat section find the parent object type column Rows without data in the parent object type column are unmapped PDUs 5 Map the unmapped PDUs to parent objects in a data center gt To find unmapped PDUs in a default Enterprise Data Model This method maps unmapped PDUs to an Unassigned Data Center parent object so that you can view the PDUs in the Data Centers tab Then you can drag and drop the PDUs to the correct position beneath a parent object such as a rack 1 Inthe Settings tab click Enterprise Relationships 2 Click Generate Default Enterprise Relationships 3 When the generation completes successfully click the Data Centers tab and find the Unassigned Data Center 4 Expand the Unassigned Data Center All the previously unmapped PDUs are assigned to this data center object 5 Drag and drop the PDU objects to assign them to the correct parent objects such as racks within the correct data center gt To manually assign PDUs to a parent object When you attempt to man
313. you out In the Settings tab click Other Security Settings in the Security and Encryption section In the Authorization Warning message section enter the message you want to display on the login page Header Text entered in this field displays on the login page ina bold font as the heading to the message Body Text entered in this field displays in a normal font as the main content of the message Click Save Log out of Power IQ to return to the login page and view the message Configuring Enterprise Power IQ Settings Enterprise Power IQ must use the password configured to communicate with gt I a local Power IQ installation To configure Enterprise Power IQ settings In the Settings tab click Other Security Settings in the Security and Encryption section Enter the password that will be required in Enterprise Power IQ to communication with this local Power IQ Enter the password again to confirm Click Save Enterprise Power IQ Settings Z Raritan Chapter 8 Data Management In This Chapter Configuring Data Rollup Retentions 97 Data BaCkUps at ciiccttecccnecrensinetrecccoavdegeeteeatt eveitesaedueeaseeouudsbietena de eomeeneeieee 98 Configuring Remote Storage of Archive Files cccceseeeeseeeeereeees 99 Configuring Remote Access to Database cccceeeeeeessteeeeseeeeeeees 100 Enterprise RelatlonshiPSec sccsisccesesscceceesss coeceapeiteecetecececih fecdcets eettcne
314. zation Level selected you must enter additional credentials for Authorization and Privacy b Authorization Protocol Select MD5 or SHA c Enter the PDU s Authorization Passkey then re enter the passkey in the Authorization Passkey Confirm field d Privacy Protocol Select DES or AES e Enter the PDU s Privacy Passkey then re enter the passkey in the Privacy Passkey Confirm field Note You must enable the SNMP agent on all PDUs added to Power IQ Select Validate and wait for discovery to complete before proceeding to check credentials and view the discovery process status as you add this PDU Optional See Validating PDU Credentials on page 20 in the Power IQ User Guide Click Add Note PDU discovery is complete once the PDU model type is determined SNMP fields such as contact or location values are not determined until this device is polled for the first time Once added the PDU appears in the PDU list Power IQ begins polling the PDU for sensor data You can configure how often Power IQ polls PDU See Configuring Polling Intervals on page 7 in the Power IQ User Guide 19 20 Chapter 4 Additional Configuration Tasks Discovery Progress Status Viewing the discovery process displays a status result for each PDU See PDU Status see PDU Connectivity Health Statuses on page 132 Validating PDU Credentials When adding PDUs to Power IQ individually you can specify whether the admin credentials ar

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

取扱説明書（4：3サイズ・1：1サイズ共通です）  Tenor 350M HP Haute Puissance User Manual  取扱説明書 - M  GearBox 3 - Recording Setup Guide  Samsung MR-00EA1 User's Manual  v.Logic VLAU-CZ01 Bedienungsanleitung  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file